CHSE Vocational Syllabus 2014

COUNCIL OF HIGHER SECONDARY EDUCATION ODISHA, BHUBANESWAR
COURSES OF STUDIES IN VOCATIONAL STREAM (PART-I) AGRICULTURE, PARAMEDICAL & ENGINEERING GROUP
FOR THE HIGHER SECONDARY VOCATIONAL EXAMINATION 2014 AD
Rs. 20.00
C ON T E NT S
Sl.No.
1. 2.
Subject
English Modern Indian Language : a) b) c) d) e) f) g) Oriya Hindi Bengali Telugu Urdu Sanskrit Alternative English
Page No.
1 22 27 30 34 38 44 49 55 60 B.F.C. SUBJECT (GROUP A, B & C
3. 4.
Environmental Education Yo ga
5. 6. 7. 8.
Ph ys ics Chemistry Mathematics Biology TRADE SUBJECTS GROUP - A (AGRICULTURE)
61 64 71 73
9. 10 . 11. 12. 13 . 14 . 15. 16 . 17. 18. 19 . 20.
Dairying Poultry Farming Horticulture Sericulture Inland fisheries Crop - Production GROUP - B (HEALTH AND PARAMEDICAL) Medical & Laboratory Rechnician GROUP - C (ENGINEERING AND TECHNOLOGY) Audio Visual Technic Bulding Maintanance Computer Technic Repair and Maintanenance of Electrical Domestic Appliance Repair and Maintenance of Power Driven farn Machinery.
76 80 84 91 10 3 111 124 158 166 173 183 200
(a)
SCHEME
OF
STUDIES
FOR
VOCATIONAL
The following combinations in Vocational Stream are allowed. Any deviation of this will not be entertained. Compulsory Subjects Compulsory subjects English and M.I.L. carry 200 marks each (100 Marks in 1st year and 100 marks in 2nd year) 1 . English 2. M.I.L. (Oriya / Telugu/ Bengali/ Urdu & Persian/ Hindi/ Sanskrit/ Alternative English) 3 . Environmental Education (Compulsory) 100 marks The Environmental Education will be assessed at the college level for 100 marks (70 marks for theory and 30 marks for project work) at the end of 1st year +2 course and the grades (A+, A, B, C, D, in order of merit) are to be awarded by the College and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificate given by the council subsequently. The grade secured in the Environmental Education (EE) will not affect the result of the candidate. 4 . Yoga : Yoga will be taught as acompulsory subject and assessed at the College level for 100 Marks (50 Marks in Theory and 50 Marks in Practical). The Theory Examination shall be conducted at the end of 1st year class (11th class) and Practical Examination shall be conducted at the time of Test Examination in 2nd Year (12th class) The grades are to be awarded by the college and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificate given by the secured in Yoga will not affect the result of the candidate. Ma rk s Gra des 70% and above Gr - A+ 60% to 69% Gr - A 50% to 59% Gr - B 35% to 49% Gr - C Below 35% Gr - D GROUP - A (A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects) TRADE SUBJECTS .A. V . T. .E. D. A. .B. M. .P. D. F. M. .C. T. GROUP - B (A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects) TRADE SUBJECTS .D. F. .P. F. .HOR. .S. E. R. .I. F. .C. F. M. L T
B.F.C. SUBJECT (i) Ph ys ics (ii) Chemistry (iii) Mathematics
B.F.C. SUBJECT I. Ph ys ics 2. Chemistry 3 . Biology
(b)
APEG
B.F.C. SUBJECT (i) Ph ys ics (ii) Chemistry (iii) Mathematics
B.F.C. SUBJECT I. Ph ys ics 2. Chemistry 3 . Biology
(A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects) TRADE SUBJECTS .A. V . T. .E. D. A. .B. M. .P. D. F. M. .C. T. GROUP - B (A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects) TRADE SUBJECTS .D. F. .P. F. .HOR. .S. E. R. .I. F. .C. F. M. L T
INTRODUCTION TO NEW COURSE STRUCTURE & DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN SUBJECT, HAVING PRACTICALS With the introduction of the New Course structure from the academic session 2008-09 basically to de-stress the students joining +2 courses under the CHSE, Orissa, there will be yearly examinations at the end of 1st year and 2nd year classes. 1st year and 2nd year courses have been separated accordingly. The 1st Year examination will be conducted at the college / H.S. School level for 750 marks and the 2nd year examination will be conducted at the Council level for 650 marks. Marks secured in the 1st year examiantion shall be considered only for promotion of students to the 2nd year class and will have no bearing on the terminal examiantion, conducted by the Council at the end of the 2nd year. Pass certificates will be awarded to successful candidates basing on the performance in the Council examination at the end of the 2nd year only. DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN THEORY Group A Objective type - Compulsory 1. Multiple Choice (from all units) 1 x 5 = 05 marks 2. One word answer / very short - 1 x 10 = 10 marks answer/correct the sentence / fill up the blanks (from all units) Group - B 3. Short answer type bits of 2 marks each. - 7 x 2 = 14 marks (7 to be answered out of 10 from all units) Group C Long Type 4. Answer any 3 questions for all units - 3 x 7 = 21 marks (3 to be answered out of 5) 50 marks
[4]
APEG
DISTRUBUTION OF MARKS IN PRACTICAL 1. Major Experiments - 40 marks (i) Theory and Procedure - 20 marks (ii) Tabulation - 10 marks (iii) Calculation & inference - 10 marks 1. Minor Experiments - 20 marks (i) Theory a - 10 marks (ii) Tabulation Calculati - 10 marks and inference 1. Bit Experiments - 20 marks Specimen / Sample / Sporting / any other specific project / materials preparation by the students. 4. Viva Voce - 10 marks 5. Records - 10 marks 100 marks E xternal and Internal Examiners are requested to decide different experiments to be set during the course of examination.
[5]
APEG
ENGLISH
COmpulsory
Higher Secondary education for a large number of students is a preparation for the University, where a fairly high degree of proficiency in English language and literature is necessary. For another large and significant group, the higher secondary education is a preparation for entry into professional education. This Course, therefore, is designed to cater to both the groups by promoting higher skills of thinking as well as language skills required for academic study and for the workplace. In this sense, this syllabus is learner-centred or need-centred. It is expected that students have acquired the basic language skills in English by the time they come to the First Year of the +2 class. It is necessary that by the end of +2 they should be equipped with adequate linguistic competence to comprehend and appreciate texts, and express themselves in clear and grammatical English using appropriate punctuation and cohesive devices. The aim of this syllabus, therefore, is to hone all the language skills (L-S-R-W) of the students. Instructional Materials consist of 4 textbooks : (a) Invitation to English-I (New Edition), which includes non fictional prose pieces and poems, for intensive study (b) Invitation to English-II (New Edition), which includes genres like short fiction, one-act play and biography/autobiography for extensive study, (c) Invitation to English -3, a Work Book for developing writing skills, and (d) Invitation to English -4, a Work Book for grammatical exercises. The present syllabus envisages a lot of teacher-pupil interaction. While dealing with texts for both intensive and extensive study, teachers should encourage group activity in the classroom for Pre-reading, While-reading, and Post-reading activities. They should be careful not to put any question to an individual student but to a group of 3 - 4 students encouraging one of them to give the answer with the feedback he/ she gets from the group so that none of the students shall feel diffident to interact. As Invitation to English -3 and Invitation to English -4 are Work Books, they should be worked out in the class-room. The Scheme of Evaluation, at the end of the syllabus, specifies the allocation of marks for each skill. It should be noted that texts prescribed for detailed as well as non-detailed study have been allotted only 60 marks out of total 200. It would be appropriate, therefore, to devote the bulk of classroom time to Invitation to English -3, and Invitation to English -4, INSTRUCTIONAL METERIALS FOR THE HIGHER SECONDARY CLASSES (ARTS/SCIENCE/COMMERCE) 1. For Intensive Reading: An anthology of non-fictional prose pieces and poems
[6]
APEG
Book prescribed: Invitation to English-I (New Edition, 2012) Published by Odisha Sate Bureau of Text Book Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar. Pieces to be studied in the 1st year A. Prose: i. Standing Up for Yourself Yevgeny Yevtushenko Hariharan Balakrishnan Nathaniel Hawthorne Louis Fischer Ritsuko Komaki
ii. The Legend behind a Legend iii. The Golden Touch iv. In London In Minus Fours v. The Cancer Fight, from Hiroshima to Houston B. Poems: i. Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening
Robert Frost Thomas Moore Robert Southey Elizabeth Pinard Gopa Ranjan Mishra
ii. Oft, in the Stilly Night iii. The Inchcape Rock iv. To My True Friend v. Fishing
Pieces to be studied in the 2nd year A. Prose: i. ii. iii. iv. v. My Greatest Olympic Prize On Examinations The Portrait of a Lady The Magic of Teamwork Development of Polio Vaccines Jesse Owens Winston S. Churchill Khushwant Singh Sam Pitroda Bonnie A. M. Okonek and Linda Morganstein
B. Poems: i. ii. iii. iv. v. Daffodils The Ballad of Father Gilligan A Psalm of Life Television Money Madness William Wordsworth William Butler Yeats Henry Wadsworth Longfellow Roald Dahl D.H. Lawrence
[7]
APEG
2.
For Extensive Reading:
A collection of short stories, short plays, excerpts from biographies or autobiographies for non- detailed study Book Prescribed: Invitation to English-II (New Edition) Published by Orissa State Bureau of Text Book Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar Pieces to be studies in the 1st year i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. Three Questions After Twenty Years The Open Window The One and only Houdini Childhood Marriage Leo Tolstoy O. Henry Saki Robert Lado Jawaharlal Nehru Dr. Rajendra Prasad Pieces to be studied in the 2nd Year i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. 3. The Doctors Word The Nightingale and the Rose Mystery of the Missing Cap The Monkeys Paw My Mother Stay Hungry. Stay Fit. Writing Skills: R K Narayan Oscar Wilde Manoj Das W.W Jacobs Charlie Chaplin Steve Jobs
A Work-Book on writing designed to provide practice in different forms of writing and develop the different skills of writing as specified in the syllabus. Book Prescribed: Invitation to English - 3 Published by Odisha State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar. Units to be studied in the 1st Year I. Writing a Paragraph II. III. IV. Developing Ideas into Paragraphs Writing Personal Letters and Notes Writing Applications, Official Letters and Business letters
[8]
APEG
V. VI.
Writing Telegrams, E-mails, Personal Advertisements and Short Notices Using Graphics Units to be studied in the 2nd year
VII. Interpreting Graph, Charts Tables and diagrams etc VIII. Reporting Events and Business Matters IX. Note-making and summarizing X. Extended Writing: 4. Grammar: A Work Book of Grammar is designed to provide practice in the use of selected grammatical items, in meaningful contexts Book prescribed: Invitation to English - 4 Published by Odisha State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar. Units to be studied in the 1st Year I. II. III. IV. V. Countable and Uncountable Nouns Tense Patterns Modal Verbs Prepositions The Imperatives Units to be studied in the 2nd year I. II. III. IV. V. VI. Revision of Tense Patterns and Modal verbs Conditionals The Passive Direct and Reported Speech Interrogatives Phrasal Verbs
[9]
APEG
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
There shall be two papers in English English Paper I and English Paper II each carrying 100 marks. A written examination for English Paper I shall be conducted by the colleges at the end of the First Year. A written examination for English Paper II shall be conducted by the CHSE, Odisha at the end of the Second Year to test the skills of reading and writing as well as the ability to use grammar in context. PAPER - I (To be evaluated at the College Level) 1. Reading Comprehension (a) Prescribed Prose Pieces. (5 questions to be answered, each carrying 2 marks) (b) Prescribed Poems (5 questions to be answered each carrying 2 marks) (c) Prescribed Extensive Reading Texts (2 questions to be answered carrying 5 marks each; only global, inferential and evaluative questions to be set) 2. Reading - related skills (a) Vocabulary skills (b) Information Transfer (Converting verbal information to non-verbal forms, such as diagrams, charts and tables) (c) Reordering/sequencing sentences (d) Dictionary/Reference skills (2 marks on using a dictionary, and 3 marks meanings of a word) e) Cohesive Devices 3. Writing skills a) Letter Writing (personal/official/commercial: Word limit: 150) b) Description of object/event /process (Word limit: 1.50) c) Slogan/telegram/caption writing (Word limit: 10) 4. Grammar in context 5. Translation/story-developing 10 marks 10 marks 5 marks 10 marks 10 marks Total: 100 Marks 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks 10 marks 10 marks 10 marks
[10]
APEG
PAPER -II (To be evaluated by the CHSE, ODISHA 1. Reading Comprehension (a) Prescribed prose Pieces (5 questions to be answered carrying 2 marks each) (b) Prescribed Poems (5 questions to be answered carrying 2 marks each) (c) Prescribed Extensive Reading Texts (2 questions to be answered carrying 5 marks each, only global, inferential and evaluative questions to be set on a passage of about 250 words) (d) Unseen Prose passage 10 marks (5 questions including inferential ones, carrying 2 marks each) 2. Reading- related skills a) Vocabulary skills (to be tested on the unseen passage) b) Information transfer (70 words) (Converting non-verbal information into verbal form) c) Dictionary/Reference skills 3. Writing skills (a) Report writing (200 words) (b) Guided Note making on a given passage (c) Summarizing on the same passage (d) Essay writing (250 words - on given outlines) 4. Grammar in context 10 marks 7 marks 8 marks 10 marks 10 marks Total: 100 Marks 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks 10 marks 10 marks 10 marks 10 marks 10 marks
[11]
APEG
M.I.L (ODIA)
_ i L - 10 0
@ ] ^ Kb e Z db h ( a Z c k K )-I W @ _[c a h - ijZ ieY - 1 c bM icd - 3 N

25 ê
_ e @ Wi L -i j K-5( a h K-8 0 ) _[c GKK - M\ (20 _e@W) 1 .@ i e \ N - ` K ec j ^ i^ _Z 2 . c i c d eb e ZII W g -W .K P _ Y M j 3 .@ c e K ea g a \ k d c ^ -j \ ^ e d 4 . R ab ~ e@ ^ _ ca Y R ^ - g k g e^
Gj GKKe 2U \N C e ckK _g _Wa i[e 1Ue C e 150 ge \aK ja Gje cf - 8 ê 3U 3 ê ag _g _Wa i[e 2Ue C e 30 ge \aK ja Gje cf 3x2=6 ê 3 U 2 ^ ea g _ g _ W a i[ e 2 U e C e2U a K e \a K ja Gje cf 2x2=4 ê 3 U e1 ^ e a g _ g _ W a i [ e2U e C e M U Ga K e \a K ja Gje cf 1x2=2 ê 5 U 1 ^ ea g _ g _ W a _ Z K_ g _ A 4 U f L G i a C e\ @ ~ a i [ c e _ e l [ K a k V K C e U a Q f L a Gje cf 1x5=5 ê 25 ê
\Zd GKK - _\ (20 _e@W) 1 .i Z @ K [ -i e k \ i 2 .Q U_ K A K fP -RM ^ [ \ i 3. i eie e RK^ - Ka ic U C_ b 4 . Mf Y Z M f K[ -K a i ~ a k \a e [ 5 .i Z ec e a i Z eZ e a ,b c b A
Gj GKKe 2U \N C e ckK _g _Wa i[e 1Ue C e 150 ge \aK ja Gje cf - 8 ê 3U 3 ê ag _g _Wa i[e 2Ue C e 30 ge \aK ja Gje cf 3x2=6 ê 3 U 2 ^ ea g _ g _ W a i[ e 2 U e C e2U a K e \a K ja Gje cf 2x2=4 ê 3 U e1 ^ e a g _ g _ W a i [ e2U e C e M U Ga K e \a K ja Gje cf 1x2=2 ê 5 U 1 ^ ea g _ g _ W a _ Z K_ g _ A 4 U f L G i a C e\ @ ~ a i [ c e _ e l [ K a k
[12]
APEG
V K C e U a Q f L a Gje cf 1x5=5 ê ZZd GKK - GKuK (20 _e@W) 1 .\ e_ j W-_ Y a K e 2. cKc - M_k QUed 3 .Q \ a g -a g R Z \ i 25 ê
PZ[ GKK - aKeY (20 _e@W) 1 ._ a ]e P ^ / b ai _ i e Y 2 .e X _ d M 3 ._ \^ d
Gj G KKe _a eP^ @[ a bai _ieYe 2U _g @ia i[e 1U e C e 1 50 g c e \aK ja Gje cf - 8 ê e X _ d M e 8U _ g @ i a i [ e 5U eC e \ a K j a_ Z Ke X e@ [ ^ d_ A 1^ eIa K e _ d M _ A 1 ^ e e j a Gje cf - 2x5=10 ê _ \^ d_ A G KM \ @ ^ Q \\ @ ~ a i [ ea a j Z1 0 U e L u Z_ \ e 7 U K P j A \ a K j a Gje cf - 1x7=7 ê
[13]
APEG
M.I.L (ODIA)
@ ] ^ Kb e Z db h ( a Z c k K )-I W @ \ Z d- i j Z ie Y - 2 d b M _ i L -1 0 0
_ e @ Wi L -i j K-5( a h K-8 0 ) _[c GKK - M\ (20 _e@W) 1 .R Z dR a ^ ei j Z ei ^ -a g ^ [K e 2 .l c -c d ] ec ^ i j 3 .b f -b a ^ g e a j e 4 .R Z eR a Î i Z - M f Ka j e ] k 25 ê
icd - 3 N
\Zd GKK - _\ (20 _e@W) 1 .P b M -e ] ^ [e d 2. i k Kkae ^jA @ce - Mw]e cje 3 .] c _ \ e@ c f _ - M _ a \ i 4 .M cg g ^ -i y \ ^ e C Z e d 5. agRa^ _[ - e]cj^ MW^dK
Gj GKKe 2U \N C e ckK _g _Wa i[e 1Ue C e 150 ge \aK ja Gje cf - 8 ê 3U 3 ê ag _g _Wa i[e 2Ue C e 30 ge \aK ja Gje cf 3x2=6 ê 3 U 2 ^ ea g _ g _ W a i[ e 2 U e C e2U a K e \a K ja Gje cf 2x2=4 ê 3 U e1 ^ e a g _ g _ W a i [ e2U e C e M U Ga K e \a K ja Gje cf 1x2=2 ê 5 U 1 ^ ea g _ g _ W a _ Z K_ g _ A 4 U f L G i a C e\ @ ~ a i [ c e _ e l [ K a k V K C e U a Q f L a
[14]
APEG
Gje cf 1x5=5 ê ZZd GKK - M (20 _e@W) 1 .G ac a P - M \ a e gc j _ Z 2 .a U N eI e k M W -K k P e Y_ Y M j 3. @ ^K iZ ji - c^ R \i 4 .\ g ^-a Y _ Y c j 25 ê
Gj GKKe 2U \N C e ckK _g _Wa i[e 1Ue C e 150 ge \aK ja Gje cf - 8 ê 3U 3 ê ag _g _Wa i[e 2Ue C e 30 ge \aK ja Gje cf 3x2=6 ê 3 U 2 ^ ea g _ g _ W a i[ e 2 U e C e2U a K e \a K ja Gje cf 2x2=4 ê 3 U e1^ ea g _ g _ W a i [ e 2 U eC e M U Ga K e \ a K j a Gje cf 1x2=2 ê 5 U 1 ^ ea g _ g _ W a _ Z K_ g _ A 4 U f L G i a C e\ @ ~ a i [ c e _ e l [ K a k V K C e U a Q f L a Gje cf 1x5=5 ê
PZ[ GKK - aKeY (20 _e@W) 25 ê 1. \eL fL^ 2. @ae] _elY 3. a_eZ @[ a]K g 4 .i c y e Zb ^ [ a ] Kg 5. GK_\KeY \ e L f L^ e 2 U _ g _ W a i [ e1 U e C e\ a K j a Gje cf - 6 ê @a e] _el Y ^c G K M\ @^ b\ \@ ~a i[ e 5U _ g _ Wa ic _g e C e a Zc kK Gje cf - 2x5=10 ê a _ e Z@[ a ] Kg ,i c y e Zb ^ [ a ]Kg Ga G K _\ Ke Y_ Z Ke 5 U f L G ? _ g _ W a i [ e 3 U f L G K e a K _ W a Gje cf - 1x3=3, 1x3, 1x3= 9 ê
[15]
APEG
M.I.L. (HINDI)
+2 1st Yr Arts, Com & Science
Time : 3 Hours Full Marks : 100
There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks. The duration of Examination will be three hours. Distribution of ma rks H e e e H e g m l e k e : m e e e f n l e e f J e e f J e O e e 1 -m e b . e . S c e . J e s b k e s M J e j
[ e . m c e j e f e e e e f c e e m e e s v e c e e k e e M e v e , y e e o e c e y e e [ e r , k e k e
1. 2. 3. 4. Unit -I ( i e e ) 18 Cl a s s e s 18 Classes 18 Classes 18 Classes
m e c H e t C e &(All)
Unit-II( k e e J e )
Unit -III (Yee<ee DeOeeve)
Unit -IV (efveyevOe)
m e c e m e e c e e f e k e e f J e < e e (All)
Distribution of Marks for M.I.L. (Hindi) Group - A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Multiple choice (From I, II & III units) One word Answer ( - do - ) Correct the sentences ( - do - ) Fill up the Blanks ( - do - ) GROUP - B (SHORT TYPE) Write notes on any five (From Unit-I, II & III) Explain only (From Unit - I & II) GROUP - C (LONG TYPE) 7. Four Long questions From I & II Units From II & IV Units
[16]
APEG
M.I.L. (HINDI)
+2 IInd Yr Arts, Com & Science
There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks. The duration of Examination will be three hours. Distribution of ma rks -
H e e e H e g m l e k e : m e e e f n l ee f J e e f J e O e e II: m e b . [ e . M e b k e j u e e u e H e g j e s e f n l e [ e . k e c e u e e Y e e k e H e e v e e r 1. Unit -I (iee) 18 Classes m e c H e t C e &(All) 2. Unit -II (keeJe) 18 Classes m e c H e t C e &(All) 3. Unit -III (keneveer) 18 Classes m e c H e t C e &(All)
4. Unit -IV 18 Classes
( k e ) H e $ e u e s K e v e ( J e e f k e l e i e l e S J e b D e e J e s o v e H e $ e ) ( K e ) H e u u e J e v e
DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS FOR MIL (HINDI)
GROUP - A (Objective type) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Multiple Choice (From All Units) I, II & III One word answer (-do-) I, II & III Correct the sentences (-do-) Fill up the Blanks I, II & III GGROUP - B (SHORT TYPE) Write notes on any five (From Unit-I, II & III) Explain only (From Unit - I & II) GROUP - C (LONG TYPE) 7. Four Long questions From I & II Units From II & IV Units ***
[17]
APEG
BENGALI
(C omp ul sor y)
The present syllabus in Bengali is designed to improve the Bengali language and knowledge in Bengal literature and Indian Culture. To strengthen the national integrity a profound sense of patriotism and nationalism tempered with the spirit of "Vasundhaiva Kutambakam. The Syllabus has been divided into two parts. The first part is meant for the students of XI class and the examination of the first part shall be conducted at the end of the XI Class at College/ HS School level. The Second part of the syllabus is meant for the students of XII Class and the examination of this part shall be conducted at the end of XII Class at Council level. M.I.L (BENGALI) (Compulsory) First year Paper-I (F M. -100 Time -3 hours and consisting of four units.) The examination shall be conducted at the end of XI class at College / H.S. School level. According to the educational policy and guideness given by the Council the Syllabus is prepared as follows: UNIT - I Books Prescribed : PROSE : Uchha Madhyamik Bangia Sankalan. (Gadya) for Class XI & XII. Published by paschim Banga uchha Madhyamik Siksha Sansad, Viswa Vharati. The following pieces are to be studied in the first year : 1. Bangladeshe Nilkar - Pyarichand Mitra. 2. Sitar Banabas - Iswarchandra Vidyasagar. 3. Bisarjan - Bankimchandra Chattopadhya 4. Sudra gagaran - Swami Vivekananda. UNIT - II POETRY : Madhukari - Kalidas Ray (Published by Orient Book Company, Kolkata -12) The following pieces are to be studied in the first year :1. Srigoura Chandra - Gobinda das kabiraj. 2. Bhabollas - Vidyapati. 3. Premer Tulana - Durija Chandidas 4. Avigir Akshep - Gyandas. UNIT - III NOVEL - (Non-Detailed) Srikanta - Sarat chandra chattopadhayay (Chapter - 1 to 7 (one to seven) to be read in the first year)
[18]
APEG
UNIT - IV Grammar Proverbs and Indioms, Sentence and word formation Annonyms and Synonyms. Distribution of Marks of Unit wise :Unit - I Prose A. Two short Answer type questions with alternatives B. One explanation with alternatives C. Five very Short Answer type questions with alternative Unit -II Poetry A. Two short Answer type Questions with alternativeB. One explanation with alternative C. Five very short answer type questions with alternative Unit - III Novel (Non datail) A. Four short answer type Question with alternative Unit - IV Grammar & Essay A. Grammar objective type 10 Questions with alternative containing B. Essay/ One essay with three alternatives M.I.L (Bengali) SECOND YEAR
2 marks each
F.M. -100 Time -3 hrs. The examination shall be conducted at the end of XII Class at Council level. Books Prescribed : UNIT - I PROSE : Uchha Madhyamik Bangia Sankal"an (Gadya) for Class XI & XII. Published by Paschim Banga Uchha Madhyamik Siksha Sansad, Viswa Varati. The following pieces are to be studied in the Second year :1. Bangia Bhasa - Haraprasad Sastri 2. Tota Kahini - Rabindra nath Tagore 3. Naisha Avijaa - Sarat Ch. Chattopadhayay 4. Aranyak - Bibhuti Bhusan Bandopadhay UNIT -II POETRY : Madhukari - Kalidas Ray (Published by Orient Book Company, Kolkata -12) Pieces to be Studied : 1. Baisakh - Oebendra Nath Sen 2. Lohar Byatha - Jatindra Nath Sengupta 3. Swarga Haite Viday - Rabindra nath Tagore 4. Rupai - Jasimuddin
[19]
APEG
UNIT - III NOVEL - (Non-detailed Study) Srikanta = Sarat Chandra Chattopadhay (Chapter (8 to 12) eight to twelve to be studied in the Second year.) UNIT - IV Grammar and Essay (i) Pada Paribartan (ii) Somas (iii) Somo chharita-Bhinna Thark Sobda and its application in sentences. Distribution of marks of unit wise :There shalf be four units. Unit - I Prose A. Two short Answer type questions with alternatives B. C. Unit A. One explanation with alternatives Five very Short Answer type questions with alternative -II Poetry Two short Answer type Questions with alternative
B. One explanation with alternative C. Five very short answer type questions with alternative Unit - III Novel (Non datail) A. Four short answer type Question with alternative Unit - IV Grammar & Essay A. Grammar objective type 10 Questions with alternative B. Essay/ One essay with three alternatives -
***
[20]
APEG
M.I.L (TELUGU)
FIRST YEAR (Compulsory)
Time 3 hours No. of Periods : Weekly-5 Full Marks 100 Yearly 80 There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks of 3 hours duration consisting of four units. The examination shall be conducted at the end of First Year of college / H.S. School. DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS Group- A (Objective Type) 1. Thirty very short questions (from unit I, II & III) 30x1 =30 Marks 2. Ten very questions (from unit IV- A) 10x1=10 Marks Group- B (short Type Questions) 3. Six short questions(from Unit I, II & III) 6x2=12 Marks 4. Four explanation (only Bhavartha from unit I & II) 4x2=8 Marks 5. Five short questions (from Unit IV-A) 5x2=10 Marks Group -C (Long Type Questions) 6. Three long questions with alternative 3x7=21 Marks 7. Letter writing /essay with alternative(from unit iv-B) 1x9=9 Marks TOTAL 100 marks
TOPICS TO BE STUDIED :
UNIT I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. POETRY : (20 periods) Nannaya Bhattu Bammera Potana Enugu Lakshmana Kavi Gurajada Apparao Balagangadhara Tilak Jandhyala Papayya Sastri
Ekalavyudu Balivamana Samvadamu Subhashitamulu Tokachukka Gongali Purugulu Pushpa Vilapamu PROSE : (20 periods)
UNIT II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. UNIT
Mitra Labhamu Vemana C.P. Brown Sahitya Seva AIDS Telugu Patrikala Purva Rangam III NON DETAIL : (16 periods) Raja Raja Prasasti UNIT IV (A) GRAMMER : (16 periods)
Paravastu Chinnayasuri Dr G.V.Krishna Rao Prof. K. Sarvothama Rao Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao Namala Visveswara Rao Prof. S. Gangappa
[21]
APEG
Vibhaktulu - Pratyayalu, Prakruti - Vikrutulu, Vyatireka Padamulu, Paryaya Padamulu, Jateeyalu - Padabandhalu B) LETTER WRITING / GENERAL ESSAY: (08 periods) BOOKS PRESCRIBED : 1. 2. 3. Poetry & Prose : Non-Detail Grammar : : SAHITEE VIPANCHI - By Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao RAJA RAJA PRSASTI -By Prof. S. Gangappa VYAKARANA PARIJATAMU - By Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao
[22]
APEG
M.I.L (TELUGU)
SECOND YEAR (Compulsory)
Time 3 hours No of Periods : Weekly-5 Full Marks 100 Yearly 80 There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks of 3 hours duration consisting of four units. The examination shall be conducted at the end of Second Year at Council level.
DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS
Group- A (Objective Type) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Thirty very short questions (from unit I, II & III) 30x1 =30 Marks Ten very questions (from unit IV- A) 10x1=10 Marks Group- B (short Type Questions) Six short questions(from Unit I, II & III) 6x2=12 Marks Four explanation (only Bhavartha from unit I & II) 4x2=8 Marks Five short questions (from Unit IV-A) 5x2=10 Marks Group -C (Long Type Questions) Three long questions with alternative 3x7=21 Marks Letter writing /essay with alternative(from unit iv-B) 1x9=9 Marks TOTAL 100 marks
TOPICS TO BE STUDIED:
UNIT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. I POETRY : (20 periods) Sanjaya Rayabharamu Hanumatsandesamu Piradausi Lekha Manchi Mutyala Saralu Jateeyata Panjaramlo Amma Tikkana Somayaji Atukuri Molla Gurram Jashuwa Sri Sri Dr. Nagabhairava Koteswara Rao Dr. Bhusurapalli Venkateswarlu
UNIT II PROSE : (20 periods) 1. Mitra Bhedamu 2. Rayaprolu streevada drukpadham 3. Ahalya Sankrandanam Parta Chitrana 4. Veyipadagalu Samajika Drukpadham 5. Goutama Budhudu UNIT III NON DETAIL : (16 periods) Rudrama Devi UNIT IV A) GRAMMAR : (16 periods) Paravastu Chinnayasuri Prof K.Yadagiri Dr. Nagabhairava Adinarayana Dr. Singupuram Nayayana Rao Dr. V.R.Chakravarty Smt. P.B. Kausalya
[23]
APEG
Paribhashika padamulu Chandssu : Utpalamala, Champakamala, Sardhulamu, Mathebhamu, Ataveladi, Tetageeti Alankaramulu : Upama, Rupaka, Utpreksha, Ardhantaranyasa, Atisiyokti B) RE-TRANSLATION (English to Telugu) :( 08 periods) BOOKS PRESCRIBED : 1) Poetry & Prose : 2) Non-Detai 3) Grammar : :
Sahitee Mandaram - By Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao Rudramadevi - By Smt. P.B. Kausalya Vyakarana Parijatamu - By Dr. Singupuram Narayana Rao
[24]
APEG
Arts/Sc/Com Stream
M.I.L (URDU)
(Compulsory) FIRST YEAR Time- 3hrs Total Classes-80 F.M-100 There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks consisting of 3(three) groups and duration of examination will be of 3(three) hours at the college/H.S School Level Distribution of marks Group-A 30 Marks Q. 1 Objective type questions from all units prose, Poetry and non-detailed a. Five objective type questions from prose 1 x 5=5 marks b. Five objective type questions from poetry 1 x 5=5 marks c. Five objective type questions from Non-detailed 1 x 5 =5 marks Total = 15 marks Grammar Q.2 a. One word answer five questions 1 x 5 = 5 marks b. Very short answer five questions 1 x 5 = 5 marks c. Fill up the Blanks five questions 1 x 5= 5 marks Total = 15 marks Group- B Short Type Answer Q.3 Answer within two/three sentences a. Prose- Six questions to be answered out of eight questions b. Poetry- Five questions to be answered out of six questions Q.4 Answer with in six sentences. a. Prose- Three questions to be answered out of four questions b. Ghazaliyat- Three Ashaar explanation to be answered out of four Ashaar 40 marks
6 x2=12 Marks 5x2= 10 marks 3x3=9marks 3x3=9marks Total- 18 marks 30 marks
Group- C Q.5 a. Prose : One long answer type question about 150 words with an alternative from prose portion. b. Poetry : One long answer type question about 150 words with an alternative from poetry portion
7 Marks 7 Marks
[25]
APEG
c. Non detailed- one long answer type question about 150 words with an alternative from non-detailed portion d. Letter/Application : one Letter writing/application writing about 100 words. Books Prescribed : MEYAR- E- ADAB Compiled by prof: Suraiya Husain To be had from Education Book House Aligarh U.P 1. Prose portion : Portions to be studied : i. Sair Pahle Darwesh Ki---Mir Amman ii. Lakhnow Ki Raisana Zindagi KI Ek Jhalak---Sharar iii. Khutut---Mirza Ghalib iv. Kalim Daulat A bad mein---Nazir Ahmed v. Ghalib Ki Shairi--- Hali vi. Bahaduron ke Karname --- Hasan Nizami vii. Namak Ka Darogha --- Premchand 2. (a) Poetry Portion :Portions to be studied i. Qaid Khane Ki Rat--- Mir Anis ii. Jogan Aur Chandni Rat--- Mir Hasan iii. Tazhiq- E- Rozgar--- Sauda iv. Israf--- Hali v. Ahd-E-Wafa--- Akhtarul Iman (b) Ghazaliyat Portion : First two Ghazals from the following poets i. Wali, ii. Meer, iii. Ghalib, iv. Momin, v. Atish 3. Non detailed studies :Any one of the following books only first half Of the books in the 1st year Books prescribed : i. Taubatun Nasooh :By Deputy Nazeer Ahemad To be had from Maktab E-Jamiya Ltd Jamia Nagar New Delhi- 110025 ii. Musaddas Hali By Altaf Husain Hali To be had from Educational Book House Aligarh (U.P) 5. Letter writing :
7 Marks 7 Marks
20 Classes
24 Classes
16 Classes
[26]
APEG
i. ii. iii. iv.
There shall be letter writing/Application writing 6. Grammar Book Prescribed Urdu Zoban o- Quwaid Part- I By Shafi Ahmed Siddiqui Portions to be studied : Ism Ki Quismen Fail Ki Quismen Sabqueour Laahque Mutashaba Alfaz
5 Classes 15 Classes
Arts/Sc/Com Stream
SECOND YEAR
Time- 3 hrs Total Classes- 80 F.M- 100 There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks consisting of 3(three) groups and duration of examination will be of 3 (three) hours at the council level. Distribution of marks Group-A Objective type compulsory Objective type question from all units prose, poetry and Non-detailed a. Five objective type questions from prose b. Five objective type questions from poetry c. Five objective type questions from no detailed GRAMMAR Q.2 a. One word answer five questions b. Very short answer five questions c. Fill up the blanks five questions 1x5=5 marks 1x5=5 marks 1x5= 5 marks Total:15 marks Group-B Short Type Answer Q.3 Answer within two/three sentences. a. Comprehension of an unseen passage of about 150 words followed by seven questions to be answered out of nine question b. Prose : Four questions to be answered out of five questions 40 Marks 30 Marks
Q1.
1x5=5 marks 1x5=5 marks 1x5=5 marks Total:15 marks
7x2=14 marks 4 x 2 =8 marks
[27]
APEG
Total = 22 marks Q4. Answer within six sentences a. Prose : Three questions to be answered out of Four questions b. Ghazaliyat : Three Ashaar explanation to be Answered out of four Ashaars
3x3=9 marks 3x3=9 marks Total = 18 marks
Group- C 30 Marks Long Type Answer Q.5 a. Prose : One long answer type question about 150 words with an alternative from Prose portions 7 marks b. Poetry : One long answer type question about 150 words with an alternative from Poetry portion. 7 marks c. Non- Detailed : One long answer type question About 150 words with an alternative From non-detailed portion 7 marks d. Essay : One long answer type question about 150 words with three alternatives 7 marks Books prescribed MEYAR- E-ADAB Compiled by Prof Suraiya Husain 1. Prose Portion : 20 Classes Portions to be studied : i. Ek- Khat : Abul Kalam Azad ii.Kutte : Patras Bokhari iii. Nazir Ahmad Ki Kahani : Farhatullah Baig iv. Acchi Kitab : Abdul Haque v. Hali : Aale Ahmad Suroor 2. (a) Poetry portion Portions to be studied : i. Bazmein Anjum : Iqbal 25 Classes ii. Kashmir : Chakbast iii. Badli Ka Chand : Josh Malleeh Abadi iv. Pairahane Sharar : Sardar Jafri (b) Ghazaliyat : First two Ghazals of the following poets i. Hasrat, ii. Faani, iii. Shaad, iv. Firaq, v. Faiz 3. Non detailed studies 15 Classes
[28]
APEG
Any one of the following books from the remaining Half portion dis-continued in the 1st year a. Taubatun Nasooh By Deputy Nazeer Ahemad To be had from Maktab- E-Jamiya Ltd b. Musaddas Hali: By:- Altaf Husain Hali To be had from Educational Book House Aligarh ( U.P) 4. (a) Essay : There shall be one general Easy with three alternatives 5 Classes (b) Comprehension 5. Grammar Book Prescribed 15 Classes Urdu Zoban- O Qawaid Part-1 By Shafi Ahmed Siddiqui Person to be studies : i. Tazkir-O-Tanis, ii. Wahid-O-Jama, iii. Mutazad Alfaz, iv. Mahaware
[29]
APEG
QUESTION PATTERN AND MARK-DIVISION
M.I.L. ( SANSKRIT )
1st Year TIME:03 Hrs Q.1. Multiple Choises : MARK-DIVISION : PROSE : POETRY : SANDHI : SANDHIVICCHEDA : KARAKA - VIBHAKTI GROUP -A 1 x 15 = 15 - 1X3 = 3 - 1X2 = 2 - 1X3 = 3 - 1X3 = 3 - 1X4 = 4 FULL MARKS - 100
Q.2. One word Answer / Correction / Fill up the Blanks : 1x15 =15 MARK DIVISION :PROSE :POETRY : PRAKRUTI-PRATYAYA : SAMASA : EKAPADIKARANA - 1x2 =2 - 1x3 =3 - 1x3 =3 - 1X3 =3 - 1X4 = 4
( from Stripratya and Samasa) GROUP -B Q.3. Short Type Answer (within 2/3 sentences / 12words) : 2x11 = 22 MARK DIVISION : (a) Comprehension - 2x6 = 12 (out of 07Qs.)
(passages from 1to 8 of Samskrtaprabha) (b) Translation (from Unseen Sanskrit - 2x5 = 10 (out of 07Qs.)
[30]
APEG
sentences into Odiya/English) Q.4. Short Type Answer ( within 06 sentences / 25words) : 3x6 = 18 MARK DIVISION : (a) PROSE (b) POETRY GROUP - C Q.5. 04 Long Questions out of 06 Qs, 7 1/2 x 4 = 30 (within 08 sentences / 40 words ) a) b) c) d) e) f) Letter /Application writing. Long Question (PROSE) Long Question (POETRY) Explanation (PROSE/ POETRY) Translation in to odia/sanskrit from prose/poetry. Precis W riting (OF UNSEEN PASSAGE) - 3x3 = 09 (out of 04 Qs.) - 3x3 = 09 (out of 04 Qs.)
N. B. Answers in Sanskrit are to be written either in Odia Script or in Devanagari Script.
******
[31]
APEG
M.I.L. (SANSKRIT)
FIRST YEAR
There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks. The duration of Examination will be of three hours.
C OUR SE STR UC TUR E UNIT Unit - I Prose Unit - II Poe try Unit - III Gr a m m a r (Textual & Outside) Unit - IV Translation & Comprehension Unit - V Letter/ Application, Expansion of ideas Precis writing Total CLA SSES REQUI RED 20 20 12 MARKS ALLOTTED 21 21 20
1/2
1/2
18 10
22 15
80 Classes
Total
100
PORTIONS TO BE STUDIED Unit - I Pro se-
Sams krta prabh a
(G adya bhag ah)
m e b m k e = l e e Y e e ( i e e Y e e i e : )
The following prose pieces from the above mentioned book are to be studied.
1. 2. 3. 4.
c e v e g c e l m e e K e e v e c e d (Manumatsyakhyanam) e l e g j M e = i e e u e ( Caturasrgalah) m e b m k e = l e se E k e v e e e f m l e (Samskrtekimnasti) p e e y e e u e :m e l e k e e c e : (JabalahSatyakamah)
UNIT-II Poe try- Sams krta Prab ha (P adya Bhag ah)
m e b m k e = l e e Y e e ( H e e Y e e i e : )
The following poetry pieces from the above book are to be studied.
[32]
APEG
1. 2. 3.
m e g Y e e e f < e l e e J e u e e r (Subhasitavali) Y e e e f l ec e sY e e j l e c e d (BhatimeBharatam) J e m e v l e : (V asantah)
Unit - III (A) Grammar from the text 01. 02. 03. 04.
m e e f v O e m e e f v O e e f J e s o k e e j k e e f J e Y e e f k e l e e k e = e f l e e l e e
(Sandhi) Sandhi Viccheda Karaka-Vibhakti Prakrti Pratyaya
(B) Gra mmar fro m ou tsid e th e te xt / Gene ral 01. 02 .

03.
e e r e l e e m e c e e m e S k e H e o e r k e j C e
(Stripratyaya)
( Samasa)
(Formation of single word from Stripratyaya and Samasa)
Unit - IV Tra nslat ion A)

B )
and
C ompre hens ion Sanskrit passage for the comprehension (Passage No. 01 to 08)
Comprehension of
m e b m k e = l e e Y e e
Translation of unseen Sanskrit sentences into Odia/English
Unit - V The art of Writing of Letters, Applications, Expansion of Ideas, Textual Explanations, Textual Long Questions and Precis writing. Boo ks Rec ommend ed:
1.
SamskrtaPrabha- m e b m k e = l e e Y e e
Publish ed by Odi sha State Bureau o f Te xtboo k Preparation and Prod ucti on.
2.
Vyakarana-darpanah - J e e k e j C eo H e & C e
Publish ed by Odi sha State Bureau o f Te xtboo k Preparation and Prod ucti on .
[33]
APEG
M.I.L. ( SANSKRIT )
2ND YEAR TIME:03 Hrs Q.1.MULTIPLE CHOICES : MARK DIVISION : PROSE : POETRY : SAMASA : SABDARUPA - 1x3 = 3 - 1x3 = 3 GROUP - A 1 x 15=15 - 1X3 = 3 - 1X2 = 2 - 1X4 = 4 : FULL MARKS - 100
: DHATURUPA
Q.2. One word Answer / Correction / Fill up the Blanks : 1x15 =15 MARK DIVISION : PROSE : POETRY : SANDHI - 1x2 =2 - 1x3 =3 - 1X2 = 2
: SANDHIVICCHEDA - 1x2 =2 : KARAKA VIBHAKTI : STRIPRATYAYA - 1X3 = 3 - 1X3 = 3 GROUP-B Q.3. Short Type Answer (within 2/3 sentences / 12words) : 2x11 = 22 MARK DIVISION : (a) Comprehension - 2x6 = 12 (out of 07Qs.) (passages from 9 to16 of Samskrtaprabha ) : (b) Translation - 2x5 = 10 (out of 07Qs.)
(from Odiya/English into Sanskrit) Q.4. Short Type Answer ( within 06 sentences / 25words) : 3 x 6 = 18 MARK DIVISION : (a) PROSE (b) POETRY - 3 x 3 = 09 (out of 04 Qs.) - 3 x 3 = 09 (out of 04 Qs.)
[34]
APEG
GROUP - C Q.5. 04 Long Questions out of 06 Qs, 7 1/2 x 4 = 30 (within 08 sentences / 40 words ) a) b) c) d) e) f) Letter /Application writing. Long Question (PROSE) Long Question (POETRY) Explanation (PROSE/ POETRY) Translation in to odia/sanskrit from prose/poetry. Precis writing (OF UNSEEN PASSAGE)
N.B. Answers in Sanskrit are to be written either in Odia Script or in Devanagari Script. ****
[35]
APEG
M.I.L. (SANSKRIT) SECOND YEAR

There shall be one paper carrying 100 marks. The duration of Examination will be of three hours
CO UR S E
UNIT Unit - I Prose Unit - II Poe try Unit - III Gr a m m a r (Textual & Outside) Unit - IV Translation & Comprehension Unit - V Letter/ Application Expansion of ideas Precis writing Total
S T R UCT UR E
MARKS ALLOTTED 21 1/2 21 1/2 20
CLA SSES REQUI RED 20 20 12
18 10
22 15
80 Classes
Total
100 Marks
Sams krta prabh a
(G adya bhag ah)
1. 2. 3. 4.
k e H e e s l e u e g y O e k e k e L e e (Kapotalubdhakakatha) m e g e g l e m e e v $ e k e c e & M e e k e c e e & e f C e (SusrutasyaYantrakarmasastrakarmani) i e g e f C e i e g C e n e r v e e f J e J e s k e : (Gunigunahinavivekah) j e c e l e H e e s J e v e e e f Y e i e c e v e c e d (Ramatapovanabhigamanam)
UNIT-II Poe try- Sam skrta prab ha (P adya bhag ah)
[36]
APEG
1. 2. 3.
o M e e J e l e e j m l e g e f l e : (Dasavatarastutih) i e e r l e e m e e w j Y e c e d (Gitasaurabhavam). j I e g J e b M e c e d ( Raghuvamsam)
Unit - III (A) Grammar from the text

01. 02. 03.
k e e j k e e f J e Y e e f k e l e m e e f v O e m e e f v O e e f J e s o
Karaka-Vibhakti S a nd hi Sandhi Viccheda
(B) Gra m m a r from outsid e the text/Genera l
01.
02. 03.
04
M e y o H e -Sabdarupa-( v e j ,H e u e , u e l e e , c e g e f v e , c e e f l e ,J e e e f j , v e o e r , e f H e l e = , c e e l e = ,i e l e d , c e v e m e d , D e e l c e v e d , l e o d , e f k e c e d , F o c e d , D e m c e o d , e g < c e o d , e f , e f $ e , e l e g j d) O e e l e g H eDhaturupa-( Y e t , i e c e d , H e d , k e = , D e m e d , u e Y e d , H e t p e d) m e c e e m e(Samasa) e e r e l e e -( Stripratyaya)

Com prehension
Unit - IV Tra nslation a nd
A)Comprehension - Sanskrit passages for the comprehension (Passage No. 09 to 16) of mebmke=leeYee
B)
Translation of Odia/English sentences into
Sanskrit.
Unit - V The art of Writing of Letters, Applications, Expansion of Ideas, Textual Explanations, Textual Long Questions and Precis writing. Boo ks 1. Rec ommenc ed:
Samskrta Prabha - m e b m k e = l e e Y e e Publish ed by Odi sha State Bureau o f Te xtboo k Preparation and Prod ucti on.
2.
Vyakarana-darpanah -J e e k e j C e o H e & C e Publish ed by Odi sha State Bure au o f Tex tboo k Preparation and Prod ucti on .
[37]
APEG
ALTERNATIVE ENGLISH
1. (a) (b) Introduction : The course is meant for the students who opt to study English in lieu of a Modem Indian Language, and who seek-to develop a high level of competence in English. It is assumed that the students who offer to study this course have high motivation and competence in English. Hence, it aims at building up on their previous learning and their acquisition of skills in compulsory English course which they are exposed to simultaneously. 2. Objectives : By the end of the course a student should be able to (a) transact real-life business in English, and (b) appreciate, evaluate and enjoy different types of writing in English By the end of the Higher Secondary Course in Alternative English, the learners are expected to acquire the language skills specified below : 3.1. Reading (Non-fictional prose) : (a) To make predictions and guesses while reading a prose text (b) To understand relations between the parts of a reading text and recognize the indicators in discourse. (c) To understand the writer's intention/attitude, to discriminate between facts and opinions, to recognize the writer's bias, if any, and to assess the communicative value of a given text. (d) To identify the structure of a text, such as descriptive sequence, chronological sequence, causearid-effect chain, argumentative and logical organization, etc. (e) To compare and contrast two texts on similar themes (f) To use reference skills to select a suitable text for reading. (g) To use the title, blurb, contents and index of a book in order to form an overall idea of what the book is about and of whether it will be relevant reading with reference to a particular topic. 3.2. Reading (Poetry) : (a) To recognize the structure of a poem and to appreciate the themes and ideas presented therein. (b) To recognize, identify and interpret poetic structure in a given poem. (c) To recognize and appreciate the effects of different poetic devices like simile / metaphor / symboI / personification / irony / aIIiteration / assonance, etc. 3.3. Reading (short stories, one-act plays) The students are expected to develop in them the capacity (a) To comprehend the plot and characters of a given short story/play, and (b) To interpret the themes and points of view contained in a given story/play. 4.1. Writing : The students will be able (a) to formulate ideas for compositions, to brainstorm and organize ideas, to write and revise their writing on common themes/situations for given purpose. (b) to identify grammatical errors and to correct them in their own writing or in peer writing. (c) To design and write a brochure or pamphlet (d) To write the dialogues of a face-to-face/telephonic conversation. 4.2. Creative Writing : The students are expected to develop in them the ability (a) To add a suitable beginning/ending/title to a given poem/story
[38]
APEG
(b) (c)
To reconstruct a story from a given set of questions/fillers/outlines. To rewrite a poem/short story as a different from of discourse, i.e. a page of a diary, a newspaper article or a script for a play etc. 4. Grammar and Usage : Points relating to Grammar and usage will be mainly discourse-based. These points are discussed in 'Approaches to English Book I' and in Reference Books for Grammar mentioned under 'Instructional Materials'. They are related to the following broad topics : i) Tense and Aspect ii) Modals iii) Non-finite Verb forms iv) The Passive v) Prepositions vi) Phrasal Verbs vii) Clause-types viii) Linking Devices ix) Word Order and Emphasis 5. Instructional Materials : (a) Approaches to English, Book-I (b) Approaches to English, Book-II Published by the Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Pustak Bhavan, Bhubaneswar. (c) Reference Books for Grammar and Usage : (i) A University Grammar of English (Quirk, Greenbaum et al) (ii) English Grammar Practice (Bijoy Kumar Bal) FIRST YEAR A. APPROACHES TO ENGLISH, BOOK-I Prose Units to be studied : i. The Adventure of Learning ii. Men and Women iii. Modern Living iv. Food for Thought B. APPROACHES TO ENGLISH, BOOK -II Poetry Units to be studied : i. Ecology (A.K.Ramanujan) ii. Dog's Death (John Updike) iii. The Fog (W.H.Davies) iv. Girl Lithe and Tawny (Pablo Neruda) v. Ballad of the Landlord (Langston Hughes) Short Stories
[39]
APEG
Units to be studied : xi. The Rainbow-Bird (Vance Palmer) xii. The Eyes Have it (Ruskin Bond) xiii. The little Wife (William March) One-Act Plays Units to be studies : xvii. Mother's Day (J.B. Priestley) xviii. The Unexpected (Ella Adkins) C. GRAMMAR & USAGE i. Tense and Aspect ii. Modals iii. Non-finite verb forms iv. The passive v. Prepositions and Phrasal Verbs SECOND YEAR A. APPROACHES TO ENGLISH, BOOK-I Units to be studied vi. The Wonder World of Science vii. Our Environment viii. The World of Business ix. The Changing World B. APPROACHES TO ENGLISH, BOOK-II Poetry Units to be studied : vi. Indian Children Speak (Juanita Bell) vii. The Goat Paths (James Stephen) viii. Of a Questionable Conviction (Jayanta Mahapatra) ix. Mirror (Sylvia Plath) x. Toads (Philip Larkin). Short Stories Units to be studied : xiv. The Happy Man (W.S.Maugham) xv. The Tree (Manoj Das) xvi. The Watch Man (R.K.Narayan) One Act Plays Units to be studies xix. The Hour of Truth (Percival Wilde) C. GRAMMAR & USAGE i. Revision of 'Tense and Aspect' ii. Revision of Prepositions and Phrasal Verbs
[40]
APEG
iii. Clause-types iv. Linking Devices v. Word Order and Emphasis Scheme of Evaluation There will be a college examination in Alternatjve English at the end of the First Year. This will be Alternative English Paper -I carrying 100 marks. The final examination to be conducted by CHSE at the end of the second year of the course will consist of one written paper of Alternative English carrying 100 marks. The paper shall test the student's proficiency in English with respect to correctness, appropriacy, tone and style. Alternative English (1st Year) - (To be evaluated at the college level) 1. Reading Comprehension : (a) A prescribed prose piece or extract (5 questions - including inferential questions-are to be answered) (b) A prescribed poem/extract (5 questions including inferential questions and those on poetic devices, figures of speech, mood, tone and style etc.) (c) A prescribed story / one-act play or its extract (5 questions including inferential questions and those on literary devices, tone etc.) (d) An unseen passage of at least 200 words (5 questions including Inferential ones) 2. Reading related skills. (a) Guided note making based on the passage 1 (d) (b) Cohesive devices 3. Writing skills. (a) Summarising an unknown passage as given in 1 (d) with caption (b) Reconstruct a story from a given set of questions/fillers/outlines or completion of a story (c) Essay writing (including brainstorming, organizing, outlining, writing first draft and revising) 4. Grammar and usage (in context) (3 questions on the prescribed grammar units) Alternative English (2nd year) To be evaluated at CHSE level 1. Reading Comprehension. (a) A prescribed prose piece or extract
[41]
APEG
(b)
(c)
(d) 2.
3. (a) (b) (c)
(d) 4.
(5 questions including inferential questions are to be answered). A prescribed poem / extract (5 questions including inferential questions and those on poetic devices, figures of speech, mode, tone and style etc.) A prescribed story / one-act play or its extract (5 questions including Inferential questions and those on literary devices, tone etc.) An unseen passage of at least 200 words (5 questions including inferential ones) Reading related skills. Unguided note making (based on the passage given in 1 (d). Writing skills. Designing and writing a brochure / pamphlet Writing dialogues of a face-to-face / telephonic conversation. Rewriting a poem/short story as a different form of discourse i.e. a page of a diary, a newspaper report/article or a script for a play etc. Adding a suitable beginning/ending/title to a given poem/story. Grammar and usage (in context) (3 questions on the prescribed grammar units including modified cloze tests). *********
[42]
APEG
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
( C om pu ls or y)
The Environmental Education (EE) is incorporated in the New Syllabus of Higher Secondary (+2) students of all streams (Science, Arts & Commerce) from 2006 (admission batch). The theory course shall be taught in 40 periods. The syllabus is compulsory for all students. To reduce the work-load of students EE will be taught in XI class only. The syllabus shall be of 100 marks of which 70 marks assigned to theory paper and 30 marks for project work. Questions for theory paper shall be prepared by the Council and examination will be held on a stipulated date fixed by the Council. The questions for theory paper will be prepared as per the norms of Council as done for all other subjects, 40 marks for short (which also includes objectives) and 30 marks for long questions. Students are required to answer three long questions one from each unit. Each unit will have 2 questions with internal choice. The short questions (covering all units) will be compulsory. Each students has to submit a project work positively to the Principals of the respective colleges before Annual Examination. There shall be 10 project work titles specified in the course and students are free to choose any one of them. A group of teachers will be assigned to guide them. The project shall be evaluated in the respective colleges. The best project (as will be decided by the Principal) may be sent to Council for consideration for award of a special prize. The grade secured (taking both the theory and project marks) will be reflected in the mark sheet and pass certificate. (Above 70% - Gr. A+, above 60% - Gr. A, above 50% - Gr. B, above 35% - Gr. C and below 35% - Gr. D)
THEORY (70 Marks)

Unit - I (A) Man and Environment 8 Periods
Atmosphere, Lithosphere, Hydrosphere and Biosphere- Human being as a rational social partner in environmental action - Impact of human activities on environment -Environmental Problems of urban and rural areas- Stress on civic amenities, supply of water, electricity, transport and health services. (B) Natural Resources : 6 Periods
Land, water, forest as primary natural resources- Fresh water and Marine resources- Natural resources of Orissa -Concept of Biodiversity and its conservation. Renewable and non- renewable natural resources, Conventional and non- conventional energy.
[43]
APEG
Unit - II Environmental Pollution : 6 Periods
Types of pollution and pollutants Causes, effects and control of air pollution, water pollution; soil pollution and noise pollution, Green house effect, Global Warming, Eutrophication, Ozone layer depletion. Unit - III (A) Environmental Management : 6 Periods
Scope of Environmental Management- Management of solid, liquid and gaseous wastes -Resource Management- disaster Management (flood, cyclone and earthquake) -Concept of sustainable developmentManagement of agricultural produce. (B) Environmental Laws : 5 Periods
Constitutional Provisions -Major provisions of Environmental Laws and Pollution Control Laws with particular reference to the Water Act; 1974, the Air Act, 1981, the E(P) Act 1986, CPCB and SPCB- Central and State Pollution Control Boards. PROJECTS 5 Periods 1. F. M. : 30
To study the changes that have taken place in the given land area of a city/Village/locality/market during the last five years in respect of at least five parameters like number of houses, residents and families, food habits, number of household goods in a family, consumption of water, electricity and fuel including that for personal vehicles by a family, sources of noise (public address systems being used, television, radio and vehicles on the road), common facilities like number of schools, hospitals, shops, theatres, public conveyance, public utilities, public transport, number of factories, industries and/or the facilities for production and processing of goods, loss of water bodies, types and quantity of wastes, their disposal and treatment facilities with a view to discuss the patterns of changes and impact on the environment and quality of life. One specific project on these aspects may be to study the changes that have taken place in a given land area during the last five years in respect of the number of houses, residents and families and to prepare a report on the effects on civic amenities like availability of water, electricity and fuel; the drainage system, disposal of wastes Including night soil. To study the environmental profile of a town/ locality/village in respect of population density, green cover, educational level of residents, social problems and sources of pollution and their effect on air, water and soil. To collect data on monthly consumption of electricity and fuel from at least five families, any two commercial establishments and four public utilities in a given locality. To plan strategies for educating consumers to economise on the consumption of electricity and fuel by reducing their over-use, misuse and improper use. To study, for a period of one month, the status of sanitary conditions and methods of waste disposal of a given locality vis-a-vis the role of Panchayat, Municipality or Corporation and to prepare an action plan for making the conditions more environment friendly.
2.
3.
4.
[44]
APEG
5.
To investigate the impact of an industry or a large manufacturing unit on the local environment. The parameters could be land use, the ratio of the covered area and the open space, the raw materials used for production, inputs like electricity and water, the types of waste generated and the modes of waste disposal, use of environment friendly and efficient technology, types of pollutants emitted or discharged, the average health status of the employees and residents in the area. To study the impact of changes in agricultural practices or animal husbandry including poultry, piggery, fishery and apiculture over a period of time on the local environment of a given area or village. The components for analysis may include: types of crops, land area under cultivation, mechanization, use of electricity, mode of irrigation and agrochemicals, agro-waste and their disposal, types of animal breed and their feed, types of shelter and health care, methods of preservation and processing of products and animal wastes and their disposal. To suggest an action plan for modifying the prevailing practices so as to make them environment friendly and sustainable. To collect samples of water from different sources and study their physical characteristics like turbidity, colour, odour; the measure of pH, the nature of suspended and dissolved impurities and pollutants, the presence of toxic materials like mercury, lead, arsenic, fluorine and the presence of living organisms. For testing the presence of toxic materials and living organisms the help of a local laboratory or institution may be taken, if available. To identify the most polluted sample of water and locate the sources of its pollution. To devise an action plan for mobilising public opinion for checking the pollution. To study the practices followed in the region for storage, preservation, transportation and processing of perishable or non- perishable farm products and to assess the extent of their wastage due to faulty practices. To prepare a status report on the prevalence of child labour in a given area through simple surveys on children engaged as domestic help and as workers in farms, commercial establishments and manufacturing units. The survey may be in respect of age group, education, wages, working hours, working conditions, safety in work place, health, handling hazardous materials and the like. Units dealing with hazardous materials and processes may be identified and an action plan for mobilising public opinion against the practice of child labour may be prepared. To conduct a survey of plants in a locality and to collect information about their cultural, economic and medicinal values from the local people and the available literature. To prepare an action plan for their propagation.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Book Prescribed : Bureaus Higher Secondary (+2) Environmental Education - Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation & Production, Bhubaneswar.
[45]
APEG
YOGA (Theory)
+2 1st year Full Marks - 50 Unit - I CONCEPT YOGA Meaning. Definition and Scope of yoga, Importance and aim of yoga for the students, Misconception of Yoga Yoga and Spirituality Unit - II 10 marks Time 2 hrs. 10 marks
YOGA (Practical)
+2 2nd year Full Marks - 50 Time 2 hrs. Unit - I 20 marks ASANA PRILIMINARY PRACTICES : Greeva Sanchalana, skandha chakra (shoulder rotation), purna, titali asana (full butterfly), marjari asana (car stretch pose), Surya Namaskara STANDING POSTURE : Tadasana, tiryak tadasana, katichakrasana pada-hastasana, ardha chakrasana, ardhakati chakrasana, ekapada pranasmasana, garudasana, natarajasana. SITTING POSTURE : padmasana janusirasana, paschimottanasana, supta vajrasana, shashankasana, ustrasana, ardhamatsyendrasana. PRONE LYING POSTURE : shalabhasana, bhujangasana, dhanurasana. SUPINE POSTURE : uttanapadasana, supta pawanamuktasana, naukasana, halasana, sarvangasana, matsyasana, chakrasana. Unit-II (10 marks) RELAXATION : savasana, yoganidra Unit - III (10 marks) PRANAYAMA : Priliminary practices: abdominal, thoracic, clavicular and full yogic breathing kapalabhati, nadisodhana, bhramari seetali/seetkari Unit - IV and Unit - V (10 marks) MEDITATION : Antarmouna - sensorial awareness : (sound, touch, vison, smell, taste), breath awareness, awareness of the spontaneous thought process. Unit-V KRIYA : Trataka (internal and external) For +2 1st year 50 marks theory examination and For +2 2nd year 50 marks practical examination but in 1st year and 2nd year students will learn practical
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF YOGA PRACTICE Place, Time, Age, Diet, Dress, Dos and Donts Power of Silence Unit - III BRANCHES OF YOGA Karma Yoga, Bhakti Yoga, Raja Yoga, Jnana Yoga Yoga in Srimad Bhagavat Gita Unit - IV CONCEPT OF ASTHANGA YOGA Yama, niyama, asana, pranayama, pratyahara, dharana, dhyana and samadhi Unit - V 10 marks 10 marks 10 marks
YOGA AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT Meaning, Definition of Personality Dimension of Personality: physical, mental, emotional, intellectual and spiritual. Personality Development in relation to external world civic, social, patriotic and global consciousness. Concept of Personality According to swami Vivekananda and Sri Aurobindo.
The grade secured taking together both the theory and Project/Practical marks will be refelected in the Marks sheet and the pass certificate of the Council. Grade A+ = 70% above, Grade B+ = 60% and Grade B = 50% above, Grade C = 35% and Grade D = before 35% Books Prescribed : An Introduction to Yoga, ~M _ePd Published by Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
[46]
APEG
BASIC COMPUTER EDUCATION

+2 1st Year UNIT-I Computer Fundamentals : Necessity and uses of computer, what is computer?, Computer as a ystem, problem and problem solving technique, Important terminology, Input-Output levices, types of computer, (Digital, Analog, Hybrid, Super computer, Main Frame, Mini, JC, Note Book, and Laptop).Generation of Computer, Computer Memory, (Main, Secondary, /irtual. Buffer, Cache,) Computer Languages and its types. 8 Hours UNIT-II Operating System: types, software, Dos and Windows : Fundamentals and Commands , Security and Anti-virus Introduction to MS_OFFICE: MS- WORD: Creating a File, setting and typing text, page formatting, editing, printing, saving the files, creating Folders , Insertion tables and objects, Bulleting, Page Numbering, spell check, indenting , paragraph setting and mail merge, CD writing. MS-EXCEL: Spread sheet and its uses , an introduction, formatting work sheet, setting columns/Rows, range, Format, protect, sorting, types of graphs, functions and formula, printing text, copying and saving the document. MS-POWER POINT : Features, Uses, Menus, Toolbars, creating a presentation through auto context wizard, templates, manual slides show, saving, deleting, opening a presentation, Editing. MS-ACCESS: Data base, data base Management system, RDBMS, advantages and limitations of MS-Access, parts, tables, integrity constraints, relationship and designing tables. I5hours UNIT-III INTERNET AND COMPUTER SECURITY: Introduction to Internet, net browsing, Emails, Networking and its types, topology, computer crime, components required for internet, saving and printing the web files. APLLICATIONS: in Education, Medical Science, Business, Entertainment, Social services and Research etc. 7 hours For +2 1st year 50 marks theory examination and 50 marks practical examination. TOTAL HOURS: 30 (THEORY) AND 10 HOURS (PRACTICAL). PRACTICALS : DOS, Windows, MS-Office, web page, browsing, sending and creating a mail
The grade secured taking together both the theory and Project/Practical marks will be refelected in the Marks sheet and the pass certificate of the Council. Grade A+ = 70% above, Grade A = 60% and Grade B = 50% above, Grade C = 35% above and Grade D = below 35%
[47]
APEG
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - 1

1st year Physics Theory
Total Periods - 68 Time : 2-1/2 hrs. Full Marks - 50 UNIT-I 1. Units and Dimensions: S.I. system of Units, dimension of a physical quantity, dimensional analysis. (4 Periods) 2. Scalars and Vectors: The concept of vectors and scalars, unit vector, components of a vector along the co-ordinate axes, addition and subtraction of vectors, triangle, parallelogram and polygon law method of vectgor addition, dot and cross product of two vectors.(8 periods) 3. Kinematics of a Particle :Average and instantaneous speed and velocity, average and Instanatneous acceleraction, velocity as time rate of displacement, acceleration as time rate of velocity. Equation of linear motion for uniformly accelerated bodies. (4 periods) 4. Force, Work, Energy & Power : Newtons laws of motion, inertia of rest and inertia of motion, equilibrium of forces, conservation of linear momentum, impulse of force, impulse momentum theorem. Work done by a consant force, kinetic energy, Potential energy, conservation of energy, power. (6 periods) UNIT-II 1. Properties of matter : Elasticity, strain and stress, elastic limit, Hookes Law, Youngs Modulus, rigidity Modulus, Poissons Ratio. Surface tension, angle of contact, capillary rise. (7 periods) 2. Circular Motion : Uniform circular motion, expression for centripetal acceleration (without derivation), banking of tracks. (4 periods) 3. Gravitational Force : Newtons law of gravitation, accelration due to gravity, its variation with altitude & depth,geostationary satellite,escape velocity. (6 periods) 4. Oscillatory Motions : Time period and frequency, simple harmonic motion, displacement, amplitude and phase, expression for velocity and acceleration, kinetic energy and potential energy of a particle executing SHM. (7 periods) UNIT-III 1. Heat Phenomena : Concept of Heat and Temperature, scale of temperature (Celsius, Fahrenheit, Kelvin). Thermal expansion of solids, relations between co-efficients of expansion. Definitions of Mechanical equivalent of heat, heat capacity, specific heat, water equivalent, change of phase, latent heat (No experiemtnal determination) (10 periods) 2. Heat Transfer: Transfer of heat, conduction, convection and radiation, thermal conductivity of solids, its determiantion by Searles method. (4 periods) [48]
APEG
3.
Kinetic Theory of Gases: Postulates of kinetic theory of gases. R.M.S. and mean speed, derivation of the expression for pressure of an ideal gas, kinetic interpretation of temperature, degrees of freedom of mono-atomic and diatomic gases, law of equipartition of energy (Statement only). (8 periods).
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - 1

2nd year Physics Theory
Total Periods - 68 Time : 2-1/2 hrs. Full Marks - 50 UNIT-I 1. Electric charge, electric field and potential : Frictional electricity, electric charge and its conservation, Columbs law, force between two point charges, di-electric permittivity, electric field, field strength E, electric field due to point charge, electric dipole, electric field due to a dipole at (i) an axial point (ii) equatorial point. Electrostatic potential difference, electrical potential due to a point charge, electrical potential due to dipole, (i) at an axial point and (ii) at an equatorial point. (7 periods) 2. 3. Capacitance : Capacitance and capacitors, capacitance of an isolated sphere, capacitors in series and in parallel. (5 periods) Electric Current : Electric current, Ohms law, conductance, conductivity, resistance and resistivity, emf, relation between emf and potential difference, variation of resistance with temperature, resistances in series and in parallel. Heating effect of electric current, statement of Joules law, electric power. (7 periods) 4. Magnetic effect of electric current : Force on a current carrying conductor in a uniform magnetic field, magnetic induction B, Biot-savarts law, magnetic field at the centre of a current carrying circular loop. (4 periods).
UNIT - II 1. Electro-Magnetic Induction : Induced emf, Faradays law of electromagnetic induction, Lenzs law, self and mutual inductance, voltage induced in a rotating coil in a uniform magnetic field. (5 periods) Alternating Current : Alternating current, peak and RMS value of alternating current/voltage, reactance, A.C. through circuits containing resistance only, capacitance only & inductance only (expressions for current without any derivation). (5 periods) [49]
2.
APEG
3.
Solids and Semiconductors : Energy band in solids (qualitative ideas only), difference between metals, insulators and semic conductors on the basis of band theory, intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, P-type and N-type semiconductor, p-n junction and its charateristics. One p-n junction used as a half wave rectifier and two p-n junctions used as full wave rectifier. Junction transistors (pnp and npn), transistor characteristics CE and CB mode.(8 periods)
4.
Digital Electronics : Decimal and binary numbers, conversion, logic gates:- OR, AND, NOT, NAND and NOR gates (Symbol, use and truth table). (5 periods)
UNIT-III 1. Reflection and Refraction of light : reflection by spherical mirror, mirror equation (derivation), laws of refraction, refractive index and its relation with velocityof light (formula only), critical angle, total internal reflection, u-v relation for a lens (without derivation), power of lens.(6 periods) Refraction and deviation produced by prism : Minimum deviation and refractive index of material of a prism, simple magnifying glass. (4 periods) Atomic Physics : Rutherfords model of atom and its limitations, Bohrs model of hydrogen atom, derivation of expression for radius and energy of hydrogen atom in the nth state, explanation of hydrogen spectra, photoelectric effect. Einsteins photoelectric equation, threshold frequency, work function, application of photo-electric effects. Atomic nucleus, its composition, mass defect, statement of mass-energy equivalence relation, binding energy. (12 periods)
2. 3.
[50]
APEG
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-I CHEMISTRY THEIRY

(For First Year) TOTAL PERIOD-68
Time - 2.30 hrs F. M. - 50 Unit - I (i) Ba sic Concepts in Chem istry : Atoms molecules, valency, radicals, atomic mass, molecular mass, equivalent massAvogadro's Hypothesis and its applications, Mole concept, units of concentration, Stochiometric calculations. (2 periods) Different Sta tes of Matter : Gaseous State : Postalates of Kinetic theory of gases, derivation of Kinetic gas equation and gas laws from kinetic gas equation, ideal and real gases, van der Waal's equation; average, root mean square and most probable velocities, preliminary idea about distribution of molecular velocity. (4 periods) Liquid State and Solutions : Raoult's law, osmosis, molecular mass determination from lowering of vapour pressure, elevation of boiling point, depression of freezing point and osmotic pressure. (4 periods) Colloidal State and Surface Chemistry : Types of colloids, preparation, purification, properties and uses of colloids; types of adsorption and its applications. Structure of the a tom : Dual nature of matter, Heisenberg's uncertainly principle, quantum numbers, shapes of s, p, d- orbitals, Pauli exclusion principle, Aufbau principle, Hund's rule, electronic configuration of atoms upto atomic number 30. (6 periods) Period ic classifica tion: Periodicity in properties such as atomic and ionic radii, ionisation potential, electron affinity, electronegativity and oxidation states. (4 periods) Chem ica l Bond ing : 30 Period s 2 3 Polarity in covalent molecules, hybridisation (sp, sp and sp ), VSEPR theory, shapes of molecules (linear, angular, planar, pyramidal and tetrahedral) and bond. Hydrogen bond. Chem ica l rea ctions: (4 periods) Types of chemical reaction, redox reaction, equivalent mass of oxidants and reductants (KMnO 4 and K 2Cr 2O 7 in acid medium, oxalate ion and thiosulphate ion), balancing redox reactions by oxidation number and ion-electron methods, neutralisation reaction, volumetric analysis. Hyd rog en : (2periods) Preparation, properties and uses of heavy water and hydrogen peroxide, strength of H 2O 2 . Principles & Process of extra ction of m eta ls : Occurrence of metals, metallurgy, Ores and minerals, concentration, flux, slag, calcination, roasting, smelting, various reduction methods used for extraction of metals (carbon reduction, aluminothermic process, electrolytic reduction and self reduction) and refining. (3 periods) S-block elem ents : (2 periods) Alkali and alkaline earth metals: General characteristics of the alkali and alkaline earth group metals.
(ii)
(iii)
(iv) (v)
(vi)
UNIT - II (i)
(ii)
(iii) (iv)
(v)
[51]
APEG
(vi) (a) (b) UNIT - III (i) (i)
P-block of elements : Group 13 elements : General characteristics of group 13 elements. Group 14 and 15 elements : General characteristics of group 14 and 15 elements.
(2 periods) (3 periods)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Organic chemistry : Basic principles: Tetravalency of carbon, shapes of simple organic molecules (methane, ethane, ethene and ethyne) functional groups, nomenclature by IUPAC system of organic compound; inductive effect, resonance, fission of covalent bond, electrophile, nucleophile, types of organic reactions (addition, elimination and substitution reaction - examples only). (5 periods) Isomerism : Concept, types, structural (chain, position, functional, metamerism and tautomerism), stereoisomerism; geometrical and optical, defination and examples only. (2 periods) Hydrocarbons : Alkanes, General formula, methods of preparation; reduction of alkenes and alkynes, decarboxylation of carboxylic acid, Wurtz reaction and Kolbe's synthesis, general properties; physical, chemical: substitution (halogenation and nitration), cracking. (3periods) Alkenes : General formula, methods of preparation; dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides and dehydration of alcohols, electrolysis of salt of dibasic a cids, properties; physical, chemical: addit ion with H 2 , X 2 , HX (Markownikoff's rule and peroxide effect), HOX, H 2SO 4, ozonolysis, polymerisation. (3 periods) Al kyne s : General formula, methods of preparation: dehydrohalogenation of vicinal and geminal dihalides, dehalogenation of tetrahalides, electrolysis of salt of dibasic acids, preparation of acetylene from iodoform and calcium carbide, properties: physical, chemical: acidic nature of acetylene and terminal alkynes, addition reaction with H 2, HX, HOX, H2O and ozonolysis, reaction with ammonical Cu 2CI 2 solution and AgNO 3 solution and uses of acetylene. (3 periods) Org a nom eta llic com pound s: Organomagnesium compounds: Grignard reagent -preparation from alkyl halide, its use in the preparation of alkanes, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones and monocarboxylic acids. (3 periods) Alc ohols : Classification as primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols, general methods of preparation from alkylhalides, esters, aldehydes, ketones, and Grignard reagents, properties: physical, chemical: reaction with strongly electropositive metals, organic acids, inorganic acids, PCl 5, distinction between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols (3 periods) ***
[52]
APEG
PAPER - II
Time- 2.30 Hrs. Full Mark -50 UNIT - I (i) Energetics : Exothermic and endothermic reactions, internal energy and enthalpy, heat of formation, combustion and reaction, Hess's law, bond energy. (3 periods) (ii) Chemical Equilibria : Law of mass action, equilibrium constants K p, K c , and K x, relationship between them. Le-chatelier principle and its application to Synthesis of Ammonia. (4 periods) (iii) Ionic Equilibria : Concept of acids, bases and salts, ionic product of water, hydrolysis of salts, pH, buffer solution, Henderson equation, Common Ion effect solubilityproduct and application in qualitative analysis. (5 periods) (iv) Electrochemistry : Electrolytes and nonelectrolytes, electrolysis, Faraday's laws, specific, equivalent and molar condu ctance, Kohlrausch law and its applications, Galvanic cells, cell reactions, Nernst equation, standard electrode potential, electrochemical series, e.m.f. of simple cells. (7 periods) (v) Chemical Kinetics: Factors affecting rate, order of reactions and molecularity, kinetics of zero and first order reactions, half life period, Activation energy. (4 periods) UNIT - II (i) Nuclear Chemistry : Properties of alpha, beta and gamma rays, group displacement law, kinetics of radioactive decay, hal f life period, stability of nuclei with respect to neutron/proton ratio, Carbondating, mass energy conversions, artificial radioactivity induced by alpha particles, nuclear fission and fusion. (5 periods) (ii) p-block elements : (a) General characteristics of Group -16 elements Genral Characteristics of Family. Preparation, Propert ies and uses of ozone. (3 periods) (b) General characteristics of Group 17 elements.General Characteristics of halogen family. (2 periods ) (c) Position of Group 18 elements in the periodic table, properties and uses of noble gases, preparation, properties and structure of XeF 2, XeF4 and XeF6 . (3 periods) (iii) Transition metals: General characteristics, principle of extraction, properties and uses of Cu and Fe, preparation, properties and uses of oxides, chlorides and nitrates of Cu and Fe. (6 periods) (iv) Co-ordination compounds and organometallics : Werner's theory of co-ordination compounds, nomenclature, isomerism in coordination compounds, elementary ideas and classification of organometallic compound with examples. (4 periods) UNIT - III : (i) Aldehydes and Ketones : Oxidation and dehydrogenation of alcohols, dry distillation of calcium salt of monocarboxylic acids, from acid chlorides, properties:- Physical, Chemical; reaction with HCN, NaHSO 3, hydroxylamine, phenylhydrazine, Tollen's reagent, Fehling's solution, aldol condensation, Cannizzaro's reaction, and iodoform reaction. (4 periods) (ii) Monocarboxylic acids : General methods of preparation: Oxidation of primary alcohols and aldehydes, hydrolysis of cyanides and esters, carboxylation of Grignard's reagents, Properties: Physical, Chemical; reaction with metals, NH 3 , alcohol, sodalime, reaction of formic acid with Tollen's reagent. (2 periods)
[53]
APEG
(iii) (iv) (v) (vi)
(vii) (viii)
Amides: Preparation by heating of ammonium salt, reactions with P 2O 5, HNO 2 and Hofmann's bromamide reaction. (2 periods) Acid Chlorides: Preparation from acids by PCl 5 and thionyl chloride, reactions with alcohols and sodium salt of acids. (2 periods) Aliphatic amines : Types of amines, basic nature of amines, preparation of primary amines only, reduction of nitroalkanes, cyanides, Hofmann's bromamide reaction, Physical, and Chemical properties. (2 periods) Aromatic compounds : Aromatic hydrocarbons. concept of aromaticity (Huckel's rule), graphic formula of benzene, preparation of benzene from sodium benzoate, properties - electrophilic substitution reaction halogenation, nitration, sulphonation and Friedel-Craft reaction, addition reaction, oxidation and ozonolysis, directive influence of s ub s t it u e nt s . (5 periods) Phenols: Preparation from sodium benzene sulphonate, properties: acidic character, electrophilic substitution reaction (nitration, halogenation; sulphonation, Reimer - Tiemann reaction). (2 periods) Polymers: Classification of polymers; natural and synthetic polymers, important uses and formula of PVC, neoprene, Teflon, Buna-S, Nylon-6, Bakelite. (3 periods)
[54]
APEG
MAT H E MAT I CS
PAPER - I Marks - 50 UNIT - I (35 periods) Time - 2.30 Hrs. Set : Idea of union, intersection, difference, symmetric difference, complemention, De morgans laws and cartesian product. Complex no : Idea of complex numbers, moduls, argument and conjugate of complex nos. Extraction of square roots cube roots of a complex number. Statement of Dmoivres theorm and application. Relation : Definition, domain, range inverse of a relation, equivalence relation, congruence module relation. Function : Definition, domain, range, injective, surjective and bijective function, Inverse of a function, odd a even functions. Brief idea of real valued function of a real variable such as |x|, [x] log ax , a x , e x , lnx. UNIT - II (33 periods)
Trigonmetry : Trigonometric ralations of compound, multiple and submultiple angles and standard trigonometric formulae. Trigonometric equations and their general solutions. Properties of triangles, inverse trigonometric functions. Co-ordinate geometry of two dimensions : Rectangular co-ordinate system. Distance and Division formula. Area of triangle. Slope of a line and angle between lines. Equations of a stline in different forms. Distance of a point from the line. Family of stlines equation of the angle bisectors. Circle : Definition and equation of a circle equation of a circle in paramitrir form Tangents and normals to circle system of circles.
MAT H E MAT I CS
PAPER - II Marks - 50 Time 2.30 Hor. (35 periods)
UNIT - I Determinant and Matrices : Determinants upto order three, minors and cofactors, properties of determinants, cramers rule. Matrices, algebra of matrices, transpose and inverse a matrix, solution of system of linear equations by matrix inverse method. Vector: Vectors and scalars, types of vectors, algebra of vectors, position vectors of a point, Resolution of vectors into components. Scalar (dot) and vector (cross) product of two vectors and its geometrical meaning, commutative and distributive properties of dot and cross product (without proof), Scalar triple product. UNIT - II (33 periods) Limit and continuity : Limit of a function (Definition only) left hand limit and right hand limit, infinite limit and limit at infinity, continuity. Diffeerentiation : Derivatives, its geometrical and physical meaning, derivatives of algebraic, trignometric, inverse trignomentric, exponential and logarithmic functions, Derivatives of functions in parametric forms, Derivatives of implicit functions, logarithmic differentiations. Integral Calculus : Standard integration formulae, integration by method of substitution, by parts a nd by partial fractions, definite integrals and their properties. (without - proof) UNIT-III Binary arithmetic (only addition and Subtraction)
[55]
APEG
BIOLOGY
There shall be two theoretical papers. Paper - I and Paper - II. Examination for each theory paper shall be of 2.30 hours duration. Paper I shall be taught in the 1st year and Paper - II in the Second year. There will be no practical papers for this syllabus.
Exa minat ion
Patte rn:
Question on each theory paper of 5o marks shall consist of three groups covering all units of the paper as given in the syllabus. Number and nature of questions in each theory paper and mark distribution wou ld be as follows. Group - A Question number 1 would be multiple choice type covering all the units 01x6 = 06 Question number 2 would be objective / very short answer type.All the bits are compulsory covering t he entire syllabus. 01x09 =09 Group - B Question number 3 would be short answer type with each bit carrying 02 marks and covering all the units of the syllabus. 02 x 7 = 14 Group - C Question number 4 to 9 would be essay type each carrying 07 marks. Candidates have to answer any three questions out of these. 07 x 3 = 21
B.F.C. Cour se BIOLOGY

1ST YEAR PAPER - I F. M - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs UNIT - I Diversities of living org a nism (Da rwinism a nd La ma rckism ) Branches of biology, Origin of life, theories of evolution, Characterstics of living organisms, classification (5kingdom system). Status and position of bacteria and Viruses, Binomial nomenclature, salient feature s of all divisions of plants and Animals (Non-chordates, chordates, cryptogams and phanerogams) Scientific na mes of Rohu, Bhakura, Mirkali, kau, frog, Toad, House lizard, Garden-lizard, Crocodile, Turtle, Cobra, Krait, Fowl, Peacock, Pigeon, Crow, Tiger, Elephant, Cat, Dog, Rabbit and Man and Some economically important plants.(cere ales, pulses, oil yielding, fiber yielding and medicinal plants). UNIT - II Morpholog y Cytolog y a nd Histology : (25 Periods) cell as basic unit of life, cell theory, pro-karyotic and Eukaryotic cell; structure and importance of cell organelles, general characters of root, stem, leaf and inflorescence; Amoeba, Ascaris, Earthwom, Cockroach and Frog. structure and functions of epithelial, connective (Blood and Lymph), Muscular and nervous tissue. Cell division. (Mitosis and Meiosis), Plant Tissue (Meristematic and permanent), Anatomy of root, stem and leaf. (20 periods)
[56]
APEG
UNIT - III Physiolog y of living Org a nism s: (23 Periods) cell as physiological unit, Diffusion, Osmosis and Imbibition, Absorption of water, Ascent of sap, transpiration; photosynthesis; C3- & C4 - plants; cellular respiration. Intracellular and extra cellular digestion, Digestive system in human beings with associated glands (structure and function); Vitamins. structure and functions of heart of man; Blood group, Blood co-agulation; structure and function of kindney, Brain and Spinal cord of human beings;
B.F.C. Cour se BIOLOGY

2ND YEAR PAPER - II F. M - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs UNIT - I Re-prod uction, Growth a nd Developm ent: Double Fertilization; Parthenogenesis; Parthenocarpy, growth and phyto hormones; Endocrine glands, and its secretion in Human being, male and Female re-productive system of human beings. UNIT - II Genetics a nd Molecula r Biolog y : (25 periods) Mendels laws of inheritance; DNA structure & function Chromosomes; Sex determination; DNA Finger printing, Recombinant DNA technology; Transgenic plants and animals. UNIT - III Ecology and Biology in human welfare : (23 periods) Ecosystem (structure and function). Plant succession (Hydrosere and Xerosere). Common Problems of adolescene (drugs. Alcohol and tobacco), risk of indiscriminate use of drugs and antibiotics. organ transplantation. immunity; vaccines and vaccination; - (Types, Causes, diagnoisis, prevention and treatment of Malaria. Filaria, Amoebiasis, AIDS, Cancer Diabetes, Powdery Mildew of Peas Bacterial blight of rice), basic concept of ECG, EEG, CT-SCAN, Ultrasound and Endoscopy. (20 periods)
SYLLABUS FOR DAIRYING 1st - YEAR THEORY ( Paper - I)

Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs. Tota l= 30 cla ses 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. History of dairy development in India.(2 periods) Role of milk in human nutrition. (2 periods) Indiaan dairy, draft and dual breeds of cattle and buffalo and Exotic cattle breeds used in India.(5 periods) Characterisation and performance of cross-bred cattle. (5 periods) Methods of selection and systems of breeding. (2 periods) Judging of dairy animals. (2 periods) Reproduction in dairy animals (2 periods) Natural breeding, Artificial Insemination, their merits and demerits. (4 periods)
[57]
APEG
9. 10.
Liquid seman and frozen semen. (2 periods) Techniques of collection, preservation, handling and storage of semen.(4 periods)
P R A CTIC AL Paper - I
Full Marks - 50 Time 4 hrs. Tota l= 15 cla ses 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Study of external body parts of the cattle. (2 periods) Identification of Indian and exotic breeds of cattle and buffaloes. (2 periods) Common terms used in dairy farming. (2 periods) Judging of dairy animals by score card method. (2 periods) Study of different equipments used in A.I. (2 periods) Physical evaluation of semen quality. (2 periods) Visit to dairy farms, semen collection centre and frozen semen banks. (3 periods)
1st - YEAR T H E O RY
Paper - II
Full Marks - 50 Tim e 2.30 hrs. Tota l= 30 cla ses (2 periods)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Classification of feed fodders used in livestock feeding with their functions. Digestion and assimilation of nutrients in ruminants. (2 periods) Rations - maintenance, production and preganancy requirement and schedule of feeding for new born, heifers pregnant and loctating animal, breeding bulls and bullocks. (6 periods) Agronomical paractices for different perennial and seasonal grasses and fodder crops and conservation of fodders-straw hay and silage. (5 periods) Treatment of paddy straw for its enrichment with urea and molasses. (2 periods) Sign of health and diseases in animals, first aid treatment of common ailments. (2 periods) Diseases of animal due to Bacteria, Virus and Parasites. (4 periods) Metabolic and deficiency diaseases, and food poisoning of animal. (2 periods) Vaccination schedule against common diseases. (3 periods) Society for prevertion of cruelty to animal (SPCA) Act. And Cattle Insurance. (2 periods)
PRACTICAL Paper - II
Full Marks - 50 Time = 4 hrs. Tota l= 15 cla ses 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Identification of common feed and fodders and fodder seeds,. (2 periods) Processing of feeds- grinding, mixing, pilleting, packaging, storage and computation of ration. (2 periods) Visit to fodder farms to observe the agronomical practices and feed processing plants. (4 periods) Administration and application of different drugs. (3 periods) Dressing and bandaging of wounds. (1 periods)
[58]
APEG
6. 7.
Recognisation of animal in health and diseases. Visit to Veterinary clinics.
(2 periods) (1 periods)
SECO ND Y EAR T H E O RY
Paper - I
Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs. Tota l= 22 cla ses 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Principles of dairy cattle management. (2) Care and management of newly born calves, heifers, pregnant animal, milch and dry cows bulls and bullocks.(4) Weaning and colostrums feeding. (2) Management of cross bred and high yielding cows in hot and humid climatic conditions.(2) Routine management practices in a farms including record keeping.(4) Clean milk production.(2) Selection of site for a dairy farm.(2) System of animal housing, their merits and demerits and floor space requirement of different categories of animals. (2) Hygiene and sanitation in a dairy farm and dispossl of animal waste and dead animals.(2) PRACTICAL Paper - I Full Marks - 100 Time = 4 hrs. Tota l= 11 cla sses 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Maintenance of pedigree sheet in a dairy farm. (1) Drawing of sketches of floor plan for different categories of animal. (2) Estimation of body weight from body measurements of animal. (2) Handling and restraint of animal. (2) Caculation of profit amd losses in a dairy farm. (2) Identification of animal, castration and dehoming.(2)
SECO ND Y EAR T H E O RY
Paper - II
Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs. Tota l= 22 cla sses Implementation of dairy development programmes in Orissa. Milk producers co-operative society, Milk union and Milk federation. (OMFED). (2) Women dairy co-operatives society. (1) Physical characteristics and chemical composition of fluid milk. (4) Processing of milk-Pasteurisation, homogenisation, standardisation and preservation of milk.(4) Market milk-raw processed, toned, double toned and skimmed milk.(2)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
[59]
APEG
6. 7. 8. 9.
Cleaning and sanitisation of dairy equipments and utensils.(1) BIS standards of milk and milk products.(1) Manufacture of dairy products - khoa, chhenna, flavoured milk, dahi, paneer, butter milk, lassi, ghee etc.(5) Packaging and storage of fluid milk and dairy products.(2) PRACTICAL Paper - II Full Marks - 100 Time = 4 hrs. Tota l= 11 cla sses
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Determination of titrable acidity of milk.(1) Estmation of specific gravity, fat% SNF% and TS% of milk.(2) Conducting of COB and MBR tests of milk.(2) Detection of adulterants of milk.(3) Preparation of Value added dairy products.(3) Visit to dairy processing and chilling plants.(1)
POULTRY FARMING 1 st Year Theory (Paper-I)

Full Marks-50 Time-2.30 hrs Theory-30 classes Unit-I 6 classes Poultry Industry in India and in Orissa. Importance of egg and meat in human diet. Unit-II 9 classes External body parts of chicken. Anatomy and physiology-brief outlines of digestive system. Excretory system, Reproductive system. Internal part of egg. Formation of egg, Composition of Egg Unit-III 15 classes Common breeds of chicken and other poultry birds. Breed characteristics and utility. Systems of matingFlock mating, Stud mating, and Shift mating. Preliminary idea on artificial insemination. Estimation of egg production-Hen housed, Hen day and survivor egg production. Recording of body weight in broiler birds.
PRACTICAL Pa per -I
Full Marks-50 Time-4 hrs Practical -15 classes 1. Body points of chicken and ducks. 2. Handling, catching, wing banding and leg banding, debeaking.
[60]
APEG
3. Identification of poultry breeds- White Leghorn, Rhode Island, Vanaraja, Giriraja, Grama Priya and some commercial broiler strains. 4. Identification of internal organs; different parts of digestive and reproductive system. 5. Identification of good layers, poor layers and non-layers.
1 st Year Theory (Paper-II)

Full Marks-50 Time-2.30 hrs Theory-30 classes Unit-I 11 classes Poultry housing and Equipments: Selection of site. Types of poultry houses-Semi intensive, Intensive and backyard, low cost poultry house, Cage, Slat and Deep litter system of housing, its advantage and disadvantages. Litter materials, Built-up litter as manure care and management of litter. Types of poultry equipments like feeder, waterer/drinker and brooder etc. Unit-II 8 classes Production, Selection and care of hatching eggs. Candling of eggs. Incubation principles and practise. Hatchery sanitation and management. Different fumigation process in hatchery. Unit-III 11 classes Brooding, rearing of chicks growers and breeders. Light management of broilers and layer. Management and care under adverse conditions. Culling of different age groups of stocks. General management practices of ducks. Different moulting practise used for egg production.
P r a ct ica l Paper-II
Full Marks-50 Time-4 hrs Practical -15 classes 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Candling of eggs. Washing and fumigation of incubators and hatchers. Identification of different types of poultry houses and equipments. Culling. Visit to poultry farms. Identification of litter materials and quality assessment.
[61]
APEG
Second Year Theory (Paper-I)

Full Marks-50 Time-2.30 hrs Theory-22 classes Unit-I 8 classes Poultry feeds and feeding practices- Classification of poultry feeds and feed stuffs based on energy and protein. Quality control and storage of poultry feeds. BIS standards of poultry feeds. Feed conversion ratio (FCR). Feeding schedule for different types of poultry-Starter and Finisher for broilers, Chicks, grower, and layer for layer birds and breeder birds for both meat and egg type birds. Preliminary knowledge of feeds, formulation and preparation. Utilization of local available ingredients used in poultry feed. Different types of feeding practices like full feeding, Restricted feeding. Unit-II 8 classes Signs of good health and ill health in poultry flock. Hygiene and sanitation. Classification of poultry diseases. Common disease of poultry; Ranikhet Disease, Fowl pox, Markes Disease, Avian Influenza (Bird Flu), Avian leucosis complex, Chronic Respiratory Disease (CRD), Salmonellosis, E. Coli, Fowl Cholera, Aspergilosis & Eemerging disease, their prevention and control. Unit-III 6 classes
Round worm, Tape worm, lice, Tick and mite infestations, Cannibalism, Bumble foot, Crop Impaction, Egg bound condition. Different vices of Poultry, Vaccination schedule for layer and broiler birds.
PRACTICAL Paper-I
Full Marks-50 Time-4 hrs Practical -11 classes 1. Identification of common feed ingredients. Storage and stocking of feed. 2. Visit to feed mixing centre. Mixing of feed. 3. Collecting feed samples for analysis. 4. Identification of healthy and unhealthy birds. 5. Vaccination. 6. Calculating the feed requirement of broiler poultry farm
[62]
APEG
SECOND YEAR THEORY Paper-II

Full Marks-50 Time-2.30 hrs Theory-22 classes Unit-I 10 classes Processing, preservation & marketing of egg and meat. Interior parts of egg. Composition of egg. Egg quality. Cleaning & grading of egg. Packing, transport & preservation of egg. Egg and meat marketing channels. Sexing of day old chicks. Unit-II 7 classes Transportation of birds before slaughtering. Slaughtering, scalding, feather plucking, evisceration, chilling, packing. Value added egg and meat products Unit-III 5 classes Maintenance of farm records. Preparation of model schemes. Economics of poultry farming. Institutional credit and insurance.
PRACTICAL Paper-II
Full Marks-50 Time-4 hrs Practical -11 classes 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Egg grading Dressing of poultry bird and packing Dubbing and Dewinging Distinguishing between male and female chickens & ducks. Visit to duck farm and identification of duck breeds. Sexing of chicks.
FIRST YEAR Paper - I (Theory) BASIC HORTICULTURE AND FRUIT CULTIVATION

Full Marks - 50 (Weekly one cla ss Tota l= 36 cla ses per yea r) Introduction, defination of horticulture, divisions of horticulture (pomology, olericulture, floriculture, spices, plantation crops, aromatic and medicinal plants fruit nurseries, fruit and vegetable processing and marketing in brief)
[63]
APEG
Soil: Types of soil, soil fertility, soil organic matter content, nature of soil suitable for production of horticultural crop s. Climate : Climatic factors influencing production of horticultural crops. Importance, present status and furture prospects of fruit cultivation in India with special emphasis on Orissa. Cultivation aspects of major fruit crops with special reference to climate, soil, varieties, propaga tion, manuring, irrigation, interculture, insect pests, diseases, disorders, intecropping, harvesting, yield, post h arvest care, storage of mango, banana, citrus (sweet orange, mandarin, lime and lemon), guava, sapota, litchi, papaya, pineapple, pomegranate, custard apple, anola, ber, jackfruit.
FIRST YEAR Paper - II (Theory) PLANTATION CROPS AND SPICES, MEDICINAL & AROMATIC CROPS.
Full Marks - 50 (Weekly one cla ss Tota l= 36 cla ses per yea r) Pla nta tion crops : Importance, scope and future prospect of plantation crops in India and Orissa. Details of cultivation aspects with special reference to origin, climate, soil, varieties, propagation, planting, aftercare, manuring, irrigation, moisture conservation, weeding, interculture, insect pests, diseases, intercropping, harvesting, yield, post harvest care, storage, processing, value addition, byproduct utilization of important plantation crops like coconu t, cashewnut and arecanut. Spices, m ed icina l and a rom a tic crops : Importance of speices, medicinal and aromatic crops grown in India as well as in Orissa. Classification of spices, medicinal and aromatic plants. Details of cultivation aspects of ginger, turmeric, blackpepper, coriender, cinnamon, cardamom, (special reference to climate, soil, varieties, land preparation, sowing, planting, manuring, irrigation, weeding, interculture, plant protection measures, moisture conservation, harvesting, yield. processing and storage). Details of cultivation aspects (as mentioned for spices crops) of aloe, brahmi, aswagandha and betelvine. Cultivation practices, harvesting and oil extractiion of lemon grass and pamarosa.
SECOND YEAR Paper - I (Theory) VEGETABLE PRODUCTION & FLORICULTURE

Full Marks - 50 (Weekly one cla ss Tota l= 36 cla ses per yea r) Vegeta ble crops : Introduction. Role of vegetables in human nutrition. Importance of vegetable cultivation. Present status and future prospects of vegetable cultivation in India as well as in Orissa. Classification of vegetable garden. Off season vegetable cultivation. Details of vegetable cultivation with special reference of food value, varieties, climate, soil, nursery raising, sowing / planting, manuring, interculture, irrigation, drainage, insect pests, diseases, physiological disorders, harvesting and yield of brinjal, tomato, chilli, okra, radish, onion, garalic, potato, yam, sweet potato, elephant foot yam, cowpea, beans, pea, cabbage, cauliflower, knolkhol, pumpkin, cucumber, bitter gourd, watermelon, ridgegourd, pointed gourd, spine gourd, greens (amaranths, palak, basella)
[64]
APEG
F loriculture : Introduction, importance of floriculture. Present status and future prospects of floriculture in india as well as in Orissa. Defination of garden, types of garden. garden features and adornments. lawn, rock garden, layout of garden for home & public place. Flowering trees, shrubs, creepers, annuals, culture of pot plants. Cultivation practices of commercial floriculture crops such as rose, chrysanthemum, dahlia, marigold, tuberose, gladiolus and jasmine with special reference to varieties, climate, soil, sowing, planting, manuring, interculture, irrigation, drainage, insect pests, diseases, harvesting, yield, packaging & storage.
SECOND YEAR Paper - II (Theory) POST HARVEST MANAGEMENT AND PRESERVATION OF FRUITS, VAGETABLES AND OR NAME NTAL CROPS.
Full Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. (Weekly one cla ss Tota l= 36 cla ses per yea r) Importance of preservation and extent of post harvest losses. Maturity standards for fruits and vegetables, handling, grading, packaging and transportation. Techniques of storage including cold storage. Use of growth regulators and emulsion for extending the storage life. Importance of preservation industry in India as well as in Orissa. Principles and methods of preservation by low temperature, chemical additives, salt, sugar, heat, drying etc. Preparation and preservation of fruit juice, syrups, squashes, cordials, jam, jelly, marmalade, chutney, ketchup, pickles and s a u c e s . Drying and dehydration of important fruits, vegetables and flowers.
FIRST YEAR Paper - I (practical) BASIC AND FRUIT CULTIVATION

Full Marks - 50 (Alternate Weekly one cla ss Tota l= 18 cla ses per yea r. Ea ch cla ss consisting of 2 period ) Fruit Crop(s) Production : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Identification of fruit trees and their varietes. Study of fruit setting and fruit drop in fruit plants (mango, guava, citrus) Selection of site, planning, soil and soil management, layout of orchard. Method of planting of fruitplants, (papays, mango, banana, citrus, guava, litchi, sapota) Lay out of different irrigation systems for fruit plants. Study of different intercultural operations in fruit plants. Study of method of manuring & fertilizer application in fruit plants with calculation of fertilizer requirement. Method of spraying for controlling plant diseases in some fruit plants (mango, banana, guava, sapota, litchi & citrus) Method of application of growth regulators in different fruit plants (mango, pineapple, citrus, guava) and calculation for different concentrations with preparation of the stock solution. Training & pruning in fruit plants.
[65]
APEG
FIRST YEAR Paper - II (practical)

( Alternate Weekly one cla ss Tota l= 18 cla ses per yea r. Ea ch cla ss consisting of 2 period ) Full Marks - 50 Propa g a tion : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . 21. 22. Study of different propagation structures equipments, farm implements and horticultural tools. Media and soil mixture for raising seedlings & cuttings. Testing the seed germination, viability and vitality of seeds. Seed tretment methods, preparation of seedbeds, Sowing of seeds in shallow pots, Study of vegetative propagation of plants by modified plant structures (bulbs, corms, rhizomes, tubers, suckers, runners) Propagation of plants by cuttings with and without use of growth regulators. Method of plant propagation by gooty (air layring) Different methods of budding & grafting. Potting of seeddings in the pots, polyethylene bags and other containers and planting in nursery beds. Raising of root stock for grafting & budding of fruit plants. Selection of scion and pre-conditioning and collection of scion for grafting. Estimation of cost of production of grafts. Planning for developing nursery. Planting & management of mother plants. Site selection for nursing. Raising of nursery plants. Potting and repotting of plants. Management of grafts in nursery & aftercare. Water management in nursery. Protection of plants from heat ley using shadents. Plant protection measure in nursery. Hardening of nursery plants. Identification of plantation crops. Identification of spices crops. Identification of medicinal & aromatic plants. Visiting orchands & studying different problems of plantation crops in the orchards.
Pla nta tion, spices, m ed icina l & a roma tic crops :
* * * *
SECOND YEAR Paper - I (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 (Weekly one cla ss Tota l= 36 cla ses per yea r. Ea ch cla ss consisting of 2 period )) Vegeta ble Crops : 1. 2. Identification of vegetable seeds & seed testing. Preparation and management of nursery beds (Soil solarisation)
[66]
APEG
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13 . 14 . 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . 21. 22. 22. 23 24. 25. 26. 27 . 28 . 29 . 30.
Treatment of seeds and seedlings. Raising of seedlings both in kharif & rabi season. Raising of seedlings in polyhouse for off-season and early vegetable cultivation. Controlling diseases & pests in nursery. Identification of vegetable crops in the field. Land preparation for planting or transplanting of vegetable seedlings. Planting of vegetable seeds / seedlings. Raising of vegetables in small plots (rabi, kharif & summer) two crops/per student. Method of application of manures & fertilizers (basal &topdressing) Study of types of manures & fertilizers. Calculation of fertilizers for vegetable crops. Use of growth regulators in vegetable crops (cucurbitaceous crops) Identifying important diseases & pests of vegetable crops and their control measures. Study of deficiency symptoms disorders in vegetable crops. Calculation of cost of cultivation of important vegetable crops. Floriculture crops. Identification of ornamental plants (trees, shrubs, creepers and annuals) Identification of orchids, fern, cacti, succulents. Preparation of nursery beds for annuals. Raising of seedlings in beds. Preparation of flower beds and transplanting the seedlings Preparation of flower beds and transplanting the seedlings (annuals) Preparation & maintenance of lawn. Preparation of planting materials for rose, chrysanthemum, dahlia. Collection & storage of corms of gladiolus & pulles of tuberose. Potting & repotting of ornamental plants. Selection of plants for avenue plantation. Identification of indoor plants. Flower arrangement, preparation of garlands, bouquets. Visit different ornamental gardens.
SECOND YEAR Paper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 ( Weekly one cla ss Tota l= 36 cla ses per yea r. Ea ch cla ss consisting of 2 period ) Post ha rvest technolog y & processing : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 8. Study of maturity standards for different fruits and vegetables. Methods of harvesting (lay using harvester), ripening, sorting, grading & packaging. Study of storage life of fruits, vegetables & flowers. Preservation of fruits & vegetables by low temperature, chemicals, salt, sugar, and drying. Storage of preserved products (fruit juices, syrups, squash, jam, jelly, chutney, pickles, sauces. Drying & dehydration of important fruits & vegetables. Preparation of potato chips. Visiting processing industries. Study of zero energy sotage, low cost storage structure of onion, patato, ginger, turmeric etc.
[67]
APEG
9. 10.
Study of stage, time, method of harvest of different fruits, vegetables and ornamental crops for enhancing the self life. Post harvest management of horticultural crops.
SY LLABUS ON SER ICULTURE Obje ctives of Vocation al Cours e :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. To educate the students on scientific principles underlying the vocation of sericulture and associated activities. To impart intensive practical training to students for imbibing self confidence and inspire them for self employment in sericulture. To create employment opportuinities for unemployed rural youth in sericulture and allied sector. To empower students to act as facilitators for promotion of sericulture and poverty alleviation in rural areas. To enable the students to take up higher studies / specialized training, research and extension activities related to sericulture. Capacity building towards establishment of cottage industry, quality silk production and enhancement of national income.
FIRST
YEAR
INTRODUCTORY SERICULTURE Paper - I (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Soil and soil types amendment of problematic soil; soil erosion and conservation (2) Role of plant nutrients (major and minor) their absorption and translocation (3) Cell biology cell organelles, their function in cell, cell division, haploid, diploid, polyploidy, heterosis (3) Kinds of seed, methods of seed dispersal, germination, factors responsible for germination (2) Function of leaf, photosynthesis, respiration and transpiration (4) Types of crops : cereals, millets, pulses, oil seeds, fiber crops, sugar crops, vegetables, ornament al crops, fruit crops, plantation crops, green manuring crops, forage crops, grasses, medicinal plants, narcot ics, hedge plants (4) Sericulture: its history, importance, origin, types of silk worms and their races, voltinism, moulti nism, systematic position of various silk worms and their geographical distribution,; salient feature of t he silk worms (5) Host plants of different types of silk worms and their geographical distribution (2) Disease csusing organisms like fungi, bacteris, virus protozoa, nematodes etc., insect pests of silk worms (3) Pesticides: bio-pesticides, their formulation, various pest control appliances (4)
7.
8. 9. 10.
[68]
APEG
FIRST
YEAR
INTRODUCTORY SERICULTURE Paper - I (Practicals)

Full Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Fundamental units of measurement and use of conversion table (2) Study of microscope and its use (1) Determination of soil P H (1) Study of different meteorological factors and their measurement (2) Acquaintance with different types of crops (2) Acquaintance with different food plants of silk worms (Mulberry, Tasar, Muga, Eri) (2) Study of different morphological traits of silk worm and their life stages (2) Study of various systems of silk worm (2) Acquaintance with different manures, fertilizers and calculation of their requirement in field (3) Acquaintance with various pesticides, their formulations, Bio-pesticides, bio-agents (3) Preparation of spray solutions and dust dilution (1) Acquaintance with different plant protection equipments and their safe handling (2)
FIRST
YEAR
MORICULTURE Paper - II (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. Botanical nomenclature, origin and distribution of mulberry and non-mulberry host plants of different silk worms (2) Varieties of mulberry, their characters, yield and varietal imporvement (2) Package of practices for moriculture (both irrigated and rain fed) (10) Soil type : type of soil, their suitability Nursery preparation : Selection of planting material, planting method, spacing, interculture, pruning, plant ca re . Land preparation : Digging, ploughing, discing, harrowing, levelling, lay out, pit making, ridge and furrow making. Nutrition : Sources of nutrients like manures, fertilizers, types of manures and their composition, doses, method of application. Interculture and water management : Weeding, training, Interculture and water management : Weeding, training, pruning, irrigation, methods and frequency of irrigation, methods of conservation of water in soil. 4. 5. leaf selection and harvesting for silk worm rearing; leaf harvesting methods, transportation, preservation of leaves, seasonal influence on leaf yield (3) Mulberry diseases : Root rot, stem rot, rust, leaf spot, powdery mildew, symptoms of various disease s,
[69]
APEG
types of damage, extent of loss, seasonal occurrence, Disease management practices (4) 6. Insect pests of mulberry : Sucking insects like jassids, scales, white-flies, mealy bugs leaf eating insects like grasshoppers, hairy caterpillars, cut worms; internal borers like stem borer; nematodes; their seasonal occurrence, damage symptoms, extent of loss, prophylactic and curative methods, of control (6)
FIRST
YEAR
MORICULTURE Paper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 50 1. 2. Morphology of mulberry root, stem, leaf and flowers (2) Propagation of mulberry through different methods : (4) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Sexual, seed collection, seed bed preparation, sowing Selection of materials, preparation of cutting, planting methods Layering : different methods. Grafting: selection of stock and scion material, different types of grafting Budding : Different methods Preparation of cuttings and treatment with root inducing chemicals Methods of soil sampling
Acquaintance with farm tools and implements, their use (2) Land preparation; lay out preparation, digging, ploughing, levelling, bunding, harrowing, hoeing, equipment operations (2). Practiceof different planting methods (both irrigated and rain fed) Identification of different manures and fertilizers; calculation of doses (3). Training and pruning methods appliances used for pruning (2) Leaf harvesting; identification of type of leaf, leaf quality determination, transport and preservation (2) Farm Management Labour rules, maintenance of overseers diary, muster roll preparation, wage calculation (2) Identification of disease symptoms in mulberry and insect pests of mulberry; identification of nemat odes; recording disease symptoms, Preparation of calender of control measures (4) Identification of non-mulberry hosts and their package of practices (5)
SE COND Y EAR REARING AND GRAINAGE TECHNOLOGY IN SERICULTURE Paper - I (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. Study on metamorphosis : morphology of egg, larva, pupa and moth of mulberry silk worms. (5) Environmental requirement for rearing :temperature, humidity, air, light, optimum requirement for different stages, methods of maintenance. (2) Rearing house :location, types of rearing house-comparison with model rearing house-requirements-orientationutilization of locally available materials-modifications. (5)
[70]
APEG
4. 5. 6. 7.
Rearing appliances and their uses. (2) Preparation for distinfection:cleaning-washing-drying-disinfection, hygienic rearing. (2) Incubation: light-humidity-air-temperature requirement-significance of black boxing-postponement of brushing (2). Hatching : methods of brushing-chawki rearing, methods of rearing dvantages and disadvantages-effect of seasons-environmental requirements- feeding schedule- selection of leaf-spacing- cleaning- care during moultinguse of bed disinfectants concept of CRC- organization of CRC - community chawki rearing - advantages, disadvantagescare during transportation (2). Rearing of late age silk worm : rearing methods, advantage, disadvantage. Effect of seasons- Environmental requirements. - spacing- cleaning, feeding schedule - care during moulting leaf requirement - quality and leaf preservation (1) Types of mountages- moulting of ripened worms - method of mounting - Density- care during mounting. Environmental requirement-harvesting, cleaning- preserving and assessing cocoon quality -record maintenance - transportation - care during transportation. Differences between seed rearing and commercial rearing (3). Diseases of silk worm- pebrine, bacterial, viral, fungal - causal organisms, mode of infection, symptoms, prevention and control (2) Insect pests of silk worm - Indian Uzi fly and dermestid beetle control measures (2). their life cycle, type and extent of damage,
8.
9.
10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
Seeds Introduction, DFLS - types of seeds - commercial seed- reproductive seed-non-hibernating and hibernating eggs (2) Model grainage: basic requirements-plan of grainage. Equipments, Assessment of quality of seed cocoo ns and their transportation (1). Programming of seeds production : preparation of grainage -preliminary examination of seed cocoons- pupal gut examination and forced eclosion test for pebrine diease sorting of seed cocoons, sexing-preservation of seed cocoons / pupae- temperature, humidity : light - air requirements (3) Moth emergence, time of emergence, coupling- decoupling, oviposition, moth examination. cellular method and loode eggs importance of temperature, humidity and light - refrigeration of male moth (1) Seed organization, seed multiplication and organization of seed area- Seed Legislation Act (1).
15. 16.
SECOND
YEAR
REARING AND GRAINAGE TECHNOLOGY IN SERICULTURE Paper - I (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Study of morphology of Bombyx mori, Anthaeraea mylitta, Anthaeraea assama and philosamia ricini, by specimen identification and making labelled sketches of their egg. Iarva, pupa and moth (2) Dissection of digestive system and silk glands of moth-study of mouth part of moth (2) Study of model rearing house-plan (1) Acquaintance with sketching of rearing appliances and their use (1) Disinfectants: identification, preparation - disinfection of rearing house and appliances - fumigation (1) Surface sterilization of eggs - Black boxing- exposure to light synchronization- hatching - hatching performance calculation (1) Harvesting of cocoons after late worm rearing- Defective
[71]
APEG
7.
Harvesting of cocoons after late worm rearing- Defective cocoons, sorting - assessment and yield calculation (1)
8.
Observation on external symptoms of diseased larvae (Pebrine, Grasserie, Flatcherie and Muscardine)identification of diseased life stages- gut and haemolymph test- preparation of smear-identification of pathogens of various diseases (3)
9.
Moth testing : individual and mass testing - drying
of moths-grinding-smear preparation - arrangement of
smears- microscopic examination, mangnification required - use of centrifuge (2) 10. Moth examination : method of individual, mass, green, moth examination. Disinfection and washing of eggs; identification of perbrine spores (1) 11. Preparation of layings and loose eggs- merits and demerits- parent seed and hybrids-multivoltine and bivoltine eggs (2) 12. Artificial hatching of silkworm eggs- common acid treatment- Acid treatment after chilling- precautions - Age of eggs and timing of acid treatment (1) 13. Hibernation of silkworm eggs - hibernation schedules- importance of temperature and humidity - Embryo test - refrigeration of acid treated and multivoltine eggs - transportation of eggs (2) 14. 15. 16. 17. Incubation of eggs - importance of temperature, humidity, light and air (1) Moth emergence - identification of male and female moth, defective moths (1) Synchronization of emergence- refrigeration of cocoons and moths - coupling, decoupling, oviposition (1) Preparation of laying on cards- identification of hibernating and non- hibernating eggs- loose egg preparation (1) 18. Economics of seed production and cost of production- maintenance of records- storage of pierced cocoons (1) 19. Seed organization - seed multiplication and organization of seed area- seed legislation Act (1).
SECOND
YEAR
INDUSTRIAL SERICULTURE, EXTENSION AND MANAGEMENT Paper - II (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 1. Cocoons - properties of cocoons and their impact on reeling performance-cocoons assessment- defective cocoons (1) 2. Stifling / Drying : objective - various methods of stifling, steam stifling, sun drying - Hot air drying- merits and demerits of each method (1) 3. Storage and preservation of cocoons : Ideal conditions for cocoon storage- effect of defective storage- cocoons reelability, use of certain chemicals etc. - storage of hot air dried / steam stifled cocoons (1) 4. Cooking of cocoons: objective : various methods of cooking - open pan - 3 pan - pressurized cocoon cooking - characteristics of water for cocoon cooking - cooking methods for tasar and eri cocoons (1)
[72]
APEG
5.
Reeling : various systems of reeling - floating and sunken system of reeling - reeling process for t asar cocoons - various types of reling equipments - charkha - cottage basin- tasar reeling charkha- multiend basin - semi automatic reeling - automatic reeling- reeling calculation - production - denier - renditta, reeling of double cocoons - dupion silk - re-reeling- objective - standard hanks. (3)
6.
Collection and preservation of silk waste cooker waste - reeling waste- basin residue - burst open cocoon waste - cleaning of waste- drying- storage of waste (1)
7.
Silk examination and packing : Tracing of defects in skein- removal of defects - removal of gum spots- hank making - book making. balling (1)
8. 9.
Filature management : organization - planning- costing (2) Raw silk testing : objective- various methods of testing - visual and mechanical testing- winding - size testevenness, neatness and cleantiness test- Tenacity and elongation- cohesion- conditioned weight- grading of raw silk - ISI standards.(1)
10.
Spinning : raw materials - various forms of silk waste- cocoon waste- degumming- drying- spinning on pedal charkha- drafting- twisting - winding- various processes in spun silk mill-eri and tssar waste spinning processes (2)
11.
Definition of want, demand, supply, price value, utility, marks demand, elasticity of demand factors responsible for silk production- entrepreneurship (1)
12.
Role of sericulture in national economy - sericulture legislation - principles of accountancy, single and double entry system- maintenance of registers and records, preparation of balance sheets (2)
13.
Financial agencies involved in sericulture industry- terms and conditions of loan, crop insurance, developmental schemes and subsidies (1)
14.
Organization of cooperative sector in sericulture- aims and objectives, cooperative principles, orga nization of cooperative in rearing, reeling and other areas. Incentives and regulation. Management for effective participation in sericulture (1)
15.
Marketing- Principles of marketing, costs, defects - regulated markets, merits and demerits- coopera tive marketing, stabilization of prices, marketing of cocoon and silk yarn (2)
16.
Extension- objectives, methods of extension- training and visit- individual, mass contsct, demonstra tions, use of audiovisual aids, conduct of field days (2)
[73]
APEG
SECOND
YEAR
INDUSTRIAL SERICULTURE, EXTENSION AND MANAGEMENT Paper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Cocoon assessment- cocoon weight- shell weight, shell percentage- types of defective cocoons- rendit aassessment of cocoon quality in tasar and eri (1) Cocoon stifling- steam stling- Hot air drying (1) Single cocoon reeling for filament length - non- breakable filament- denier - reelability (1) Cocoon cooking- open pan- three pan cooking- pressurized cooking (1) Reeling techniques- Charkha reeling- cottage / multiend basin- praparation of cooked cocoons - preparation of resultant thread- passage of thread in reeling device- button- jette about- Croissure, guide pulleys- traverse bar- reed- maintenance of required number of cocoons for end- maintenance of reeling ends in charkha cottage multiend basin- tasar reeting process and its machineries (2) Re-reeling- Skein making lacing- hank making- book making. (1) Silk spinning- degumming of waste cocoons- hand spinning on pedal spinning wheel (1) Yarn testing- Denier count and gradation of cocoons and silk (1) Visit to filatures and reeling establishments in the tasar sutor (1) Survey and collection of data, compilation, tabulation, presentation (2) Maintenance of machinery and records: Cleaning / oiling of machineries- repair - replacement of old machinesmaintenance of various registers (1) Defination and scope of sericulture- statistics- collection of data sampling - survey- use of questionnaires, proforma for collection of data- compilation- tabulation, preliminary anaysis- report writing (1) Visit to different organizations offering technical services, supplying planting materials, laying seed cocoons and other inputs of sericulture (1) Utilization of by-products for dairy, fisheries, gobergas, oil extraction, poultry feed, fuel (1) Practical training on project preparation-model bankable schemes for various sericulture programmes, conducting survey on the role of Govt / C.S.B. and Voluntary organization for development of sericulture, afforestation for development of food plant area in respect of wild silk worm like tasar (2) Analysis of data, praparation of reports (1) Visit to sericulture cooperatives, chawki rearing cooperatives, reeling cooperatives, silk marketing cooperatives (1) Visit to cocoon markets, silk exchange, silk marketing organizations, silk merchants (1) Visit to seed area, private seed producers, silk farms, Government grainages (1) Visit to technical service centers, farmers, praticipation in exhibitions, field days (1) Visit to financial agencies, filling up application forms and visit to other sericultural institutions (1)
6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . 21.
[74]
APEG
FIRST
YEAR
SYLLABUS ON INLAND FISHERIES Paper - I (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 (I ntrod uction to I nla nd Fisheries) (F isheries resources, Ca pture fisheries, Cra ft & Gea r, F isheries m a na gem ent) 1. 2. Introduction to fisheries: Importance of fish; Present status (Globa, India and Orissa context); Type of fisheries (Freshwater / pond, brackish water / estuarine, marine, reservoir, lake, riverine, etc.); Fisheries resources available: Marine resources, Inland- resource (Brackish water resources: Lake, l agoon, estuary, tidal mudflat, backwaters; and freshwater resources: Riverine resources, reservoirs, bheels, ponds and tanks, canals, etc). Species contributing to inland fisheries: A general account of economically important freshwater and brackish water fin and shellfishes: their distinguishing characters for identification, food and feeding habits, growth and reproduction migration. Reservoir / lake fisheries: Conservation of fish stock : stocking with fish: culture and capture management. Coldwater fisheries : Species; resource management. Fish catching devices : Common inland fishing craft and gears; their usefulness, operation; restrict ion of use; CPUE; fish aggregating devices; etc.
3.
4. 5. 6.
FIRST
YEAR
SYLLABUS ON INLAND FISHERIES Paper - II (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 (I ntrod uction to Aqua culture) (Principles of a qua culture, Culture m a na g em ent of different species) 1. 2. History of aquaculture. Principle of aquaculture : Importance of aquaculture; culture practices (Conventional: monoculture, composite fish culture, mized culture); (Non conventional: sewage feed fisheries, waste water aquaculture, int egrated farming). method of culture: (traditional / semi - intensive / intensive); species chosen for culture (fish / prawn / catfish / air breathing / mollusk). Type of fish farm : Freshwater / brackish water, types of ponds (nursery, rearing, grow-out, booder); layout; design and construction of fish farm; cage; pen. Fish culture: Pond preparation removal of unwanted aquatic weeds, weed fishes, predatory fishes; pond fertilization; stocking, feeding to fishes; fish health management; pond environment management; harvesting. Brackish water aquaculture : Imoprtant fishes and shellfishes for culture; collection of seed and st ocking; culture practice. Freshwater prawn culture: Important species for culture; seed stocking; culture practice. Ornamental fish culture: Preparation of indoor system for culture; species and their rearing management. Catfish and air breathing fish culture: Important species for culture; seed stocking; culture practice. Integrated aquaculture : Prinicipal; fish-cum-poultry / duck / pig / goat / cattle culture.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
[75]
APEG
FIRST
YEAR
INTRODUCTION TO INLAND FISHERIES Paper - I (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Morphometry of typical fin and shellfishes. Identification of common freshwater / brackish water / marine fishes and prawns. Gut content analysis of cultivable fishes. Common craft and gears used in fisheries activities. Fabvication, repair and operation of common fishing craft and gears. Measurement of fish length amd growth; establishment of relationship. Visit to a fishlanding centre and record of fish catch. Record preparation.
FIRST
YEAR
INTRODUCTION TO AQUACULTURE Paper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Identification of common cultivable fishes and prawns. Identification of fish fry & fingerlings. Identification of post-larvae of freshwater prawn. Identification of nauplius; mysis; zoea and juveniles of brackish water prawn. Identification of common weeds; aquatic insects; weed fishes and predatory fishes of culture pond. Visit to fish farm: study culture practice; improvement of village tank for fish culture. Soil and water analysis: Dissolved oxygen; pH; cabon dioxide; nutrients, alkalinity; salinity; etc. Home aquarium preparation : Construction; setting; maintenance Identification of fish food organisms. Identification of locally avaolable fish feed ingredients and formulation of fish feed. Identification of common fish diseases. Record writing.
SECOND
YEAR
INTRODUCTION TO INLAND FISHERIES Paper - I (Theory)

Full Marks - 50
( Fisherie s
Manage me nt)
(Culture / Ca pture F isheries Ma na g em ent, Post-ha rvest Ma na g em ent, Extension, F ina ncia l I nstitutions) 1. Economicsof fish culture operations (fish culture prawn culture, integrated aquaculture). 2. Fishery dynamics : Recruitment natality, mortality; over fishing etc. 3. Conservation of fish diversity; Declaration of sanctuaries; ban of fishing in breeding season; ranching. 4. Pollution and its management in aquatic bodies. 5. Post-harvest techniques: Fish packing for transport; preservation (in ice.salt); fish products (dry fish, pickle, smoked fish, canned fish, etc.)
[76]
APEG
6. 7. 8. 9.
Fisheries extension: Principles and objectives methods. Fisheries Cooperative Societies: Cooperative principles; organization of FCSs; cooperative marketing. Fishmarketing: Its function; services; transport; channel; wholesalers, retailers;organizaed marketing; pricing. Financial and Development Agencies involved in fisheries development and their role.
SECOND
YEAR
INTRODUCTION TO INLAND FISHERIES Paper - II (Theory)

Full Marks - 50
(See d prod uction of fish and s he llfish)

(Na tura l a nd Artificia l F ish a nd Shellfish Breed ing , Ha tchery Ma na g em ent, Nursery Rea ring of Seed ) 1. 2. Present status : Present status of fish and shell fish seed production in the country. Seed production in carps: Natural spawning of carps in rivers and reservoirs (spawning season, ground, factors influencing spawning, techniques of riverine spawn collection); hypophysation; spawning of c arps in bundhs (wet and dry bundh); pituitary gland of fish (its hormones, collection, preservation and use) ; brood stock development for breeding (male and female identification, maturity, fecundity), hapa breeding (types of hapa brood selection, inducing agents, injection of inducing agents to brood, egg / milt release, fertilization, incubation and spawn production); hatchery production of spawn; hatchery management; cryopreservatio n of gametes. Breeding and seed production of common carp. Breeding and seed production of air breathing and catfishes. Breeding and seed production of freshwater prawns; development stages; feeding. Breeding and seed production of brackish water fishes. Breeding and seed production of brackish water prawns and crabs; eyestalk ablation; developmental stages; feeding. Fish seed collection, measurement, conditioning; transport of fish seed and brood fish. Nursery pond preparation; seed stocking; rearing management.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
SECOND
YEAR
FISHERIES MANAGEMENT Paper - I (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Visit to wholesale and retail fish market for studying the pricing structure. Visit to fisheries cooperative society to study its role. Visit to an integrated fish culture site and calculate it seconomics. Visit to fish processing plant. Visit to boat building yard. Dry fish preparation. Fish packing in ice. Fish preservation in salt. Preparation of records.
[77]
APEG
SECOND
YEAR
SEED PRODUCTION OF FISH AND SHELLFISH Paper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Collection, preservation of fish pituitary gland. Preparation of PG extract. Identification of male and female breeder fish. Identification of gravid prawn. Visit to a fish hatchery amd write its components and functions. Identification of carp egg and spawn. Spawn counting, packing and transport. Maturity stages of carp. Breeding of common carp. Hapa breeding / hatchery breeding. Magur breeding. Visit to a nursery pond and describe its preparation. Handbook of fisheries and aquaculture. ICAR, New Delhi. Fifty years of fisheries research in India. Eds: K. Gopakumar, B. N. Singh, V. R. Chitransi, ICAR, New Delhi. Text book of breeding and hatcherymanagement of carps. By: S. D. Gupta, B. C. Mohapatra, P. Routray, S. K. Sahoo, D. K. Verma, N. Narendra Publ. House, Delhi. Bottom soil sediments and pond aquaculture. By: C. E. Boyd, Chapman and Hall, New York. Water quality in warm water fishponds. By: C.E. Boyd, Chapman and Hill, New York. Biology of finfish and shellfish. By: S.L. Chonder, SCSC publishers. Inland fishes. Vol. 1 and Vol 2. By: P.K. Talwar and A. G. Jhingran. Oxford and IBH publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. Fish and fisheries of India. By.: V. G Jhingran. Hindustan Publ. Co. Aquaculture : farming aquatic animals and plants. By. John S. Lucas and Paul C. Southgate, Blackwell Publishing. Intensive fish farming By: Jonathan shepherd and Niall Bromage, Oxford publishing. Textbook of fish disease. By: D.A. Conroy and R.L Herman. Narendra publishing house, Delhi. Fish nutrition. By: J.E. Halver and R.W. Hardy. Academic press, New York. A hatchery manual for the common, Chinese and Indian Major carps. By: V.G Jhingran and R.S.V. pullin. Advances in fish processing technology. By: D.P. Sen. Allied Publ. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. Fish processing technology. By: T.K. Govindan. Oxfore & IBH Publ., New Delhi. Economics of fisheries management By: R. Korakard. Daya Publ. House. New Delhi. Economics in commerical fisheres. By: K.P. Biswas. Daya Publ. House. New Delhi. Freshwater aquaculture. By: R.K. Rath, 2nd Edn. Scientific Publ., Jodhpur. Aquatic pollution and management. By: B.C. Mohapatra and C. Saha. CIFA, Bhubaneswar.
Reference Books :
[78]
APEG
FIRST YEAR CROP PRODUCTION Paper - I (Theory)

(Weekly Two classes Total=96 clases per year) A. Soil a nd its properties Soil as a medium for plant growth. Soil formation, soil profile, morphological features. Volume composition of soil - four major components. Mineral matter - soil separates, their properties. Soil organic matter and its properties, soil microoganisms and its role in soil. Soil physical properties - Soil texture. Different types of texture affecting physical properties of soil. Soil structure and structural management. Soil air and its role for crop and microoganisms and soil physical properties. Soil temperture and its role in crop growth and development. Soil water, its retention, movement and availability to plants. Chemical properties of soil - soil colloids cation exchange capacity (CEC). Soil PH (Soil reaction) and availability of nutrients to plants. Saline and alkaline soils and their management. Broad soil groups of Orissa, their characteristics and management. (B) Soil fertility a nd prod uctivity Concept of soil fertility and productivity and their management for improving crop production. Essential elements : Macro and micro nutrients, their role in plants and deficiency symptoms. Sources of their availablity and utilisation for crop production. Nutrient gain and loss and their remedial measures. Soil testing as a tool to assess soil fertility. Soil fertility maps of Orissa, measures to improve soil fertility. Nutrient recommendation on the basis of soil fertility for different crops. (C) Ma nures, F ertiliz ers a nd soil a m end m ents : Bulky organic manures - FYM, compost, green manure, crop residue, biofertilizers, concentrated organic manures- oil cakes their nutrient content and use for field crops. Chemical fertilizers : Straight and complex, mixed fertilizers and their nutrient content, their suitability for different soils and crops. Calculation of fertilizer requirements for different crops. Secondary and micronutrient carriers, their sources of availability and recommended doses for major crops, Fundamental of fertilizer application and recommended doses for major crops, principles of fertilizer application, quanitity, time and methods of application. Soil amendments and their application, Reclamation and management of acid, saline and alkaline soils . (D) Soil conservation : Soil erosion - water erosion, types of water erosion and their effect. Wind erosion and their effect. Problems created due to soil erosion and remedial measures. Soil conservation - physical, mechanical and biologycal measure of soil conservation. Wastelands and their ma na ge me nt . Soil conservation practices and watersheed management. Org a nic m a nures Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs
[79]
APEG
FIRST
YEAR
CROP PRODUCTION Paper - I (Practical)

(Weekly one cla sses Tota l= 48 cla ses per yea r) Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs
Study of soil profile in the field. Procedure for collecting soil samples in the field, filling up of information sheet, drying and despatching the sample for analysis. Study of the soil physical properties - determination of texture, structure, bulk density and pore space. Determination of maximum water holding capacity, field capacity and wilting point. Determination of soil pH by indicator method. Use of soil testing kit for testing of soil pH and conductivity. Determination of lime requirement soil. Interpretation of soil test report and recommendation. Computation of does of fertilizer for different crops from soil test value. Identification and computation of dose of soil amendment, identification of fertilizers, biofertilizers and their application. Methods of fertilizer application. Urea Prilled and foliar spay of urea. Study of deficiency symptoms of nutrient in field crops and collection of plant samples for laboratory diagnosis. Preparation of FYM / Compost Seed innoculation with hizobium culture. Visit to soil conservation farms to study conservation measures. Visit to watershed areas to study the watershed programme.
FIRST
YEAR
CROP PRODUCTION Paper - II (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs (Weekly one cla sses Tota l= 96 cla ses per yea r) Elem enta ry a g ronom y Weather and climate : Elements of weather and climate, factors of climate crop weather relationship, weather in relation to occurrence of crops pests and diseases, weather forecasting, climate of Orissa and agro-climatic zones and their characteristics in relation to rainfall, temperature, soil types and major crops grown, area / districts under each zone. Agroclimatic zones of India with reference to such characteristics. Cropping system, classification of crops, monocropping, multiple cropping, crop ratation, mixed cropping, inter cropping and relay cropping. Cropping intensity, cropping scheme, calendar of operation, distribution of crops in Orissa under different agroclimatic zones. Dry farming technology. Tillage : Types of tillage, objectives of tillage, tillage requirement of different crops, characteristics of good seedbed, tillage implements, ploughs, cultivators harrows, seed drill, seed-cum fertilizer drill, inter culture, harvesting and threshing implements. Seeds : Characteristics of good seed, types of seed, seed viability, moisture, germination and purity testing. Seed dormancy and methods to break dormancy. Water management : Importance of irrigation and drainage, irrigation potential created and utilization in Orissa,
[80]
APEG
consumptive use, water and irrigation requirement of crops, factors affecting irrigation requirement, methods of irrigation, quantity of irrigation, irrigation appliances, irrigation scheduling for different crops, water logging, its causes and effects, types and methods of drainage. Weed control : Definition and classification of weeds. crop and weed competition, losses caused by weeds, principles and methods of weed control, cultural, mechanical, chemical and biological methods of see d control. Classification of hericides, their application schedule for different crops, integrated weed management. Rural Development : Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP). Aims and objectives of IRDP, beneficiaries of IRDP, planning for IRDP and other related programmes. Training of Rural youth for self employment (TRYSEM), its objectives and organization in rural development. Development of women and children in rural areas (DWCRA) its objectives and importance. Coverage of health programmes under DWCRA. Education and information dissemination programme for the DWCRA groups. Panchayat Raj, Gram Panchayat acts, rules and elections, pension, insurance and social security sche mes, Jawahar Rojgar Yojana, Cooperative institutions, their role in rural development, Monitoring and evaluation of rural development programmes.
FIRST
YEAR
CROP PRODUCTION Paper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs (Weekly Two cla sses Tota l= 48 cla ses per yea r) Study of crop weather observatory, identification and use of meteorological equipments, preparation of temperture, rainfall and humidity maps of Orissa, Identification and study of primary, secondary and intertillage implements in the field. Identification of crop plants and their seeds, seed treatment, and seed innoculation. Preparation of cropping scheme cropping pattern, crop rotation and calendar of operation for different crops, Germination and purity test of seed. Identification of weeds associated with upland, medium land and lowland crops. Preparation of herbicide spray solutions and methods of their application. Mechanical and chemical methods of weed control. Lay out of different methods of irrigation, and their field demonstrations, operationand maintenance of water pumps. IRDP survey, filling up application forms and their processing. Group study in TRYSEM. Study of the problems of wome n in rura l areas. Visit to successful D WCRA Grou ps. Maintenance o f Pa nchayst records. Implementation of different pension schemes. Implementation of JRY and ICDS. Visit to primary Aagriculture cooperative societies in rural areas and study about their practical functioning. Study of different rural development programmes and record keeping.
[81]
APEG
SECOND
YEAR
CROP PRODUCTION Paper - I (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs (Weekly one cla sses Tota l= 96 cla ses per yea r) Distribution, climate / season, soil, variety, seed treatment, seedbed preparation, time and method of sowing, nursery management, seedrate, specing, manure and fertilizer application, interculture and weed cont rol, irrigation, plant protection, harvesting and threshing, storage and economics of production of the following crops, Cereals and millets : Rice, Wheat, Maize, Jowar, Bajra, Ragi. Pulses : Greengram, Blackgram, Arhar, Horsegram, Cowpea, Bengalgram, Fieldpea, Lentil. Oilseeds : Groundnut, Rapeseed and Mustard, Sesamum, Niger, Castor, Sunflower, Safflower, Soyabean, Linseed. Fibre crops : Jute, Mesta, Sunhemp, Cotton. Suga r crops : S uga rcane . Fodder crops : Maize. Jowar, Teosinte, Oat, Cowpea, Berseem, Lucern, Paragrass, Sudangrass, Guineagrass, Napier, Guar. Horticulture a nd post Ha rvest Technolog y Importance and scope of Horticulture and its role in human nutrition. Basic concepts, principles and methods of plant propagation, plant propagation structures, media, stock-scion, relationship, nursery technique of raising vegetable seedlings and fruit nursery. Different cropping systems, Fruits and Vegetable,nutrient content of fruits and vegetables and their use of human nutrition. Gardening, prunning and training, Study of origin, distribution, soil, climatic requirements, propagation, varieties, planting methods, training and prunning, manuring and fertilizer application, irrigation, interculture and weed control, pest and disease control, interculture and weed control, pest and disease control, harvesting and yield of major fruit crops (Mango, Jackfruit, Banana, citrus, guava, papaya, litchi, pineapple, sapota, ber etc) Plantation crops - Rubber, cashew, coconut, mulberry, and coffee, Vegetables (Brinjal, tomato, potato, okra, cucurbits, onion, beans, colecrops, root vegetables) and spices (chilli, turmeric and ginger). Principles and methods of fruits and vegetable preservation. Post harvest handling of horticultural crops including grading, packing, transport, marketing, and storage of horticultural produces.
SECOND
YEAR
CROP PRODUCTION Paper - I (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 Tim e 4 hrs (Weekly one cla sses Tota l= 48 cla ses per yea r) Identification of crop plants at different stages of growth. Identification of varieties and seeds. Preparation of nursery and seed bed, seed treatment and sowing of seed by different methods - broadcasting, dibbling, drilling, transplanting (paddyand Ragi) Seed treatment with fungicides, rhizobium culture and biofertilizers.
[82]
APEG
Intercultural operations, weeding, use of herbicides and preparation of herbicide spray solutions, Study of the function of different parts of sprayer and spraying operation in the field. Preparation of cotton seeds for sowing, treatment of sugarcane sets before sowing / planting, retting operation of jute, calculation of cost of cultivation of different field crops. Identification of major horticultural crops, varieties, vegetable seeds, graden implements. Practica l work for orchard layout, and lawn making, propagation method, technique and management of fruit nursery. Germination and testing of seed, calculation of seed rate. Manuring and other culture operations, raising vegetable crops in the student demonstration plot, their care and disposal. Identification of important pests and diseases of major fruits and vegetables in the field. Packing and grading of fruits and vegetables and their market study. Visit to horticultural farms and study of their activities on vegetables and fruit crop raising and interaction with the m. Visit to different agricultural farms and soil testing laboratories, maintence of records and observations.
SECOND YEAR Paper - II (Theory)

Full Marks - 50 Time = 2.30 hrs (Weekly one cla sses Tota l= 96 cla ses per yea r) Pla nt protection: Importance of plant protection in agriculture, enemies of crop plants i.e. insect pests and diseases of different crops (cereals, pulses, oilseeds, sugarcane, jute, cotton, vegetable, fruit crops) and store grain pests, their damage and control measures. Integrated insect pests and disease control. Common plant protection chemicals, insecticide and fungicides; their formulation methods of use and, safe handling. Plant protection equipments, their use and maintanance. Sericulture : Types of silkorm, reasing of silkworm properties of silk, extraction and reeling. Bee keeping : Impo rtance of bee kee ping, cast e s yste m in b ees . Be e-h ive s and b ee-keep ing eq uipment s, establishment and management of apiary of Indian and Italian bees. Mushroom cultivation for domestic and commercial purpose. Anim a l Husba nd a ry a nd Pisciculture : Breeds of cattle : Indigenous and exotic breeds that have been introduced for upgradation. Management of dairy animals, care of new borne calves. Milk cows / pregna nt cows : Cow after pasturition, care of heifer bull calves, care of bullocks, care of sick animals. Byre implements / equipments. Ideal ration for cows, preparation of silage. Basic ideas about common diseases of diary cattle with emphasis on preventive measures. Anthrax, Haemorrhagic septicaemia, Black quarter, Foot and mouth disease, mucosal disease complex, Ephemoral fever, Round worm,Hookworm, liver flukes, Tapeworm, coccidiosis, Johnes disease, tuberculosis, Mastitis, milk fever, Downer cow syndrome, Hypomagnesemia, Tick infestation, Mineral and Vitamindeficiency. Poultry fa rm ing : Common poultry breeds, poultry housing, poultry equipments care and management of poultry, common diseases of poultry-
[83]
APEG
ba cteria l :

Vira l :
Fowl cholera Pullorum disease Botulism Avian tuberculosis New castel disease (N.D) / Ranikhet disease Avian influenza (Fowl plague) Avian lucosis Complex (ALC) Mareks Disease (M.D) Infectious bursal disease (IBD) / Gumboro Disease Infectious bronchitis (IB) Fowl pox Aspergillosis (Brooder pneumonio) Ca ndidias is Aflat osicos is Roundworm / other nematodes Protozoan disease of poultry (Coccidiosis) Nutritional/ Vitamin Deficiency Common goat breeds for housing, their feeding andmanagement, breeding for higher meet and milk yield Housing of the breeds and theirmanagement. Common important diaseases of goat and theirma na ge me nt . Ba cte ria l. Viral Helminthic

F ung a l :

Pa ra sitic :
Goa t farm ing :
Pisciculture : Common fish types suitable for rearing, reasing ponds, fish spawn and spawning, fish and artificial feeding, fish disease control, fish collecting equipments, harvesting, processingand fish byproducts.
SECOND YEAR Paper - II (Practical)

Full Marks - 100 Time = 4 hrs (Weekly one cla sses Tota l= 48 cla ses per yea r) Identification and collection of insect pests of food crops i.e. cereals, pulses, oilseeds, sugarcare, vegetables and other crops like jute, cotton and store grain pests. Identification of demaged plant parts by insects. Preservation of insects in collection box (specimen collection box) and their identification and labelling. Study of different insecticides and preparation of spray solutions. Identification, collection and preservation of diteased.
[84]
APEG
plant samples and study of theircontrol measures. Study of the fungicides and bactericides and their application in the field for disease control. Identification and collection of associated weeds of major field crops. Preservation of weeds in herbarium and their identification. Study of different herbicides, their dose and method of application to control weeds in field crops. Practical knowledge of different types of plant protection equipments, their part and function and use of these equipment in the field. Identification of different species of silk worms, rearing techniques of mulbery, silkworm and disinfection of raring houses. handling of bee hives and bee keeping equipments, honey extraction methods, preservation of honey. Preparation of mushroom beds and maintenance and spawning. Identification of different breeds of cattle, casting and handling of animals, collection of seamen, study of artificial insemination (A.I) at nearby VAS centre. Practice of castration and dehorning at nearby veterinary centre. Identification of common feed and fodder, laboratory examination of urine, stool and blood, grooming and washing of animals. Dentition and ageing, Disease diagnosis basing on clinical symptoms and its treatment. Acquaintance with common veterinary medicine, methods of useof veterinary medicines, Vaccination programme, visit to dairy farm to study their management, identification and use of poultry equipments, incubation, hatching and breeding. Debeeking and vaccination. Formulation of rotation for chicks, broiler and layer birds. Preservation of surplus eggs. Identification of healthy and sick birds and their maintenance, Visit to hatcheries and poultry farms. Identification of common Methods of spawning. Application of artificial foods in rearing pond. Acquaintance and use of fish collecting equipments. Visit to fish farms. Visit to nearby VAS centres for practical assistance, dairy farms and fishery extension units may be contacted. fishes, visit to spawn collection centres.
[85]
APEG
M.L.T COURSE FIRST YEAR THEPRY PAPER - I (34 PERIODS)

Section No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Na m e of the Section Human Anatomy Human physiology Laboratory Management & Ethics St atistics and as pects Period 12 10 07 05 Marks 15 15 10 10 15 Ma rks
HUMAN ANATOMY * Introduction Different parts of human body
Anatomical position, Directional terms, Common Anatomical places. Systemic and regional anatomy, * * Histology Typical animal Cell-structure and functions. Tissues of the body classification and function. S ke le ta l syst em. Bones of the skull, vertebral column, shoulder girdle, thoracie cage and pelvic girdle. Bones of the limbs. Joints and movements * Muscular system Types of muscles Principle muscles of the body, tendons, fascias. * Nervous system, central Nervous system, Brain Meninges, CSF. Spinal cord, Peripheral nervous system cranical, spinal nerves system, Autonomic nervous system, Sympathetic and para s ympa tgh et ic. * Cardiovascular system Heart. Blood Vessels * * Lymphatic and RE system, Spleen, Respiratory system, Nose, Pharynx, Larynx, Tonsils, Trachea, Bronchi, Lungs and Pleura. * Alimentray System Mouth and Oesophagus Sto mach Pancreas, liver and gall bladder. Intestines, Peritoneum * Urinary system Kidneys,
[86]
APEG
Ureter, Urinary bladder and Uretnra * Reproductive e system Male genital system Femal genital system and accessory ovgans. * * S kin Sp ecia l S e ns e s Eye and vision Ears and hearing, equilibrium Taste ; Smell; General Sensibility viz. touch etc. surface anatomy. * Head and neck Thorax (heart and lungs) and abdomen (stomach, spleen liver, kidney and bladder) Places and regions of abdomen and location of different organs in stomach. Surface marking of important blood vessels, nerves and muscles for injection HUMAN PHYSICLOGY 15 Ma rks * Blood Composition and general functions of blood. Description of blood cells-normal counts and functions steps of coagulation, Anticoagulants. cerebrospinal fluid, formation, composition and function. Blood groups ABO and RH, basis for classification, importance of blood groups. Compositions and functions of lymph. * Respiratory system Name and structures involved in respiration and their function. External and internal respiration. How inspiration expiration are brought about. Transport of O 2 and CO 2 in the blood. Definition of respiratory rate, Tidal volume, vital capacity. Hypoxia * Excretory system Functions of kidney Nephron - Functions of glomerulus and tubules, Composition of Urine, normal and abnormal. * * Skin - Functions of Skin. Digestive systems Composition and functions of saliva, mastication and deglutition. Functions of stomach, composition of gastric juice, pancreatic juice, Bile and Success enteritis. Digestion of food by different enzymes, Absorption and defecation. * Endocrine - glands Defination of endocrine gland, Name of the endocrine glands and the hormones secreted by them. Major actions of each hormone. Reproductive system. Name of primary and accessory organs in male and female. Name of secondary sexual characters in male and female. Functions of ovary-formation of ova, actions of ovarian hormones Menstrual cycle.
[87]
APEG
Function of Testis - Spermatogenesis and Vasectomy and Tubectomy.
actions of Testosterone, Fertilisation.
Note : The teaching of Anatomy & Physiology should be Coordinated so that structure and functions of different parts of human body are correlated. Only brief outline of the subject of be given.
LABORATORY MANAGEMENT AND ETHICS 10 Ma rks 1 Role of laboratory in health care delivery 1.1 1.2 General Human health and diseases 1 . 2 . 1 Types of diseases 1. 2. 2 Process of diagnosis 1.3 1.4 2. 2.2 2.1 Laboratory at different level. Duties and responsibility of laboratory persons. Laboratory service in India. 2. 2. 1 At the National Level. 2.2.2 At the State level. 2.2.3 At the District level. 2.2.4 At the Village level. 2.2.5 Voluntary health organizations in India. 2.2.6 Health programmes in India. 3. Laboratory Planning 3.1 3.2 3.3 General priniciples. Laboratory goals. Operational data 3 . 3 . 1 Market potential. 3 .3 .2 Hospital / Laboratory relatives. 3 .3 .3 Competitions. 3.3.4 Laboratory trends. 3 .4 3.5 Planning at different levels. Guiding principles for planning hospital Laboratory 3 . 5 . 1 Fa cto rs . 3 .5.2 Guiding principles for planning. 3 .5.3 Functions criteria 3.5.4 Operational demand. 3 .5.5 Sections of a hospital laboratory 3.5.6 Common areas. s e rvice s .
Laboratory services in the health delivery system in India. The health administration system in India.
[88]
APEG
3 .5.7 Design aspect. 3 .5.8 Space requirement. 3 .6 Planning for 3 basic health laboratory.
STATISTICS AND GENERAL ASPECTS 10 Ma rks TABULATION DIAGRAMS STATISTICAL AVERAGES TEST OF SIGNIFICANCE : : : : Simple tables, Frequency distribution tables. Bar Diagram, Histogram,Line Diagram, Pie Diagram, Scatter or Dot Diagram. Mean, median, mode. Normal curve, range, Standard Deviation, Standard Error. t Test. FIRST YEAR THEORY PAPER - II (34 Periods) 50 Marks Section 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Na m e of the Section Biochemistry Clinical Biochemistry General priniciples of laboratory technology Clinical pathology Computer and general practice Period s 07 07 10 05 05 BIOCHEMISTRY 10 Ma rks 1 Inorganic and physical aspects of biochemistry, Structure of atoms, symbol, valency and formula. Chemical units - Atomic weight, molecular weight, gram mole Equivalent weight, gram equivalent. Fundamental laws of Chemistry Acids, bases and salts. Hydrogen concentration and pH Measurement - Indicators and pH meter, Buffers, preparation Solutions - solute and solvent, saturated solutions, solubility Temp. effects. Concentrations of Solutions in different ways viz molar normal percentage etc. Simple qualitative analysis - Cations Anions. Volumetric (Titrimetric) analysis Primary and Secondary Standards, Marks 10 10 10 10 10
MEASRES OF DISPERSION :
[89]
APEG
Acid-base titrations, permanganometry, Rules in Volumetric analysis. Isotopes definition / examples / uses. 2. 3. Chemistry of Bimolecular - Carbohydrates, Lipids, Amino- acids, Proteins, Nucleic acids, Vitamins. Isotopes. CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY PART - I 10 Ma rks 1 2. 3. Bioenergetics - Respiratory Chain, Oxidative, Phosphorylations Overview of Metabolism Carbohydrate Metabolism 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Glycolysis and TCA Cycle. Blood glucose homeostasis. Measurement of blood glucose. Glycosuria, Diabetes mellitus. Cholesterol, Triglycerides Lipoproteins Ketone Bodies - formation, Ketosis, ketonuria Urea synthesis - Uraemia Other nonprotion nitrogenous compound like vaginate Biochemical veactions of aminoacids Transamination, Synthese of physiologically important substances from Uvicacid. Deamination. aminoa cids .
Lipid Metabolism
Amino acid & Protein metabolism
Metaboilic inter-relationships Principles og Inborn Errors of Metabolism. Water, Na+K+and CI, Bicarbonates, Acid Base Balance, calcium and Phosporous. Role and Iron, Iodine and other Trace elements.
PART - II
Orga ns F unction Tests. 1 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Endocrine Function Tests - Thyroid Function Tests. Biochemical Tests of CSF. Renal Function Tests 24 hr. collection, preservation, physical characteristic, clearance Tests. Liver function tests. Gastric Function Tests. pancreatic function Tests-Serum Amylase Serum Trypsin Serum Lipase, D-xylose.
[90]
APEG
PART - III
Clinica l Enz ym olog y & Org a nisa tion F una m enta l of Ana lytica l Biochem istry & I nstrum enta tion. 1 2. Clinical Enzymology - Diagnostic enzymes, Isozymes. Fundamental of Analytical Biochemistry & Instrumentation. Analytical balances Centrifuges Colorimeter and spectrophotometer Flame photometer Auto analysers Chromatography Electropohresis GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY 10 Ma rks Role of laboratory in health care delivery-Human health and diseases. Role of laboratory in diagnosis of disease in healh delivery system. Duties and responsibility of laboratory personal. Laboratory services in the health delivery system in India. Laboratory Planning General Principles Laboratory goals Operational date Guiding principles for planning hospital laboratory services particulary for basic health laboratory. Laboratory organisation General principles Components and functions of a laboratory Staffing the lobaoratory Job description-Job specifications Work schedule - Personnel rearrangement and work load assessment. Care of laboratory glassware, equipments and chemicals verbal. Principles - Different types of glassware and plastic ware. Care and cleaning of glass wares. Making simple glasswares in the laboratory. Care of equipments and apparatus. Laboratory chemicals, their proper use and care, storage Labelling. Specimen handling
Collection techniques and containers for specimen collection Types of specimen. Entry, handling
[91]
APEG
Specimen transport Specimen disposal Specimen preservation Laboratory Safety General principles Laboratory hazards Safety programme First aid Safety measure - Mechanical, Electrical, Chemical Biological & radioactive Communication : Personnel Development and Relations,general principles. Inter/intra departmental communications request / Report forms. Basic Principles of quality Control. General Principles. Non-Analytical functions Request Specifications. Specimen Specification. Distribution of tests. Analytical function Methods, Equipment, Reagents and material Controls, Proficiency testing. Meterials Management General Principles Eth ics General Principles Professional ethics including code of conduct relationship with doctors and fellow technicians. Use of kits and cost control. Maintenance of Secrecy of Lab data
CLINICAL PATHOLOGY
10 Ma rks 1 2. Urine analysis Physical, Chemical, Microscopic Fa eca l a na lys is Ph ys ica l Chemical - Occult blood Exam. Microscopic Sputum analysis - Physical and microscopic Seminal Fluid analysis Examination of aspiration fluid. Ascitic fluid Pleural fluid CS F Others Pregnanc`y tests.
3. 4. 5.
6.
[92]
APEG
COMPUTER AND GENERAL PRACTICE

10 Ma rks Computer : types, components - input, output and storage media, computer wares, necessary care for co mpu ters. Elementary knowledge of Data Processing and Word processing. Application of computers in Mediocine
F I RS T YE A R
PRACTICAL - I (10 PERIODS) 50 Marks La bora tory Ma na g em ent a nd Ethics 1 2. 3. 4. 5. Cleanising of glasswares (Pipettes, Slides and Cover slips, Syringes and needles, blood cell diluting pipettes, glassware used for bacteria investigation) Making simple glass items in the laboratory (pasture pipette. stirring bending glass and preparing a wash bottle.) Demonstration of use and care of instruments, cautions precautions to be taken Demonstration of safety measures during work in laboratory in various fields. Demonstration of safe handling of speciments and infections agents including HBs Ag, (Hepatitis) and AIDs (HIV). Specimen handing Collection, Preservation, Transportation, Disposal Laboratory Safety & First Aid Biomedical wasteManagement Computer Application
FIRST YEAR
PRACTICAL - II (10 PERIODS) 50 Marks Use of Microscope, ca re, Ma intena nce Clinica l Pa tholog y 1 Routine analysis of Urine. 2. Analysis of faces including occult blood test. 3. Examination of sputum. 4. Seminal fluid analysis. 5. Analysis of aspiration fluid. 6. Pregnancy test - Urine for HCG
SECOND YEAR
THEORY - I (34 PERIODS) 50 Marks Section No 1. 2 3 Na m e of the Section Hematology Immunohematology and Blood Transfusion Microbiology Sociology 12 10 15 15 Period s 12 Marks 20
[93]
APEG
Hematology Immunohematology & Blood Transfusion 20 Marks 1. 2. 3. Introduction to hematology Collection of blood sample and anticoagulants. Red Cell Counts a. b. c. 4. a. b. c. 5. a. b. c. d. 6. 7. ESR : We stergrens Wintrobles Factors affecting ESR Importance and Limitation Normal value and interpretation. 8. Packed Cell Volume (Haematocrit) a. b. 9. a. b. c. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Macro and Micro methods. Interpretation Colorimetric method Shalis method Interpretation of result. Haemocytometer & Producer for R.B.C. count RBC diluting fluid Calculation Procedure for W.B.C. count WBC diluting fluid Caculation. Morphology of white cell. Normal values. Romansky stains. Counting methods.
White Cell count
Differential White Cell count
Absolute Eosinophil Count. Direct / Indirect.
Hemoglobin estimation
Red Cell indices Calculation and importance. Reticulocyte Count Method - Interpretation. Sickle Cell preparation. Osmotic fragility test - Interpretation. Estimation of G6 PD Principle of electrophoresis Preparation of bone marrow aspiration and trephine biopsy. Coagulation test. Bleeding time.
[94]
APEG
18. a. b. c. d. e. f.
Whole blood coagulation time. Clot retraction time Prothrombin time Platelet count. Introduction Human blood group antigens. ABO blood group system. Rh blood group system and Incompatibility Technique of grouping and Cross matching Coombs test Direct Indirect
Immunohematology and blood transfusion.
g. h. i.
Blood transfusion procedure. Complication of blood transfusion. Blood collection. Selection and screening of donors. Collection of blood Anticoagulants. Storage of Blood
j. k.
Cell separator and transfusion of various components Organization, Operation and administration of blood MICROBIOLOGY AND SEROLOGY SECTION - A
of blood. ba nk.
15+15 = 30 Marks 1 I ntrod uction of Microbiolog y 2. History, scope and definition. Microbes and their classification. Ba ct eria . Nutritional and growth requirements. Bacterial genetic & drug resistance. Bacterial Infection and Pathogen city. Culture media, their preprations & uses. Collection of clinical specimens for microbiological vestigations.
Culture methods and identification of bacteria. Sterilisation and disinfection : (Physical, Chemical and Mechanical Methods, Sterilisation of media, syringes, glasswares etc. and disposal of contaminated media and other materials)
3.
Laboratory Investigation in Baceriology :
[95]
APEG
Uses of common laboratory equipments. (Different microscopes incubator, Refrigerator & Deep Freeze, Hot air oven, Autoclave, Inspissator, Incinerator, Bacterial filter,water bath, VDRL rotator,anaerobic Jar Centrifuge, Vacuum pump, media pouring chamber, Elisa reader etc.)
4.
Methods of laboratory investigations. Study of morphology (Hanging drop preparation & various Standingprocedures simple, differential and special stains) Different techniques of inoculation into culture media, sub-culture and maintenance of stock culture. Anaerobic cultivation. Culture of various clinical specimens in the Laboratory. Isolation and identification of Bacteria. (Culture Characters, biochemical reactions, serotyping and special tests) Antimicrobial sensitivity tests. Study of epidemiology and use of transport media. Bacteriological examination of water and milk etc.
Systemic Bacteriology : Cocci : Gram positive (Staphylococci, Streptococci Pneumoocci etc,) Gram nagative (Neisseria group-Gonococci, Meningococci) Bacilli : (Gram positive and gram negative bacilli) Corynebacterium Clostridium. Nonsporing anaerobes Enterobactriacae (E, coli, Klebsiella & Coliforms, Proteus, Salmonella, Shigella etc.) Vibrio Ps e u do mo na s Pasteurella, Yersinia, francisella Haemophilus Bordetella & Bovcella (Mycobacteria, tuberculosis, M Leprae etc.) Miscellaneous bacteria. Splirochaets (Treponema, Leptospira and Borrelia etc.) Act ino myce t es . Ricket t isia ca e Chlamydia Classification & Morphology of commom pathogenic fungi of medical impotrtance and diseases produced by them. Laboratory diagnosis including culture of pathogenic fungi. Immunity - Basic principles & Classification. Structure & functions of Immune system and Immune response. Antigens, Antibodies (Immunoglobulins) and complement system. Antigen - Antibody reactions.
5. 6. -
Medical Mycology :
Immunology and Serology :
[96]
APEG
(Agglutination, Precipitation, Complement fixation Nutralisation etc. dis e a s e ) . Auto Immunity Immunology of Transplantation malignancy. Immunohaematology. Immunodeficiency diseases including AIDS. Immunoprophylaxis and Immunisation schedule (Vaccines classification & uses) SECTION - B Pa ra sitolog y, Virolog y, Clinica l Microbiolog y a nd Anim a l ca re 1 Parasitology : etc.) 2. Zoonosis - their importance for human infections. Virology
and their applications in the diagnosis of
Hypersensitivity (Classification & skin tests used in diagnosis)
Introduction to Parasitology and classification of parasites of medical importance. Intestinal and tissue protozoa. Malarial parasities. Malarial parasities. Trypansomes. Leishmanial Parasites. Tape worms. Flukes of liver, intestinaltract and livings. S c h is t o s o m e s Intestinal nematodes. Filarial worms and other tissue nematodes. Insect vectors of medical importance (Flies, mosquitoes, fleas, bugs, lice, cokroaches) and Arachnids (ticks, mites, spiders, scorpions
General characters of viruses, classification, virus culture and isolation procedures. Common viruses of medical importance DNA viruses : RNA viruses
(Pox, viruses, harpies viruses, Adenovriouss, Papova viruses etc.) (Toga viruses, Reviruese, Bunya viruses, Arena viruses, rhinoviruses, Rhabdo viruses, Paramyxo and orthomyxo viruses, Corona viruses, retroviruses.) Miscellaneous Viruses (RNA & DNA viruses - Hepatitis viruses etc.) Oncogenic viruses HIV viruses and AIDs. Collection and Transport of Virological speciments.
[97]
APEG
3. 4. -
Laboratory diagnosis of viral infections. Collection and transport of clinical specimens. Collection and preliminary processing of clinical s pecimens. Diagnostic Microbiology an approach to laboratory diagnosis of various infective syndromes. Normal microbial flora of the human body. Bacteriemia, Pyaemia and Septicaemia. Purexia of Unknown Origin (P.U.O) Respiratory tract Infections (Sore throat, Pneumonitis, Pulmonary tract Infections) Skin and subcutaneous tissue Inflections. Meningitis Enecphalit is. Infective diarrhea. Food poisoning. Nosocomial infections. Opportunistic infections. Handling, feeding and breeding of laboratory animals. Maintenance of sanitation and cleaning of cages. Common Animal Inoculation tests for diagnosis of dia s e a s e s . Procedures for drawing blood. Postmortem and safe disposals.
Clinical Microbiology :
Wound Infections.
Animal Care :
SECOND YEAR
THEORY - II (34 PERIODS) 50 Marks Section No 1. 2. 3. Na m e of the Section His totec hnology Museum Stud y La bora tory m a nag em ent & ethics Period s 16 08 10 Marks 25 10 15
HISTOTECHOLOGY 1 2. 3. 4. Introduction Cell Tissue and their function. Methods of examination of tissues and cells. Fixation of tissue : a. b. Classification of fixatives. Simple fixatives and their properties
[98]
APEG
5.
Tissue processing : a. b. c. d. e. f. Collection of specimen Labeling and fixation. Dehydration Clearing Impregnation Embedding Microtoes and microtome knives - sharpening of knife. techniques of section cutting Mounting of sections. Frozen section, Dyes and their properties. Theory of staining Staining techniques with haemotosyline and eosin. Mounting of sections. Common special atains Fixation. Decalcification Detection of end point Neutralization and processing Types of specimens and preservation Preparation and fixation of smears. Papanicoaous stating technique / MGG staining / HE Sex chromatin staining. Reception of specimen. Preparation of fixation Preservation Pre sentat ion st aning
6.
Section cutting : a. b. c. d.
7.
Staining : a. b. c. d. e.
8.
Decalcification : a. b. c. d.
9.
Exfoliative Cytology & Fine needle aspiration cytology : a. b. c. d.
10.
Museum Techniques : a. b. c. d.
11.
Autopsy techniques. Assisting in autopsy Preservation of organs and Processing of the tissue.
12.
Waste disposal and safety in laboratory.
[99]
APEG
MUSEUM STUDY 10 Ma rks 1 2. 3. 4. Necessity of Museum. Preservation & storage of specimen. Arrangement & Display. Proper care & maintenance. LABORATORY MANAGEMENT AND ETHICS 15 Ma rks 1 Role of laboratory in health care delivery 1.1 1.2 General Human health and diseases 1 . 2 . 1 Types of diseases 1. 2. 2 Process of diagnosis 1.3 1.4 2. 2.1 2.2 Laboratory at different level. Duties and responsibility of Laboratory persons. Laboratory services in India. The health administration system in India. 2. 2. 1 At the National level. 2.2.2 At the State level. 2.2.3 At the District level. 2.2.4 At the Village level. 2.2.5 Voluntary health organization in India. 2.2.6 Health programmes in India. 3. 3.2 Laboratory planning 3.1 3.3 General principles. Oprational data 3 . 3 . 1 Market potential. 3 .3 .2 Hospital / Laboratory relatives. 3 .3 .3 Competitions. 3.3.4 Laboratory trends. 3 .4 3.5 Planning at different levels. Guiding principles for planning hospital Laboratory services. 3 . 5 . 1 Fa cto rs . 3 .5.2 Guiding principles for planning. 3 .5.3 Function criteria. 3.5.4 Oprational demand Laboratory goals.
Laboratory services in the health delivery system in India.
[100]
APEG
3 .5.5 Sections of a hospital laboratory. 3.5.6 Common areas. 3 .5.7 Design aspect 3 .5.8 Space requirement. 3 .6 Planning for 3 basic health laboratory. SECOND YEAR PRACTICAL - I (10 PERIODS) 100 MARKS Section No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. HEAMATOLOGY IMMUHEAMATOLOGY BLOOD TRANSFUSSION 1 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Use of Microscope, Care and Maintenance Haemoglobin estimation - Sahlis Haemoglobin demonstration of Colorimetric Hb estimation Total RBC count. Total Leucocyte count. Differential count of Leucocyte. Reticulocyte count. Total platelet count Direct Indirect 9. Absolute Eosinophil count Direct Indirect 10. 11. Bleeding time and clotting time. Examination of Blood for parasites. 12. 13. 14. 15. Malaria Parasite Microfilaria. Na m e of the Section Heamatology Immuheamatology Blood Transfussion Histotecholongy Museum Study Marks 20 20 20 30 10 20 Marks 20 Marks 20 Marks
Prothrombin time - Demonstration ESR - Westergrens and Wintrobes PCV (Haematocrit) ABO - Blood grouping : slide technique
[101]
APEG
Tube technique. 16. Cross-matching 17. 18. Major cross matching Minor cross matching
R-typing Coombs test Direct Indirect
19.
Donor Screening and Selection Identification Recording Hb-estimation Tulingout transfusion Trans mission disease STD, Malaria Hepatis - B AIDS Grouping and Typing of doners blood
20 . 21.
Drawing of Blood - Asepsis, reassurance Venepuncture Collection and Care of doner. Blood storage. Anticoagulant preparation. Recording the details and storage of blood Maintence, cleaning of various equipments used in the blood bank. HISTOTECHOLONGY 30 Marks
1 2. 3. 4. 5.
Fixation, processing, embedding and section and preparation of slides. Sharoening of the knife. Preparation of fixatives and decalcifying fluid. Preparation of adhesives to fix the section to the slide. Preparation and fixation of cytology smears and parnicolous staining techniques MGG staining / HE staining MUSEUM STUDY 10 Ma rks
1 2. 3. 4.
Necessity of Museum. Preservation and storage of specimen. Arranfement and display. Proper care and maintenance.
[102]
APEG
SECOND YEAR
PRACTICAL - II 100 Ma rks Section No 1. 2. 3. 4. Na m e of the Section Clinical Microbiology Parasitology Virology Animal care CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY 40 Marks Diagnostic microbiology - as an approach to various Infective syndromes. Collection, processing and transport of clinical s pecimens. Techniques of collection of blood, serum, CSF, Urine, Stool, Smears, Swabs etc., for microbiological diagnosis. Investigation procedures in various epidemics,commonly encountered. Gastroenteritis. Cholera Food poisoning Meningitis Encephalitis Continued fever and P.U.O. Investigation procedures for study of nosocomial infections. Marks 40 20 20 20
PA RA S I T O LO G Y
20 Marks 1 Collection, Preservation and transportation of faecal materials for examination of parasites : -Saline and iodine preparations of faeces for identification of cysts, ova, parasites, other cells like RBC, Pus cells, Macrophages, bacterial and fungal study. - Concentration techniques for faecal examination 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Identification and Preservation of different parasites. Identification of Different Insect vectors. Museum study - demonstration of common parasites and different lesion produced by them in different organs and viscera. Blood smear Examination for identification of malaria parasites L.D. Bodies. Demonstration of interesting slides and Tissue section on Parasitology.
[103]
APEG
VIROLOGY 20 Marks Tissue culture techniques (Demonstration of CPE etc.) Embryonated egg. Inoculation. Various serological tests for diagnosis for viral diseases. HIV surveillance laboratory
ANIMAL CARE
20 Marks 1. Handling Feeding, breeding, maintenance of sanitation etc. Drawing of blood. Common Animal; Inoculation tests used for diagnosis. Postmortem and safe disposal
Ba cteriolog y, Mycolog y, I m munolog y a nd Serolog y General introduction. 2. 2.1 Code of conduct for Medical Laboratory personal. Safety measures in the laboratory First Aid in laboratory accidents and general 2.2 precautionary measures.
Laboratory instruments and Equipments. Handling and care of different microscopes with special application techniques like Phase contrast illumination Dark ground illumination Fluorescent Microscopy Principles of Electron Microscopy (Demonstration if necessary) Operation and Maintenance of Autoclave and Hot air over, Inspissator Bacterial filters including sets 3 filters. Arnolds sterilliser Media pouring chamber Incinerator Incubators (different types) pH meter Lovebird comparator Distillation plant Vacuums pump Analytical Balance
[104]
APEG
2. 3 3. 4. -
Centrifuges (different types) Refrigerator Deep freezer VDRL Rotator Khan shaker Specilised equipments like Elisa Reader Electrophoresis apparatus, Immune electrophoresis Photo electric colorimeter Spetro photometer Laminar flow cabinet with ultra violet light (demonstration if necessary) Anaerobic jar and other methods of anaerobic culture.
Sterilisation methods in details with Quality control Measures Care and cleaning of all glass wares like. (Test Tubes, slides, petri dishes, pipettes, beakers, flasks, bottles, funnels, syringes etc.) preparation of pasture pipettes and sealing of Ampoules etc.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Collection of clinical specimens like Blood, Urnie, stool,CSF, Bone marrow, sputum, aspiration of fluids and exudates, swabs etc. and use of transport media. Receipts, labeling and recording of clinical specimens and dispatch to reference laboratories. Reporting of laboratory tests and keeping records after final computerization. Conversant with S.I unit system (System international d unities) for reporting. Conversant with Fundamental Chemistry i.e. use of Indicators, Strength of a solution, percent solutions, partdilutions moral solutions, normal, solutions etc. Various media for culture Various staining Techniques like Grams stain - Z.N. stain Alberts stain Neissers stain Negative Capsular staining Spore staining - Lactophenol Cotton blue staining for fungi. Leishman and Giemsa stains Other special stains (Demonstrations if necessary)
12.
Wet preparations like Hanging drop preparation Saline preparations KOH preparation for fungi
13. 14. 15.
Inoculation of clinical specimen into media and various techniques. Isolation of Micro-organism in pure culture. Identification of Micro-organisms by : Study of morphology
[105]
APEG
16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . 21.
Culture characteristics, Various biochemical tests of common microorganisms. Slid agglutination and other confirmatory tests.
Maintenance and preservation of stock cultures. Antimicrobial (Drug) Sensitivity Tests. Bacteriobial examination of water, milk and air. Safe disposal of all culture media, syringes, needless, clinical specimens and all contaminated mate rials. Study of different fungi by wet preparation, staining and culture Demonstration of use of BOD incubator. Common (Serological Tests) Widal test preparation of Salmonella antigens. V.D.R.L. test Brucella agglutination test Latex agglutination test (RA, CRP, ASO, Australis, Antigen, Toxoplasmosis,Pregnancy tests etc.) Coombs tests Haemagglutination test and blood grouping. Paul Bunnel test weil Felix tests Sel diffusion Techniques Immuno electrophoresis. Assay of Immunoglobulins. ELISA Test. Radio Immuno Assay etc. (Demonstration if necessary)
22.
Common dignostic skin Tests Tuberculin (Mantous test) Lepromin Test. Casonis Test Other skin Tests for diagnosis of bacterial, fungal and parasitic diseases. Bacterial count.
23 .
Urine Examination - Routine & Microscopic -
[106]
APEG
AUDIO VISUAL TECHNICIAN (AVT)
THE ORY
1 st Yea r 2nd Year Paper Paper Paper Paper -I - II -I - II Basic Electrical & Electronics Measuring Instruments, Radio & Tape Recorders TV, VCR & CCTV Systems. Still & motion Photography, Video graphy FM - 50 FM - 50 FM - 50 FM - 50
P R A CTIC AL
1 st Yea r 2nd Year Paper Paper Paper Paper -I - II -I - II Relating Relating Relating Relating to to to to Paper Paper Paper Paper - I - II - I - II FM FM FM FM 50 50 100 100
BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS FIRST YEAR (Theory) Paper - I Time : 2.30 hrs
1. Ha nd Tools Simple hand tools. Soldering Iron of various types, proper uses and maintenance. De-soldering tools. Common tools used in serving work. Ba sic Electricity Sources of voltage AC and DC voltages, concept of phase, frequency, R.M.S, average values, batteries. Ohms Law, Kirchoffs Law, Series., Parallel and combination circuits of resistors, capacitors and inductors, Series and Parallel resonant circuits. Magnetism, Electromagnetic Induction, Transformers and Basic principles of Electric Motors. Ba sic Electronics Working principles of semiconductor devices. PN junction, Transistors symbols, specifications, concept of Biasing and stabilisation. Rectifiers - half wave, full wave, centre tap & bidge types, filter circuits. Power Supply regulators - Zenner & transistor regulation. IC regulator - 78XX, 79XX (Series) SMPS (Block Diagram & Working Principles), Amplifiers Classification - audio amplifiers, voltage and power amplifiers, RC coupled amplifier, transformer coupled amplifier. RF amplifier - typecal circuits used in radio receivers. Oscillators - typical circuits used in AV equipment. Microphones, pickups, loudspeakers, Impedance matching. Opto Electronics Basic principles of Optics & Opto Electronics, Electronic devices like photo cells etc. Optics Lenses (Concave, Convex, Planoconcave), formation of images, focal length application for projectors Mirrors and their applications.
2.
3.
4. 5.
[107]
APEG
MEASURING INSTRUMENT, RADIO AND TAPE RECORDERS FIRST YEAR (Theory) Paper - II
Tim e: 2.30 hrs 1. Mea suring I nstrum ents Principles and uses of voltmeter, ammeter & multi meter (Digital & Analog). Block diagram of CRO and measurement of frequency, phase and amplitude, conmcept of decibel (DB). 2. Ra d io & Tape Record ers & PA System Radio-block diagram, test points in a radio receiver (AM & FM). familiarisation typecal radio receiver. Concept of IF alignment in a radio receiver. Working of a tape recorder,mechanical systems of a tape recorder, sound inputs for tape systems and PA system, accessories for tape recording systems. Recording tape, specifications and recording directions. Spereophonic recording and playback equipme nt. Study of specific tape player systems and combinations like radio-tape-record players. Use of strobe disc, types of clearance and their applications. Methods of cleaning and safety precautions.
TV, VCR AND CCTV SYSTEMS

SECOND YEAR
(Theory) Paper - I
Tim e: 2.30 hrs 1. Te l e v i s i o n Block diagrams of a TV receiver (monochrome) & its Principles of operation of eack block. Colour TV Receiver - NTAC, PAL, SECAM system. PAL encoder decoder Colour TV monitor-Shadow max, trinitron, concept of LCD & Plasma. Remote Control Installation of Boster & Antenna, Safety precautions in a TV receiver. 2. CCTV, VCR System Principle of operation with Block diagram of a CCTV system. Setting of a CCTV system with multi monitor & multi camera. Block diagram of a VCR. Operation and control of a VCR. IIlumination and lighting arrangements for video recording Camera light (Day light, Artificial light). Types of lamps and lighting level, Roll filling. Safety precaution for CCTV and VCR systems. Tape loading and storage for video tape and VCR Introduction to multimedia presentation involving more than one type of AV equipment (Few workouts for such multimedia equipment operation should be carried out in the classroom.) 3. CD, DVD Pla yer & Writer, com bo System Principles of operation of a CD writer & Combo System Recordings techniques of CD writer & MP3 Systems.
[108]
APEG
STILL & MOTION PHOTOGRAPHY VIDEOGRAPHY SE COND YE AR (Theory) Paper - II

Tim e: 2.30 hrs 1. Elements of Still Cam era & Dig ita l Ca m era Camera format (35mm, focusing system, image sharpness, lens opening exposure & its accessories). Lens, Iris, shutter, film chamber, view finder, light meter. 2. Video Still Cam era & Ca mcoder (CCD) Lens system. lens control, sensitive of the camera, white balance, audio circuits, power supply, camera supports. 3. Vid eo m otion ca m ers & record ing principle Recording format DV cam, Hi-8, Beta - cam. Recording principles Helical scanning, Control track and Cue-pulses. Recording audio on video tape. Recording system standards PAL, NTSC, SECAM. Digital Video Recording & DV Cam. 4. Proj ector working principle setting Working principle of still & motion pictures, projection lamps, screen surface materials for screems methods of mounting the screens. 5. Principle setting a nd opera tion of a LCD Proj ector System Setting of a LCD Projector System.
BASIC ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS FIRST YEAR (Practical) Paper - I

Time: 4 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Drawing of Electrical and Electronic symbols Freehand sketching of electronic components and spare parts. Study of hand tools Identification & testing of components and devices Sodering and De-soldering practice Verification of Ohms law & Kirchoffs Laws Study of Series circuits & parallel circuits Study of ElectricMotor Study of Transistor Amplifier Study of Voltage Stabilizers Study of Oscillators Study of Half Wave & Full Wave Rectifier (Center taps Bridge) Study of SMPS Practical of formotion of image with different types of lenses & mirrors (used in projectors)
[109]
APEG
MEASURING INSTRUMENT, RADIO AND TAPE RECORDERS FIRST YEAR (Theory) Paper - II
Time: 4 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Study of voltmeter, ammeter & multi meter (Analog & Digital). Measurement of Voltage & Current using Multimeter. Study of CRO. Measurement of frequency, phase and amplitude using CRO Study of Redio Receiver (AM & FM) Study of RF, IF & AF in a radio receiver. Study of tape recorder & mechanical systems of tape recorder. Study of recording in Tape recorder. Study of Stereophonic recording and playback equipment. Study of different types of Microphones & Loud Speakers. Study of PA systems. Practice in Fuse replacement and their ratings.
TV, VCR AND CCTV SYSTEMS SE COND YE AR (Practical) Paper - I

Time: 4 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 10. Study of a TV receiver. Installation of TV, Booster, Antenna Cable. Testing of TV (Sound & Picture) Setting up and adjustment of TV Minor fault detection and rectification of TV Study of multimonitor cannections. Study and operate a VCR Installation of CCTV. Study of CD Writer, DVD Writer & Combo Sets. Interconnection techniques like preparation of cable and video patch cords. Exercise on fault finding techniques in Adui visual equipment.
[110]
APEG
STILL & MOTION PHOTOGRAPHY VIDEOGRAPHY SE COND YE AR (Practical) Paper - II

Time: 4 hrs 2 Year Paper - II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Study of different types of Still & Digital Cameras Practice of taking hand held shot Practice of camera movement Recording in Video motion cameras Recording studio on Video tape Recording in Digital Video Cameras Study of opaque Projectors. Study of motion picture projector and its parts Settingup and operation of projector Film threading and rewinding Layout diagrams of film threading Testing of a motion picture projector Fabrication of extension boards and other auxiliaries Setting of LCD Projector System Project work. SUGGESTED REFFERENCE AND READING MATERIALS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. How to service tape recorders by C.A. Tuthill, D.B. Taraporevals & Co. Record changers, How they work by Louis M. Dezettel D.B.Taraporevala. How to select and use HI - FI and Stereo Equipment Volune - I by Murray P. Resental, D. B. Taraporevala. Simplified electronics measurements. How to get more from low cost test equipments by john H. Fasal D. B. Taraporevala. Preparation and use of Audio Visual aids by Hass & Packer Prentice - Hall of India (PVT) Ltd. Application & Operation of Audio Visual equipment in Education by Fred Jhon Pula Jhon Wiley & Sons in New York, London. An Introduction course for Electrical Technicians by R.J.Hartles Pitman Paperbacks. Television Service manual by Audel D.B.Traprorevala. Television Principle & Practice by Zarach & Mersis Mc Millan Press. Basic Radio & Television by S. P. Sharma Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. T.V Trouble shooting Dictionary by Saundh, Nitma New Delhi. Instruction materials Manual by Brown& Lewies Mc Graw, Hill. The publications of Business promotion Bureau, Delhi - on practical topics like colour TV and VCR etc. Closed circuit Television. Practicals TV ServicingManuals-GT Publication. Basic Electronics-GT Publications. VCR, VCD-GT Publications.
nd
[111]
APEG
BUILDING MATERIAL FIRST YEAR (Theory) - Paper - I

Time - 3 hours Marks - 50 Tota l= 32 cla ses of 45 m inutes ea ch Sto ne Brick Cement : : : Classification, composition, characteristics, uses, method of quarrying and dressing Method of manufacture, classification, testing of bricks. Classification, Chemical composition, characteristics, grades, quality tests and uses of concrete making materials (Coarse aggregate, Fine aggregate, water)r, Test of cement and concreate (W/C ratio Workability, Compressive and tensile strengh) Properties of fresh and hardended concrete, Durability of concreate, Admixtures in concrete. Timber, Plywood : Characteristics and suitablity for different and allied purposes. Defects and decay, Seasoning and Products. preservation of Timber. Tile St e e l Pa int s , Varnish es Primers Ref. Book : ; : : Method of manufacture, composition, testing and its suitability for different use with reference to building (Clay, Terracotta, glazed Tiles, marble) Characteristics, composition, grades & testing. Types of paint (All typesof paint i.e. cement paint, enamel paint distemper etc.) composition, characteristics, method of application adhesive. 1. 2. 3. 4. Building material : - by S.C. Rangwalla Building material : - by M.L. Gambhir. Building material : - S.P. Bindra. Building material : - Janardana Jha
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION FIRST YEAR (Theory) Paper - II

Tim e: 3 hours Marks - 50 Tota l= 36 cla ses of 45 m inutes ea ch Functional Planning Foundation : : General principle of site selection, Site Plan, Building regulation and bye-laws, Orientation of Building, Basic requirement of a building and its component. Types of foundation, description of spread function, Raft foundation, pile Foundation, foundation for wall, masonary, concrete pillar, causes of failure of foundation and remedial measures. Brief idea on depth and breadth of foundation for different soils and loadings condition. Brick Masonary : Terms used, General principle in brick masonary construction, types of bond and their application, Reinforced brick work.
[112]
APEG
Stone Masonary : Door and Windows Floor Foof : : :
Terms used, cutting and dressing of stone, types of stone masonary dry stone masonary. Types of door and windows, vertilation, sky light, fixture and fastening for door and windows. Different types of floor, preparation, advantages and disadvantages. Terms used, types of roof with special emphasis on RCC roof reinforcement details in roof, be am, lintel, columns etc. Terminology, Brief Description, Design dimensioms
Aeches, lintels : a nd st a irca se s
Damp prevention : Causes of dampness and damp prevention, & Fire protection general principle of fire protection, Fire resisting materials and construtions. Pla stering pointing, white washing and colour washing painting, vaenishing and distempering. Ventilation, Air : Noise, Insulation, Absorption, Transmission, conditioning Thermal insulation and sound insulation. Defects and : Rehabilitation Me a su re s Ref. Book : Acceptable noise levels, Npise control and sound insulation, Necessity of ventilation and ventilation systems, Thermal insulating materials and construction. Inspection of buildings, Diagnosis, Defects in foundation, wall, floor, roof etc. in old building and its rectification. Anti-termite treatment. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Building Construction : by M.L. Gambhir Building Construction : by B.C. Purmia Building Construction : S.P.Arrora & S.P. Bindra Building Construction : Susil Kumar Building Construction : S.C. rangwalla Building Construction : Janardana Jha Building Construction : guruchanran Sing : Objectives, characteristics, tools, construction and defects.
[113]
APEG
ANALYSIS, DESIGN & DETAILING OF STRUCTURES SE COND YE AR (Theory) Paper - I

Tim e: 3 hours Marks - 50 Shear Force : and Bending Moment Slope & Deflection Properties : Tota l= 28 cla ses of 45 m inutes ea ch Definition, types of support, shear force and bending moment diagram for the structures. Inter-relations between Shear Force and Bending Moment. Brief idea on slope and deflection of simply supported, cantilever, continuous and fixed beams. Properties of concrete, Basic idea on compressive of Concrete strength, tensile strength, shrinking, cr e e p s ,Grade of concrete, Reinforcing steel, its type and grade, basic concept on concrete design, limit state of safety and serviceability, single and double reinforced concrete, brief idea on design and details of beam, column, slab, stair case, column footing, mix design (brief idea) shrinkage and creep of concrete. Reinforcement detailing for structure elements and Detailing of their joints. Codal provisions.
Reinforcement Concrete St ructures Ref. Books :
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Anaysis of Structures, Vol- I : by Vazrani and Ratwani Theory of Structures : - S. Ramamurthan Basic Structure Analysis : - B.C. Pumia Basic Structure Analysis : - C.S. Reddy Concrete Structure Concrete Structure Cobcrete Structure : - Syal & Goel :- B.C. Punimia :- H.J. Saha
BUILDING SERVICES & INFRASTRUCTURAL ENGINEERING SE COND YE AR (Theory) Paper - II

Time - 3 hours Marks - 50 Tota l= 40 cla ses of 45 m inutes ea ch Water Supply : Sewage & : its treatement House Plumbing : S ervice s Introduction, Type of demand, quality of water,impuritiers in water, drinking water standard, desinfection of water (brife idea) Terminology, physical Chemical and Bacteriological Characteristics, Aerobic and Anaerobic Treatment with reference to house hold and small colony. Planning, Terminology, water supply pipe and fitting, fixtures, and its house hold attributes, Wash basin Sink, Water closet, Flushing Cistern, Bath tubs etc. Sewerage construction, types laying and testing, Gully traps, Inspection chambers andlow cost sanitation, septic tank soak pit, leach pit etc. selection of domestic pump, its installation and maintenance,
[114]
APEG
Construction : Planning and Management Estimation :
Terminology, brief idea on CPM, PERT, Bar chat
Roa ds
Surveying
Reference
Introduction, types of estimation, principle of estimation, various item of work in building work, road short wall and long wall method, centre line method, rate analysis for different item, lead s t a t e me nt . Classification of road, carriage way, camber gradient, super elevation, specification of constuction of earth road, morum, water bound macadam road, bituminous & concrete road. (brief idea) Principle of surveying, classification, chain surveying Leveling principle, reduced level, Bench mark,temporary adjustment of leveling, method of booking, error in leveling, contouring. 1. Estimation by : - B.N.Dutta 2. Estimation by :- S.Chakravarty 3. Water Supply & sanitary Engineering : -G.S. Biridie. 4. Water supply & sanitary Engineering : - S.K. Garg. 5. Survey and leveling : - by R.A. Agar 6. Survey and leveling : - by B.C. punimia
P R AC T I CA L S F irst Year
Marks - 50 Tota l= 24 cla ses of two hours ea ch Paper - I : Building Drawing Marks - 50 Paper - II : Total=6 field trips of 8 hours each Field Study of RCC roof, Brick work, foundation, lintel, stair case etc.
P R AC T I CA L S Se cond Year
Marks - 100 Paper - I : (i) (ii) Tota l=24 cla ses of two hours Testing of Cement and Concrete Testing of water samples each
Marks - 100 Tota l= 24 cla ses of two hours ea ch Paper - II : (i) (ii) Surveying and field work Lay out plan of Building in field.
[115]
APEG
COMPUTER TECHNIQUE F irst Year (Theory) Paper - I Total-75 clase s

Marks - 50 UNIT - I (20 cla ses) Ma rk(10) Computer Organization : Introduction to computer, Generation of modern computers, Characteristics of computers, Classification of computers, Structure and functions of digital computers. Input / Output devices : Keyboard, Mouse, Touch screen, MICR, OCR, Light Pen, Joystick, VDU, Printer (Impact and non-impact), Dot matrix, Line printer, Daisy wheel printer, Laser printer, Inject and plotters. Commputer memory : Primary memory, Storage hierachy, storage location and Address, Storage capacity, RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEROM, Cache memory, Buffer memory. Secondary Storage : Sequential and direct access devices, Magnetic disk, Floppy disk, Winchester dis k, Magnetic drum, Mass storage, Optical disk, Magnetic bubble memory. UNIT - II (20 Clases) (Marks - 10) Introduction to computer language : Machine language, Assembly language and Highlevel language, 4GL translator, Compiler, Interpreter, Assenbler, Characteristics of good programming language. Number System : Positional and non-positional number system, Types of numbers, Conversion (Binary, Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal) Computer Codes (BCD, ASCII, EBCDIC), Sign magnitude representation, 1s and 2s complement representation, Computer Arithmetic (Binary addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division) Algorithm and Flow Chart. UNIT - III (15 cla ses) (Marks - 10) Operating System : Definition, Evolution of Operating System, Batch processing system. On-line proce ssing, Operating system controlled software, job Control Language, Spooling. UNIT - IV (20 cla ses) Simple Accounting : Introduction to Accountring, Definition of book keeping, Importance of accounting information, Role of Accounting, Objective and functioning of Accounting. Accounting Concept Accounting a business Language, Transaction, Assets and liabilities, Goods, Debit and Credit, revenue and expenditure, fixed assets and current assets, Debtors and creditors, depreciation, closing stock, Example. Types of accounts : Journal and ledge, Objectives of accounting, types of accounts, personal, real, normal a cco u nt s . Books recom m end ed : 1. Introduction to Computers : Alexis lean, Mathew Loan (Published by Lean Tech world) 2. Computer Fundamentals : P.K. Sinha (BPB Publication) 3. Computer Today : Suresh Kumar bassandra (Golgotia Publication) 4. Computer Fundamentals : D.P. Nagpal ( Wheeler Publication) 5. Introduction to Computers and Communication : (Tata Mc-Graw hill) 6. Fr, Sen. Sec, Computer Science (XI) and (XII) : By Frank Brother and Compary publication Ltd., New Delhi
[116]
APEG
OFFICE AUTOMATION F irst Year (Theory) Paper - II

Marks - 50 Tota l= 75 Cla ses 2.1 2.2 MS - Windows: Working with Window (5 cla ses) MS - WORD : (10 cla ses) Starting MS-Word, Creating and operating, Saving a document, Editing Text.formatting documents : - Line spacing, paragraph Spacing, Setting tabs, Indenting text, Aligning text, Adding Proofing a document, mail merge. 2 . 3 . MS - EXCEL : (10 cla ses) Introducing starting MS - EXCEL, Opening of Worksheet, Saving a Worksheet, Spreadsheet operation : Entering Numbers, Text, Dates and Times Formulas Editing Worksheet : Deleting cells, Rows, Columns, Inserting cells, Rows and columns, Printing a Worksheet. Formulas and Functions : Absolute and relative Reference of cell, Entering a formuls, Mixed Entering Function, Calculation using functions Different type of functions in EXCEL, charts: Creating Editing, Inserting, Deleting, Saving, Printing. Macros : creation and Running simple macros, creating and running menu macors. 2 .4 . MS - POWERPOINT : (10 cla ses) Starting power point, Operating and existing presentation, Creating, Closing and Saving a presentation. Existing Power Point Using master - Slide, Title, Handout, Notes. Editing text : Viewing a presentation in different view, Adding and deleting slides, Selecting text, Inserting and Deleting Text, Moving and copying text Changing text Case spell Checking. Formatting Text : Changing text Attribute Styles, Changing Bullet, Characteristic aligning, Line setting, Paragraph Setting, Changing slide color scheme, More about Presentation, Drawing object like lines, Arcs, Rectangles, Ellips, Drawing Free from shapes, Using Auto shape, Rotating objects, Modifying colours and lines. Adding header and footer, inserting MS-Word tables or MS-EXCEL Worksheet, Printing presentation component. 2 . 5 . DESKTOP PUBLISHING (DTP) : (10 cla ses) CONCEPT OF DTP : Introduction to DTP - What is Desktop Publishing? Uses of DTP and print Documents, Uses of fonts, Frames, page layout, WYSIWYG, etc,. Advantages of DTP over Word processing. Document Planning : - Page layout, Margin, Header and Footer, Fonts Styling. 2 .6 . DESKTOP PUBLISHING USING PAGEMAKER : (10 cla ses) Page make and minimum configuration require for installation use of file, edit, page frame, font, graphic and option menus, creation of style sheet : - preparation of tables of contents, index, usages of width table, add or remove fonts, command for printing. 2 . 7 . COREL DRAW : (10 cla ses) Installation of Corel draw and minimum configuration, requirements, Surfing through opening interface for all tools and menus, working with texts, edit special effects, fonts and chosing artistic and paragraph text. Using the Coralboard : - Working with objects, zooming, dragging and other features, special effects. Appetizers, oblect prospective, movements of objects, use of depth- width and contour and lens effects, cropping and bitmap s. 2 . 8 . PRINCIPLES OF DOUBLE ENTRY : (10 cla ses) Characteristics of double entry, book keeping, double entry and single entry, advantages of double entry system, rules of debit and credit, examples-transaction and personal, real and normal accounts, journal and ledger, recording of transaction - journal, format, debit and credit, sides, journalizing a transaction, narration, types of transaction, - payments and receipts, payment in cash and cheque, buying goods / assets - payments to expenditure, sales and sales return examples, trial balance, trading and profit and loss account, blance sheet.
[117]
APEG
THEORY - 30 MARKS VIVA- 10 MARKS RECAL-10 MARKS TOTAL-50 MARKS
FIRST YEAR (Practical) Paper - I

Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Installation and fine-tunning of MS-DOS Use of Internal and external commands of MS-DOS. Instllation of Window. Creates window, edit format and print document file, using MS-Word. Designing spreedsheet and manipulation using different arithimetic function. Role of Account sheet using MS-Excel. Account concept using Tally. Define mail merge and describe the process of it.
FIRST YEAR (practical) Paper - II

Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Installation of MS-Office. Create a document files using all the options of MS-Word. Speed sheet operation using reference of cell, Entering formula and function. Charts creating editing, inserting, deleting, saving, printing, using the function of MS-Excel. Operating and existing presentation of MS-Power Point. Viewing a presentataion in different view using MS-Power Point. Formula and uses of Desk Top Publishing. Installation procedure of Corel-Draw and minimum configuration, requirements of Corel-Draw. Use of the Corel board and all its functions.
DATABASE M ANAG EM ENT SYSTEM Se cond Year

Marks - 50 UNIT - I (25 clases) Marks (15) Data processing concepts and file structure : Definition, fields, Records, and Files. File Organization : Sequential file, Direct files, Index Sequential files. File Utilities : Searching, Sorting, Merging, Coping, Printing, Maintenance, labeling, Scratching. Data base System : Databse concepts, database management system, database structuring techniques, advantages and limitations of database system. Data models : Hierarchical, Network, Relational data model, Object oriented database model, EntityRelationship model and E-R diagram.
(Theory) Paper - I
[118]
APEG
UNIT - II
(25 cla ses)
(Marks -15)
Network Technology : What is network, Types of network, private network, value added network, local Area Network (LAN), Wide Area Network (WAN), Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) Network topology: bus, Star, Ring and Hybrid, Star-Bus, Star-ring, Communication Technique : Analog and Digital Transmisson, Simplex, Duplex and Multiplexing, LAN Components. Active Hub, Passive Hub, LAN cable, Bridgers, Router. UNIT - III (25 cla ses) (Marks- 20) Network Environment : Network Operating System, Unix, Netware, Windows NT, Introduction to Clint/Sever Architecture-Introduction to windows NT, Installation and work group of NT Sever File management, booting sequence, Installation of work station, Securities, Connectively to diverse plaform, Remote Access Sevice, Introduction to TCP/IP addressing. Network Application : Messaging-Interent, Email, Facsimile, EDI Talk, write Service FTP, Gopher, Archive, Telnet, Web Application-Web Browser, Mosair, Netscape, Navigatom, Microsoft Interent Explorer, Introduction to HTML, Editor, Creation of HOME page Internet. Books recom m end ed : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Computer Fundamentals P.K. Sinha, and Preeti Sinha (BPB Publication) Commercial Application Development using ORACLE Development 2000 - IVAN bayross. (BPB Publiction) Introduction to Computers and Communication. (Tata Mc-Graw hill) Computer Science of Class XII by S Arora. Introduction to Computers and communication by Ravichandran (Tata Mc-Graw hill) ABC of Interent By Crumlish BJP publication. Fundamentals of Computers, By P.K. Sinha and Preeti Sinha
C - PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURE Se cond Year (Theory) Paper - II Total=75 clase s
Marks - 50 UNIT - I (25 clases) Marks (15) FUNDAMENTAL OF C PROGRAMMING : - History of c, Structure a C program, Data type : int, float, char, double, void, constant and variables declaration, integer, real, float, character. logical variables, string variables cons t ant . Operators and Expressions : - Arithmetic Operational, logical Operators, Expressions, Bitwise Operators, & operators, * operators, type casting, Type conversion. Decision Making and Looping : - If -Then-Else ladder If-Else, for loop, while. UNIT - II (25 cla ses) (Marks - 15) Arrays and Function : - Arrays declaration, one and two-dimensional arrays, Function :- Fundamentals, General form, Function arguments, and return value. Basic I/O : Formatted input / output, Unformatted input / output, program design examples, Summation of a set of
[119]
APEG
numbers, Generation of Fibonacci sequence, generation of positive prime numbers, finding the smalles t element, sorting by insertion. Structure Programming : - Control structures, Do - While, Switch statement, break and continue, exit () function, go and label. UNIT - III (25 cla ses) (Marks - 20) Advance Features in Function : - Type of modifiers and storage class specifier of a data type, scope rules, Local and Global variables, scope rules for function, Parameter Passing :- call by value, call by reference, Calling function with Arrays argc and argv, recursion, Basic concept, Design Examples, Tower of Hanoi, Recursive quick sort. Dynamic Data Structures in C :- pointer & operator, pointer expression, pointer assignments, pointer arithmetic, Pointer comparison, the dynamic allocation function, malloc, calloc, pointer vs, arrays, Arrays of p ointer, Pointer to functions, Function returning pointers, Function with variable number of arguments. Structure : - Basic of structures, Declaring a structure, Referencing structure elements, Arrays Structure to function, structure pointer, Arrays and sturctures within structure, Uses. Books Recom m end ed :1. 2. 3. Programming with C, By B. Gotfridgre (Tata Mc - Graw hill) Let us C, By. y. kanithkar (BPB Publication) Programming with C by K.R. Venugopal and S.R. Prasad. (Tata Mc - Graw hill) THEORY - 70 MARKS (Two Questine) VIVA- 20 MARKS RECAL-10 MARKS TOTAL-100 MARKS of structure passing,
Union : - Declaraction, Uses, Enumerated data types, link list inseration, decletion and search.
Se cond Year (practical) Paper - I

1. 2. 3. Marks - 100 Create a Database and adding records to it Programming using arrays and multiple files. Expose to Network Connective hard ware and device for the following. (i) UTP and Co-axial Cable (ii) Configuration of UTP HUB. (iii) Connectors (iv) Router Developing Network connectively using different topology. Internet working different nodes using TCP/IP. Getting connectively and configuration of Internet hardware Between Server0-Server and Server-Clint. Create a HTMI. Page. Create a Home page using HTMI.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
[120]
APEG
Secon d Year (practical) Paper - II

Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Programs using problem mainly computation to illustrate expression and operator. Problem relating to sequence, selection and iteration, Problem related Looping. Problem related to Array and Function. Problem related in Structure. Problem involving manupulation of Array of Structure. Problem related to Pointer. Modifier and storage class specifies for a data types. Problem for dynamic storage allocation such as link list, Stack.
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES

1. I ntrod uction : Vocational Course in maintenance and repair of Electrical Domestic Appliances two-year course of Higher Secondary (+2 stage) of school education. The course to job-employment and self employement. The theoretical, practical and on-the has been well taken care of. The theory and practicals have been given 33% and 2. Objectives : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 3. To create awareness about types and make of domestic appliances. To acquire knowledge about tools. equipment and machines required for assembling, testing, repairing and maintenance of domestic appliances. To acquire skill in assembly, repair, test and maintenence of domestic appliances. To acquire skills in Sales and marketing of domestic appliances. To acquire skills in entrepreneurship in the vocation. has been designed for the is of immense utility both job aspects of the cou rse 67% weightage respectively.
Course Structure : The entire course comprise four clusters of subjects : 1. 2. 3. 4. Languages - Mother Tongue and English, Basic Foundation Course, General Foundation Course and Vocational Course theory and Practicals.
[121]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY FIRST YEAR
(Marks - 50) 1. Current Electricity : Electricity as a source of energy. Definition of Resistance, Voltage, Current, Power, Energy and their units, Relation between Electrical, Mechanical & Thermal units, Factor effecting resistance of a conductor, temperature co-efficient of resistance Difference between A.C and D.C voltage and current. D.C circuit : Ohms law, Series and parallel resistance circuit and their equivalent resistance, Kirchoffs laws and their applications. Electric cell : Primary cell, wet cell, Dry cell,Series and parallel connections of cells, Secondary cells, Lead acid cells, Discharging and re-charging of cells, common charging methods, preparation of electrolyt es, care and maintenance of secondary cells. Heating and lighting effects of current : Joules laws of electric heating and its domestic applications, heating efficiency. Capacitors : Capacitors and its capacity. Types of capacitors and their use in circuits. Series and parallel connection of capacitors, Energy stored in a capacitor. Electromagnetic Effects : Permanent magnet and Electromagnets, their construction and use, Polarities of an electromagnet and rules for finding them. Faradays laws of Electromagnetic induction. Dynamicall y induces e.m.f, its mangnitude and direction. Static induction, Self-induced e.m.f, its magnitudes and direction, inductance and its units. Mutually induced e.m.f, its magnitude and direction. Energy stored in an industance. Force acting on a current carrying conductor in magnetic field its magnitude and direction. Torque produced on a current carrying coil in a magnetic field. Principles and construction of dynamo. A.C. Circuits : Generation of A.C. voltage, its generation and wave hape, cycle, frequency, peak, volue (maximum value), Average value, instantaneous value, r.m.s. value, form factor, crest factor, phase difference, power & power factor (Leading and Lagging). A.C Circuit with (i) Resistance and inductance (ii) Resistance and capacitance (iii) Resistance, inductance and capacitance in series, Q-factor of R-L-C series circuit. Measuring Instruments : Construction and working principle of moving iron and moving coil voltmeter. Oha meter. Megger and induction type Energy meter-their circuit connection and application for measurement of electrical quantities. Electrical wiring : Types of wiring - cleat wiring, casing and capping, C.T.S / T.R.S wiring, conduct wiring and concealed wiring - their procedure of installation. factor of selection of a particular wiring system. Importance of switch, fuse and earthing or wiring system. Types of faults, their causes and remedies. Methods of finding numbers of circuits and circuit distribution, board system. Loop in system of wiring connections. IE rules related to wiring. Types of Earthing : Plate Earthing and pipe earthing, their procedure and application. Diodes and transistors : Types of diodes and transistors, Working principle and charactiristics of diodes and Transistors. Diodes as a rectifier and transistor as amplifier-use of zenor Diodes for voltage stabilization.
(Theory) Paper - I
2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
7.
8.
9.
10. 11.
[122]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES FIRST YEAR (Theory) Paper - II
Marks - 50 1. D.C. Moters : Types of moter-Series, Shunt, Compound and Universal. Construction, Working priniciples, characteristics and applications of different types of motors (fractional horse power). Straters and starting of D.C. Motors, Speed control of D.C motors and testing and repairs. Transformer : Types of Transformer-Step-up and step-down transformer, voltage and current transformer, auto-transformer, construction, working principle and application of different types of transformers. Single Phase A.C. Moter : Types of A.C. Motors-Induction Motor(Split phase and repulsion start), capacitor motor, shaded pole motor, Universal motors, Constructions, Working principles, special characteristi cs, winding details and application of different types of fraction horse power motor. Speed reversal and speed control of single phase A.C. Motor. Installation of A.C. Motors and Testing common faults, the ir causes, testing and repairs. Rewinding of fractional H.P. motors. Electric Room Heater : Construction and working principle of Reflector type Room Heater, common defects, testing and repair. Electric Iron : Types of Electric iron-Ordinary type and Automatic / Thermostat Control Type. Construction and working principle of electric irons, common defects. Electric Stove : Types of electric stoves-Coiled type, covered type, Hot plate, Gill / oven. construction and working principles of electric Stoves. Common defects, testing & repair. Electric toasters : Types of toaster - ordinary & automatic. Construction and working principles of electric toaster, common defects, Testing & Repairing. Immersion Heater Geyser : Construction, working principles and use of immersion heater and Geyser, Common faults, their causes, testing & repair. Testing and installation of Geyser, Precautions in us ing immersion heater and Geyser. Table Lamp amd Tube Light : Construction working and use of Table Lamp, Night Lamp, Tube Light; Common faults, their causes, testing and repair. Electric Bell, Buzzer and Door Chimes : Construction, working principles and use of Electric Bell, Buzzer and Door Chimes. Common faults, their causes, testing and repair. Electrical Room Heater : Construction and working principles of Blower type Room Heater, common defects, their causes, testing and repair.
2. 3.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
9. 10. 11.
[123]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY DOMESTIC APPLICATION AND MATERIALS SECOND YEAR
Marks - 50 1. Electrical Fan : Types of Fans - Ceiling fan, Pedestal fan, Bracket fan, Exhaust fan, construction, working principle, special characteristic and applications of electric fans. Common faults, their causes testing and repair, Installation of Bracket fan and Exhaust fan. ElectricMixer Grinder : Construction, working principles, special characteristic and applications of Electrical Mixer Grinder, Common faults, their causes, testing & repairs. Servicing maintanance and overhauling of Electric Mixer Grinder. Electric Washing Machine : Constructions, Working principles, special features and applications of Washing Machine. Common faults, their causes, testing & repairs. Services and overhauling of washingmachine. Hair Dryer / Curler : Constructions and working principles of Hair Dryer / culer. causes, testing & repair. Common faults, their
(Theory) Paper - I
2.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Room Cooler : Construction, and working Details of Room Cooler. Common faults, their causes, testing & repair installation of Room Cooler. Emergency Light and Stabilizer : Construction, working Principles of Emergency Light and Stabilizer. Common faults, their causes, testing & repairs. Conducting Materials : Copper and Aluminium as low resistivity materials, their electrical characteristics and applications. Eureka Selenium and Carbon as high resistivity material, their electrical characte ristics and applications. Electric resistance materials. Insulating Materials : Distinction between Conductor, Insulator and semi Conductor, Insulation resistance, dielectric strength break down voltage, mechanical and physical properties and classification of ins ulating materials. Paper, Plastic coated paper, OVC, Porcelain, Bitumen, Mica, Bakelite, Ebonite, Marble, Glass, Asbestos, Fibre glass - their electrical characteristics and applications, Insulating Tapes, Sleeves, Insulating and impregnations with varnishes and paints their uses and applications. Megnetic Materials : Classification of material as Ferro-magnetic materials, Soft and Hard magnetic materila. Los se s in magnet ic ma t eria l s a nd p rocedu re to re du ce lo s se s. Mild st e el , S il ico n s te el Mu met al , Premalloy,Alnico as magnetic materials, their properties and uses. Structural Materials : Iron, Steel, Brass, un Metal and Aluminium as structural material, their properties and applications. Fuse and Soldering Materials : Silver, Copper, Lead, Tin and alloys as fuse material, their properties ans application. Soldering and Brazing materials and tools. Procedure of Soldering and Brazing and precautionary me a s u re s .
8.
9.
10. 11.
[124]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES WORKSHOP PRACTICE & SAFETY SECOND YEAR
Marks - 50 1. Safety Precaution and Shock Treatment : Familiarizing the student with shop discipline. Layout of shops. Safety Precautions. Use 10f fire fighting equipment. First Aid practice. Causes of electric fire & s hock. Procedure for removal of person from contact of live wire. Treatment for electric shock and burns. Common Tools : Familiarizing the students with common tools. safe and proper use of tools, their adjustments and applications. Corrosion Protective Paints : Components of Paints and methods of preparation. Application of paint for Corrosion protection and orecaution in Painting. Transmission of Power : Belt drive, shaft drive, Gear drive. Chain drive, Friction drive and their application in domestic appliances. Electrical symbols and blue print reading. Construction and application of bimetallic relays and thermocouple, for control of temperature and current. Repair Shop : Tools, Machines, Equipments and Instruments required for Repair- shop, their working and use. Planning layout and setting of s Repair - shop. Rules and methods of repair, servicing and overhauling domestic appliances. Safety precautionary. Measures in Repair shop. Up-keeping of repairing shop. Winding Shop : Tools, Machines, Equipments and Instruments required for Winding shop- their working and use. Planning layout and setting of a winding shop. Rules and methods of winding of armature, stator, rotor and field coils. Safety precautionary. measures in winding shop. Estimating : Elements of estimation, Quantity and specifications of required materials. Knowledge of Waste and extra materials requirement, proforma for estimation. Project Preparation : Need of project Preparation, information required for project preparation and their collection. Requirement of land, building, machines, materials, man. power, physical facilities and their excepted cost. Estimation of recurring, non-recurring and unforeseen expenditure. Total cost of project with details. Project preparation for Assemble shop. Testing Laboratory Repair-shop and Winding shop.
(Theory) Paper - II
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
8.
9. 10.
[125]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY FIRST YEAR
Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . 21. 22. Study of series resistive circuit. Study of parallel resistive circuit. Study of series and parallel connection of cells. Preparation of Electrolyte for Lead-acid battery and its charging. To find heat efficiency of an electric kettle. Varification of magnetic field of a solenoid with (i) Iron core and (ii) Air core. Verification of Faradays Laws of Electromagentic induction. Verification of Torque development in a current carrying coil placed in a magnetic field. Measurement of resistance by ammeter and voltmeter methods and ohmmeter. Dismantling and reassembly of dynamo. Connecting Lamps in series, parallel and series parallel circuits. Controlling a lamps from two places. Drawing schematic diagram to give supply to consumers. E.I. Practice on p.v.c. casing capping and CTS / TRS wiring E.I. Practice on conduct wiring. E.I. Practice on concealed wiring. Measurement of Insulation resistance of wiring installation by megger. Polarity test of wiring installation. Testing of wiring installation. Installation of pipe earthing for wiring installation. Installation of Plate earthing for wiring installation. Testing and finding faults of wiring installation and rectification.
(PracticaL) Paper - I
[126]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES FIRST YEAR
Marks - 50 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Study of S- L series circuit and measurement of power and power factor. Study of R- C series circuit and measurement of power and power factor. Study of R - L - C series circuit and measurement of power and power factor. Study of R - L - C series circuit, for calculation of inductive reactance capacitive reactance impedance and Qfactor. To test and repair of defective cycle dynamo. Dismanting, study and reassembling of a D.C motor. Measurement of resistance of series and shunt field and
(Practical) Paper - II
armature and identification of terminals by Multimeter. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . 21. 22. Measurement of insulation resistance of armature and field. Testing, fault finding and repair of D.C motor. Overhauling of D.C. motor. Dismantling, study and reassembling of a D.C. Motor Starter. To study D.C. series motor, its runing, speed control and reversing rotation and measurement of current, voltage and speed. To study D.C shunt motor its running, speed control and reversing direction of rotation, measurement by voltage current and speed. To study D.C compound motor, its running, speed control and reversing rotation and measurement of current, voltage and speed. Armature Winding. Winding field coil. Identification of semi conductor devices. Characteristics of Diode. Study of half-wave rectifier circuit with or without filter. Study of full wave rectifire circuit with centre tap transformer with or without filter. Study of bridge rectifier circuit with and without filter. Study of transistor amplifier circuits. (i) common base, (ii) common emitter & (iii) Common Collector.
[127]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES ELEMENTS OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES SECOND YEAR
Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . 21. 22. 23 . 24 . Study & Rewinding of (i) Voltage transfomer, (ii) Current transformer & (iii) Auto-transformer. Dismantling, study and reassembling of an A.C.Motor. Overhauling of an A.C.Motor. Study of an A.C. motor starter. Testing, fault finding and repair of an A.C. moter. Connecting, strating, running and reversing of squirrel cage induction motor. Connecting, strating, running and reversing of of a capacitor motor. Connecting, strating, and running of a shaded pole motor. Connecting, strating, running and reversing of an A.C. Universal motor. Dismantling and reassemble of reflector type Room heater. Testing and repair of Reflector type Room Heater. Dismantling and reassembling of Electric Iron. (i) Ordinary (ii) Automatic / Themostat control type. Testing and repair of Electric Iron (i) Ordinary type and (ii) Automatic / Themostat control type. Dismantling and reassemble of Electric Stove (i) Coiled type (ii) Covered type (iii) Hot plate, (iv) Grill. Testing and repair of Electric Stove (i) Coiled type (ii) Cored type (iii) Hot plate, (iv) Grill. Testing, repair and reassembling of Electric Toaster (i) Ordinary and (ii) Automatic. Testing, Dismantling and reassembling the Geyser. Testing, Dismantling and reassembling of Electric kettle and Coffee Percolator. Dismantling and reassembling, testing and repair of Electric gas Lighter. Connection of Fluorescent Tube Light (FTL). Testing and repair of (i) Table Lamp, (ii) nightLamp, (iii) Tube light.. Testing and repair of (i) Electric bell, (ii) Buzzer and (iii) Dootr Chimes. Testing fault finding, repair and Overhauling Blower type Room heater. Testing, fault finding repair and Overhauling of Electric Fan Mixer Grinder & Washing machine.
(Practical) Paper - I
[128]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES MATERIALS AND WORKSHOP PRACTICE SECOND YEAR
Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Technique of removing persons in contact with live wire suffering from electric shock. Artificial respiration and shock treatment. Identification of common Tools. To form two identical solenoids using insulated copper and Aluminium wire of same gauge and same number of turns and compare their resistances with field strength. Identification of different insulating materials. Practice for taping of winding, and insulating (i) Slots and (ii) Cores. Varnishing of Insulating Coil winding. Identification of magnetic and non-magnetic materials. Testing fuse wires of different diameter. Finding relationship between wire diameter and fusing current for instantaneous fusing. Soldering practice. Dismantling and reassmbling pulley on motor shaft. Practice on adjustment of belt tension. Familarization with gears and its movements. Drawing Layout of (i) Assembly Shop, (ii) TestingLaboratory, (iii) Repair Shop & (iv) Winding Shop. Drawing (i) Lap-winding & (ii) Wave Winding for armature winding. Drawing Stator coil winding. Practice for Armature winding of D.C. motor used in appliances. Coil winding of D.C. motors used in appliances. Winding of A.C. motors used in appliances (Fan). Prepare estimate for repair, service and overhauling of domestic appliances, its costingand billing.
[129]
APEG
COURSE S OF STUDIES IN MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF ELECTRICAL DOMESTIC APPLIANCES Sugg e ste d Re ad in g Mate rials
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Study of Electrical Appliances and Devices :K.B. Bhatia. Small Appliances Servicing : P. T. Brock well. How to repair small Appliance : jack Darr. Electrical wiring, Estmating and Costing : J.B. Gupta. Electrical Appliances : I.M. Anwani. Electrical Gadgets and their Repairs : S. R. Rao. Electrical Wiring, Estmating and Costing : S.L. Uppal. Fundamentals of Maintenance of Electrical Equipments : K.B. Bhatia. Electrical Motor Winding & Repair : Anwani. Electrical Gadgets : H. Partab. Maintenance of Domestic Appliances (Hindi) : R.K. Lat. Home Appliances : Edwin.
[130]
APEG
REPAIR AND MAINTENENANCE OF POWER DEIVEN FARM MACHINERY (PDFM)

Total no of Theory clases in one subject in a week = 3 (1 hour duration) Total no of practical clsses in one subject in a week= 1(3 hour duration)
1 st year Theory - I Theory - II 2 year Theory - I Theory - II 1 st year Theory - I Theory - II Pract ical Paper - I Paper - II 2 year Theory - I Theory - II Pract ical Paper - I Paper - II : : Relating to paper - I Relating to paper - II : : Tractor, its engine and other systems Power tiller, Electric motor and Renewable Energy Gadgets.
nd nd
: :
50 marks 50 marks
Practical - I : 50 marks Practical - II : 50 marks
: :
50 marks 50 marks
Practical - I : 100 marks Practical - II : 100 marks
: : : :
Crop production Machinery Post Harvest Machinery Relating to paper - I Relating to paper - II
[131]
APEG
CROP PRODUCTION MACHINERY FIRST YEAR THEORY-I

Total No of Theory Classes = 70 Marks-50 A Tillage Machinery (15 periods) Definition and objective of tillage, Classification of tillage- Primary and secondary tillage. Mould Board Plough: Classification of MB ploughs One way, two way, parts: share, mould board, land side, frog etc., materials of construction, accessories and their functions, jointer, coulter, furrow wheel, adjustment of plough- horizontal and vertical suction, setting of coulter and jointer. Disc plough, types, parts and functions disc, frame, bearing, scraper, adjustment of disc and tilt angles.Harrows: types, parts, function, materials of construction, adjustment of gang angles leveling of harrow, cultivators, clod crusher, levelers, bund former- parts and their functions. B. Sowing Machinery (15 periods) Methods of sowing, Seed drills: plain drills and seed cum fertilizer drills, various parts, function and their materials of construction. Types of seed metering devices, calibration of seed drill.Planters : Types, parts, functions and materials of construction. Types of metering devices, setting up planters for row and plant spacing, Transplanters- its types, working principles of transplanter, nursery raising technique. C. Plant Protection Equipment ( 15 periods) Use and application of agricultural chemicals. Types of sprayers and their uses., construction and function, types of dusters and their uses, construction and function, Safety precaution in handling of chemicals and operational techniques. Proper off-season storages. D. Harvesting Machinery: ( 15 periods) Reaper windrower. Vertical conveyor reaper, types of tractor and power tiller operated reaper windrower. Constructional details of reaper, functions of parts and materials of construction and adjustments. Safety precautions. Common faults and corrective measures. E Combine Harvester : (10 periods) Constructional details and functions of different sub-assemblies of tractor driven combine and self-propelled combine harvestor. Adjustments in reel, cutter bar, conveyor, threshing units, separating and cleaning unit, grain augers, bagging units, power transmission mechanism, hydraulic and electrical system. Care, maintenance and safety precautions. Common faults and remedies. POST HARVEST MACHINERY FIRST YEAR THEORY II Total No. of theory classes = 70 Marks -50 A. Threshing Machinery ( 15 periods) Types of power threshers, working principles and constructional details. Different types of threshing cylinders and their adjustments. Types of cleaning and grain handling systems and their adjustments. Dismantling of power thresher, identification of different components, materials of construction, checking of damaged/worn out parts, their [132]
APEG
reconditioning, repair and/or replacement and assembly. Installation, adjustment and commissioning of power thresher, safety precaution. Care, maintenance and safety precautions. Common faults and corrective measures. B. Sugarcane Crusher, Chaff Cutter, Maize Sheller, Groundnut Decorticator (15 periods) Sugarcane crusher: Introduction to different types of cane crushers like smooth roll crusher and serrated or toothed roll crusher. Main parts of cane crushers like rollers, gear assembly, feeding assembly, feeding mechanism etc., and their functions and operation of crushers. Installation of sugarcane crusher. Adjustment/alignment of gap between rollers, spring load and rpm for optimum use of crushers. Common faults and corrective measures. Safety and precaution in use of cane crushers.Chaff cutters: Introduction to different types of commonly used hand and power operated chaff cutters. Main parts of chaff cutter like feeding rollers, fly wheel, cutting blades and feeding mechanism and their functions. Installation of chaff cutters. Adjustment/alignment of feeding rollers, cutting gap and other systems for their efficient uses. Common faults and corrective measures. Safety and precaution in use of chaff cutters.Maize shellers and Groundnut decorticators : Introduction to commonly used manual and power operated maize shellers and groundnut decorticators. Main parts of maize shellers and groundnut decorticators and their function and operation. Adjustment, alignment of various components of maize shellers and groundnut decorticators for their efficient uses. Common faults and their rectification. Safety and precaution in use of maize and groundnut decorticator. C. Cleaning and Grading Machinery: ( 10 periods) Definition of cleaning, grading, package, foreign matter, size, shape, specific gravity, terminal velocity, coefficient of friction and angle of repose.Types of commonly used cleaners and graders like air screen cleaners, rotary cleaners, vibratory screen cleaners, disc separator, inclined cylinder separator, specific gravity separator, magnetic separator, cyclone separator, their uses and suitability to different farm produce. Components of cleaners and graders like hopper, sieves, blower, escalating mechanism etc., their functions materials of construction and functional requirements.Installation of cleaning and grading machinery. Adjustment and alignment of feed rate, sieve selection (mesh number of screen), slope of sieves, airflow rate, frequency and amplitude of oscillations for optimum efficiency. Common faults and corrective measures. Safety and precaution in use of cleaners and graders. D. Drying Equipment/Machinery (15 periods) Definition of drying and related terms like moisture content, bound moisture, unbound moisture, free moisture, thin layer drying, dry bulb temperature, wet bulb temperature, relative humidity etc. Advantages of drying farm produce and safe moisture contents for storage. Drying methods- convection drying, conduction drying, vacuum drying and their uses, commonly used dryers like flat bed type batch dryer. Lousiana State University (LSU) dryer, rotary dryer, tray dryer, spray dryer, their uses and suitability to different farm produce.Part of drive like drying chamber, air distribution system, direct or indirect heating system, their functions, materials of construction and functional requirements, installation of drives. Adjustment of drying, air temperature, air flow rate, grain flow rate etc. For efficient use of dryers. Common faults and their rectification. Safety and precaution in use dryers. E. Milling Machinery (15 periods) Definition of milling and terms like cleaning, mixing, peeling, hulling, polishing dehusking, sorting , size reduction, size average partial size screen analysis. Types used and commonly used flour mills, spice mills like burr/plate/ attrition mill, hammer mill, ball mill, dal mills like abrasive roller mill and roller mill and rice mills/hullers like Edenberg
[133]
APEG
huller, rubber roll sheller, under runner disc huller, centrifugal dehusker and vertical cone whitener. Introduction to flour mills like mills/hullers like traditional rice huller and modern rice mills. Installation of milling machinery. Adjustment/ alignment of spacing between plates, rpm, screen size, gap between rubber rolls and spacing between emery rollers/ cone and screen etc. for efficient uses of mills. Common-faults and corrective measure in the mills. Safety and precaution in use of milling machinery. Components of flour mills, dal mills and rice mills/ hullers, their function, materials of construction and functional requirements.
CROP PRODUCTION MACHINERY FIRST YEAR PRACTICAL -I Total No. of practical classes = 25
A Tillage and Interculture
Marks-50
( 8 periods)
Mould Board Plough: Familiarization with different agricultural machinery. Identification of different part of mould board plough and materials of construction, dismantling of mould board plough, reconditioning/replacement of damaged/worn-out parts, assembling of different parts of mould board plough, adjustments of horizontal and vertical suctions, adjustments of depth and width of cut. Setting of coulter, jointer and furrow wheel for better performance of the plough. ( 2 periods)
Disc Plough and Harrows: Identification of different parts of disc plough, materials of construction of various parts, dismantling of disc plough, reconditioning/replacement of damaged/worn out parts, assembling of different part of disc plough, adjustments of disc and tilt angles, adjustments of depth, width and furrow wheel. Identification of different parts of disc harrows and cultivators, dismantling reconditioning/replacement of damaged/ worn out parts, assembling and various adjustment. (3 periods)
Rotavator and Cultivator: Identification of different parts of rotavators and rotary tillers, materials of construction of various parts, dismantling of rotavators/rotary tillers, reconditioning/replacement of damaged/ worn out parts, assembling and lubrication, Adjustments for better performance. Identification of different parts of a cultivator, replacement of cultivator tynes. B Sowing Machinery ( 3 periods) (5 periods)
Identification of different parts of seed cum fertilizer drill, materials of construction of various parts, adjustment of furrow opener and reconditioning/replacement of damaged/ worn out parts of the seed-cum-fertilizer drill, dismantling of seed and fertilizer metering mechanisms and study of parts. Calibration of seed-cum-fertilizer drill in shop, servicing and maintenance after its use. Identification of different parts of planters-materials of construction, adjustment of furrow opener and reconditioning/replacement of damage/worn out parts, familiarization with different types of furrow openers, selection of proper seed plates, drive gear and their fitting, adjustment of land markers, [134]
APEG
servicing and maintenance after use. Familiarization with different parts of transplanter. Study of seedling tray and finger movement mechanism, adjustment for number of seedlings and depth of planting. C Plant Protection Equipment (5 periods)
Identification of different parts of sprayer, dismantling of sprayer, reconditioning/replacement of worn out/ damaged parts, assembling of sprayer and resetting of nozzle and cut-off device, operation and calibration of sprayer for specific applications, identification of different parts of duster, materials of construction, reconditioning/replacement of worn out/damaged parts, setting and operation of duster. D Harvesting Machinery and Combine Harvester ( 7 periods)
Identification of different parts and components and materials of construction of reaper windrower, carrying out adjustments of cutter bar, registration and alignment, overload protection safety clutch, operation, care and maintenance. Identification of different parts and assemblies of combine harvester. Dismantling, checking, reconditioning, replacement of different reaper and combine harvester components and assembly. Trouble shootings and their remedies.
POST HARVEST MACHINERY IST YEAR PRACTICAL II

Total No. of Practical Classes = 25 periods A Threshing Machinery Marks- 50 (5 periods)
Identification of different components of power operated threshers and axial flow threshers, adjustments of different components for better threshing and cleaning efficiency, routine maintenance of threshers. B Sugarcane Crusher, Chaff Cutter, Maize Sheller, Groundnut Decorticator (8 periods)
Familiarization and identification of different parts of components of commonly used sugarcane crushers, function of different parts and their adjustment for efficient operation (2 periods)
Familiarization and identification of different components of commonly used chaff cutters function of different parts and their adjustment for efficient use. (2 periods)
Familiarization and identification of different components of commonly used maize shellers. Function of different parts and their adjustment for efficient use. (2 periods) Familiarization and identification of different components of power operated groundnut decorticator and their adjustments for better performance. C Cleaning and Grading Machinery (2 periods) ( 2 periods)
Identification of different parts and components of commonly used cleaners and graders, their adjustments, [135] operation and functions.
APEG
Drying Equipment/Machinery
( 2 periods)
Identification of different parts, components of drying equipments/ machinery, their adjustment, operation and functions. E Milling Machinery ( 8 periods)
Familiarization and identification of different parts and components of commonly used flour mills, spice mills, dal mills and rice mills/hullers, function of different parts and their adjustment for efficient use and operation. (5 periods) Familiarization and identification of different parts of commonly used oil expellers, function of different parts and their adjustment of maximum oil recovery. (3 periods)
TRACTORS AND THEIR SYSTEMS SECOND YEAR THEORY I Total No. of theory classes = 70
A.
Marks-50
Engine ( 20 periods) Constructional features of I.C. engine and familiarization with principal parts. Principles of operation and salient features of four stroke engine. Multi-cylinders engine, firing order and valve arrangements. Fuel system, major components of fuel system, systems of fuel injection, different parts of injection, pumps and injectors and their functions, governing system, function of a governor, principles of operation and classification. Lubrication system: definition of friction, functions of lubricating systems and their main parts, crankcase ventilation. Cooling system: necessity and requirement of an efficient cooling system, types and different parts of a cooling system, functions of water pump, fan radiator and radiator cap, fan belt, thermostat valve ,temperature gauge and hose pipes.Different components of an air intake system such as air cleaner, pre-cleaner, supercharger and intake manifold and their functions, components of an exhaust system such as exhaust manifold, muffler and their functions. B. Tractor (5 periods) Availability of indigenous tractors, models and horse powers, role of tractors in farm mechanization. Familiarization with various components, gagues instruments and controls of tractors. Safety in driving tractors and road signals. C. Power Transmission (20 periods) Clutch function, types of clutches, various components and working of single and dual clutch systems, clutch adjustment. Gear box: principles of gearing, types of gear boxes, different components, speed ratio.Differential and final drive, principles of operation, function of a differential lock, P.T.O. drive its position and operational control. D. Other Systems (20 periods) Steering system and front axial, different components of the system, types of steering, gear box of different makes of tractors. Brakes: Function of a brake system, classification of brakes, working of a hydraulic brake system. Tyres, tubes and wheel ballasting, constructional features of pneumatic tyres, size and ply rating air inflation technique, size of rim, retreading of tyres. Electrical system, different components of an electrical system and their [136]
APEG
placement on tractor, function of storage battery, dynamo, cut-out, starter and their proper maintenance. Engine trouble shooting, E. Hydraulic System and Implement Hitching (5 periods) Function and merits of a hydraulic system over a mechanical system, function of hydraulic controls. Hitching of trailers, Semi-mounted and mounted implements.
POWER TILLER, IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT & RENEWABLE ENERGY 2ND YEAR THEORY II
Total No. of theory classes =70 A. Power Tiller Marks-50. (20 periods)
History and development of power tillers, importance of power tiller in Indian agriculture, Working principles of power tiller, different models of indigenously produced power tillers, their comparative specifications, familiarization with general construction of power tillers, power transmission, steering, various controls and operational techniques, various uses of power tillers. B. Rotavator and other Matching Implements of Power Tiller ( 10 periods)
Types of rotavators, Parts and power transmission, materials of construction, adjustment of rotavators for better performance, maintenance and safety measures. Matching implements like mould board ploughs, reversible plough, post hole diggers, SCFD, pump, boom sprayers, reapers, axial flow threshers etc. C. Electric Motor (15 periods)
Fundamentals of electricity, units of measurements. Types of electric motors used in different pump sets for irrigation, tube wells, threshers, etc. Selection of electric motors.Care, maintenance and installation of electric motors, safety precautions in handling electrical appliances and motors. Use of volt meters, ammeters, megger, multimeter, checking a circuit, diagnosis of burnt-out motors, starter, installation of electric motor, checking of circuit, starter fitting and setting rotational directions of motor. Trouble shooting of electric motors and periodical maintenance. D. Irrigation Equipment ( 15 periods) Importance of irrigation and methods of irrigation. Types of pumps- centrifugal, reciprocating, etc., principles of operation and their constructional details. Selection of pumps for different irrigation systems like conventional, sprinkler and drip irrigation. Estimation of head, discharge and power requirement. D. Renewable Energy (10 periods)
Introduction to various types of renewable energy and their importance in Indian agriculture. Use of renewable energy sources like bio-gas, wind energy and solar energy in farms. Working principles of renewable energy gadgets like solar heater, solar dryer, wind mill and bio-gas plants. Common faults and corrective measures of those gadgets. [137]
APEG
TRACTORS AND THEIR SYSTEMS TRACTORS AND THEIR SYSTEMS SECOND YEAR PRACTICAL I Total No. of Practical classes = 25 Marks -100
A. Engine Overhauling ( 12 periods) Dismantling of engine, Cleaning and inspection of various principal parts. Taking measurements of cylinder liner, piston, piston rings, piston pin, small and big end bearings of connecting rod, crank pins and cam shaft journals and bores to assess wear and tear for reconditioning and replacement. Fitting of liner, piston rings and connecting rod, inserting piston assembly into liner and tightening of big end bearing at required torques. Assembling cam shaft, checking timing gear chain and timing. Reconditioning of cylinder head, de-carbonising, checking valves and springs, replacement of worn out valve seats, seat cutting and lapping, fitting valve guide and valve spring, checking valve seat for leakage, checking and fitting of a rocker arm assembly. (5 periods) Tightening of cylinder head with proper sequence and torque, adjustment setting of tappet clearance and assembling other attachments. Reconditioning of water pump, fan, checking of radiator, hoses etc. and their assembly. Checking of fuel and oil pumps for proper functioning and repair and calibration if required. Testing and pressure setting of injectors. Replacement of fuel and oil filters, damaged hoses, tightening of clamps, nuts and bolts, filling of fuel, oil and water, final checking lever if any. Starting operation and observing performance. ( 5 periods) Visit to reputed repair and service workshop to familiarize with techniques of crank shaft grinding, honing, pump calibration etc. ( 2 periods) C. Engine Trouble Shooting ( 3 periods) Cause and remedy of engine troubles. Does not start, irregular performance and lack of power, smoky exhaust, engine suddenly stops/ stills/engine knocking, overheating, low and high oil pressure, non functioning of various gauges etc, D. Tractor Systems ( 10 periods) Familiarization with different component systems and controls of a tractor. General cleaning, oiling and greasing of tractor, Checking and tightening of nuts and bolts. Checking fuel, oil and cooling systems and battery. Checking and inflating tyres, starting. Starting, running and stopping of engines, observation of different gauges and controls for functioning. Driving practice in forward and reverse direction. Familiarization with functioning of different systems like fuel, lubrication, cooling, hydraulic and electrical, their defects and remedies. Dismantling, inspection, repair, installation and adjustments of clutch, gear box, differential and final drive. Repair and adjustments and servicing of steering systems, front axle and braking system.
[138]
APEG
POWER TILLER, IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT & RENEWABLE ENERGY

SECOND YEAR Practical II Total No. of Practical classes =25 A. Power Tiller Marks -100 (6 periods )
Dismantling and assembling of major components of power tiller, their adjustments, repair, trouble shooting. B. Rotavator and Matching Implements (6 periods)
Dismantling and assembling of rotary tiller, their adjustments and repair. Study of different adjustments of power tiller matching implements like mould board ploughs, reversible plough, post hole diggers, SCFD, pump, boom sprayers, reapers, axial flow threshers etc. C. Electric Motors (5 periods )
Practice in the use of voltmeters, ammeters, megger, multimeter for checking of electrical circuits. Installation of electric motor, Setting of rotational direction of motor. Trouble shooting, periodic servicing and off season storage of electric motors. D Irrigation Equipment (4 periods )
Study of different types of pump-sets used for irrigation, Dismantling of centrifugal and reciprocating pumps, reconditioning/replacement s of damaged/worn out parts assembly of a centrifugal pump. Installation of a pump, prime mover, fitting of pumps, valves, pulleys and checking for correct alignment, priming operation and trouble shooting of centrifugal pump sets, carrying out periodical servicing. D. Renewable Energy Gadgets (4 periods )
Study of different types of solar heaters/dryers, horizontal axis and vertical axis wind mills and different types of bio gas plants like Deenabandhu, KVIC and others.
[139]
APEG
SUGGESTED LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Hajra Chaudhary S.K., Hajra Chaudhary A.K. and Nirjhar Roy. Elements of Workshop Technology. Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. Mumbai - 400007 2. 3. Hicks. Pump Operation and Maintenance. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi Jain S.C. and Rai C.R. Tractor Engine Maintenance and Repair. Tata Mc-Graw Hills Publishing Co.Ltd., New Delhi 4 5 6 7. Michael A.M. and Ojha, T.P. Principles of Agricultural Engg, Vol. I and Vol.II. Jain Brothers New Delhi. Nakra C.P. Farm Machines and Equipments Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Nai Sarak, Delhi 11006. Sahay J. Elements of Agricultural Engineering, Agra Book Company, Patna. Ghosh, R K and Swain, S. Practical Agricultural Engineering, Naya Prakash, Bidhan Sarani, Kolkata-700006 Bhattacharya, T.K. A Work Book of Practical Farm Machinery. Vol. I & II. Saroj Prakashan, Allhabad. 8 Khandelwal, K.C. and Mahdi, S.S. Biogas Technology, A practical Hand Book, Vol. I, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi. 9 10 11 Rai, G.D. Renewable Energy Sources. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. Rai, G.D. Solar Energy Utilization. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. Teaching Aids: Cut section, Charts and flow diagrams, Charts of Engine, Tractors, Power Tiller, combine, Mopeds, sprayer, duster and electric motorCut sections models of engine, electric motor, sprayers, Power tiller and tractor. Video films and slides.
[140]
APEG
Copy right reserved by Council of Higher Secondary Education Odisha, Bhubaneswar
Printed at :
ODISHA STATE BUREAU OF TEXTBOOK PREPARATION & PRODUCTION PUSTAK BHAVAN, BHUBANESWAR
[141]
COURSES OF STUDIES IN VOCATIONAL STREAM (PART-II)

BUSINESS & COMMERCE
Rs. 20.00
C ON T E NT S
Sl.No. Subject Page No.
1. 2.
3. 4.
English Modern Indian Language : a) Oriya b) Hindi c) Bengali d) Telugu e) Urdu f) Sanskrit g) Alternative English Environmental Education (E.E) Yo ga B.F.C. SUBJECT (GROUP D) Commerce Commerce Economics TRADE SUBJECTS GROUP - D (BUSINESS AND COMMERCE)
1 20 25 28 32 37 41 46 53 57
5. 6. 7.
58 60 61
8. 9. 10 . 11.
Accounting and Auditing Insurance Office Management Tax-Assistant
64 69 78 86
(a)
INTRODUCTION TO NEW COURSE STRUCTURE & DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN SUBJECT, HAVING PRACTICALS With the introduction of the New Course structure from the academic session 2008-09 basically to de-stress the students joining +2 vocational courses under the CHSE, Orissa, there will be yearly examinations at the end of 1st year and 2nd year classes. 1st year and 2nd year courses have been separated accordingly. The 1st Year examination will be conducted at the college / H.S. School level for 750 marks and the 2nd year examination will be conducted at the Council level for 650 marks. Marks secured in the 1st year examiantion shall be considered only for promotion of students to the 2nd year class and will have no bearing on the terminal examiantion, conducted by the Council at the end of the 2nd year. Pass certificates will be awarded to successful candidates basing on the performance in the Council examination at the end of the 2nd year only. DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN THEORY Group A Objective type - Compulsory 1. Multiple Choice (from all units) 1 x 5 = 05 marks 2. One word answer / Very short 1 x 10 = 10 marks answer/correct the sentence / fill up the blanks (from all units) Group - B 3. Short answer type bits of 2 marks each (7 to be answered out of 10 from all units) 7 x 2 = 14 marks
4.
Answer any 3 questions for all units (3 to be answered out of 5)
Group C Long Type 7 x 3 = 21 marks 50 marks
DISTRUBUTION OF MARKS IN PRACTICAL 1. (i) Major Experiments Theory and Procedure - 20 marks (ii) Tabulation - 10 marks (iii) Calculation & inference - 10 marks Minor Experiments (i) Theory a - 10 marks (ii) Tabulation Calculati - 10 marks and inference Bit Experiments Specimen / Sample / Sporting / any other specific project / materials preparation by the students. Viva Voce Records - 40 marks
1.
- 20 marks
1.
- 20 marks
4. 5.
- 10 marks - 10 marks 100 marks
external and Internal Examiners are requested to decide different experiments to be set during the course of examination.
(b)
B.C
SCHEME
OF
S TUDIES
FOR
V OCATIONAL
The following combinations in Vocational Business & Commerce Stream are allowed. Any deviation of this will not be entertained. Compulsory Subjects (Compulsory subjects English and M.I.L. carry 200 marks) each (100 Marks in 1st year and 100 marks in 2nd year) 1. 2. 3. English M.I.L. (Oriya / Telugu/ Bengali/ Urdu & Persian/ Sanskrit / Hindi/ Alternative English) Environmental Education The Environmental Education will be assessed at the college level for 100 marks (70 marks for theory and 30 marks for project work) at the end of 1st year + 2 course and the grades (A + A, B, C, D, in order of merit) are to be awarded by the college and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificate given by the Council subsequently. The grade secured in the Environmental Education (EE) will not affect the result of the candidate. 4. Yo ga Yoga will be taught as acompulsory subject and assessed at the College level for 100 Marks (50 Marks in Theory and 50 Marks in Practical). The Theory Examination shall be conducted at theend of 1st year class (11th class) and Practical Examination shall be conducted at the time of Test Examination iin 2nd Year (12th class) The grades are to be awarded by the college and the same shall be recerded in the body of the pass certificategiven by the secured in Yoga will not affect the result of the candidate. Ma rk s 70% and above 60% to 69% 50% to 59% 35% to 49% Below 35% Gra des Gr - A+ Gr - A Gr - B Gr - C Gr - D
(A student can Continue his / her study any one of the following TRADE subjects)
B.F.C. SUBJECT (i) (ii) Commerce Commerce
TRADE SUBJECTS .A. A. .INS. .O. M. .T. A.
(iii) Economics
[4]
B.C
ENGLISH
COmpulsory
[5]
B.C
[6]
B.C
2.
[7]
B.C
V. VI.
[8]
B.C
[9]
B.C
[10]
B.C
M.I.L (ODIA)
_ i L - 10 0

25 ê
[11]
B.C
[12]
B.C
M.I.L (ODIA)
icd - 3 N
[13]
B.C
[14]
B.C
M.I.L. (HINDI)
Distribution of Marks for M.I.L. (Hindi) Group - A 1. 2. Multiple choice for all units One word Answer /Correct the sentences/ Very short Answers /Fill in the Blanks (Objective Type) 1x15 =15 1 x 15=15
GROUP - B (SHORT TYPE) 3. Answer wuthin two/three sentences (Out of 15 bits one has to answer 11 bits) (From unit I, II & III) Answer within six sentences (out of eight bits one has to answer six bits) (From unit I, II and III)
2x11=22
4.
3 x 6 =18
GROUP - C (LONG TYPE) 7. Out of six questions from all units one has to answer 4 questines
7.5 X 4 =30
[15]
B.C
M.I.L. (HINDI)
+2 IInd Yr
***
[16]
B.C
BENGALI
(C omp ul sor y)
[17]
B.C
2 marks each
[18]
B.C
***
[19]
B.C
M.I.L (TELUGU)
UNIT II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. UNIT
[20]
B.C
[21]
B.C
M.I.L (TELUGU)
[22]
B.C
[23]
B.C
Arts/Sc/Com Stream
M.I.L (URDU)
7 Marks 7 Marks
[24]
B.C
7 Marks 7 Marks
20 Classes
24 Classes
16 Classes
[25]
B.C
i. ii. iii. iv.
Arts/Sc/Com Stream
SECOND YEAR
Q1.
[26]
B.C
[27]
B.C
[28]
B.C
M.I.L. ( SANSKRIT )
[29]
B.C
******
[30]
B.C
M.I.L. (SANSKRIT)
FIRST YEAR
1/2
1/2
18 10
22 15
80 Classes
Total
100
Sams krta prabh a
(G adya bhag ah)
1. 2. 3. 4.
[31]
B.C
1. 2. 3.

03.
(Stripratyaya)
( Samasa)

B )
and
Comprehension of
1.
2.
[32]
B.C
M.I.L. ( SANSKRIT )
: DHATURUPA
[33]
B.C
[34]
B.C

CO UR S E
S T R UCT UR E
18 10
22 15
80 Classes
Total
100 Marks
Sams krta prabh a
(G adya bhag ah)
1. 2. 3. 4.
[35]
B.C
1. 2. 3.

01. 02. 03.
01.
02. 03.
04

Com prehension
B)
Sanskrit.
2.
[36]
B.C
ALTERNATIVE ENGLISH
[37]
B.C
(b) (c)
[38]
B.C
[39]
B.C
[40]
B.C
(b)
(c)
(d) 2.
3. (a) (b) (c)
(d) 4.
[41]
B.C
( C om pu ls or y)
THEORY (70 Marks)

[42]
B.C
2.
3.
4.
[43]
B.C
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
[44]
B.C
YOGA (Theory)
YOGA (Practical)
[45]
B.C

+2 1st Year UNIT-I Computer Fundamentals : Necessity and uses of computer, what is computer?, Computer as a ystem, problem and problem solving technique, Important terminology, Input-Output levices, types of computer, (Digital, Analog, Hybrid, Super computer, Main Frame, Mini, JC, Note Book, and Laptop).Generation of Computer, Computer Memory, (Main, Secondary, /irtual. Buffer, Cache,) Computer Languages and its types. 8 Hours UNIT-II Operating System: types, software, Dos and Windows : Fundamentals and Commands , Security and Anti-virus Introduction to MS_OFFICE: MS- WORD: Creating a File, setting and typing text, page formatting, editing, printing, saving the files, creating Folders , Insertion tables and objects, Bulleting, Page Numbering, spell check, indenting , paragraph setting and mail merge, CD writing. MS-EXCEL: Spread sheet and its uses , an introduction, formatting work sheet, setting columns/Rows, range, Format, protect, sorting, types of graphs, functions and formula, printing text, copying and saving the document. MS-POWER POINT : Features, Uses, Menus, Toolbars, creating a presentation through auto context wizard, templates, manual slides show, saving, deleting, opening a presentation, Editing. MS-ACCESS: Data base, data base Management system, RDBMS, advantages and limitations of MSAccess, parts, tables, integrity constraints, relationship and designing tables. I5hours UNIT-III INTERNET AND COMPUTER SECURITY: Introduction to Internet, net browsing, Emails, Networking and its types, topology, computer crime, components required for internet, saving and printing the web files. APLLICATIONS: in Education, Medical Science, Business, Entertainment, Social services and Research etc. 7 hours For +2 1st year 50 marks theory examination and 50 marks practical examination. TOTAL HOURS: 30 (THEORY) AND 10 HOURS (PRACTICAL). PRACTICALS : DOS, Windows, MS-Office, web page, browsing, sending and creating a mail
[46]
B.C
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - I (BFC- I) IN COMMERCE

F IR ST Y EAR PAPER - I
Marks - 50 UNIT -I Accounting for Business : Meaning of Book Keeping and Accounting, Importance, objective, advantages and limitations of accounting. Branches of Accounting. Basic accounting terms. Capital and Revenue Receipts and Expenditures. Types of Account : Personal, Real and Nominal. Rules of debit and credit. Journal : Meaning and format : Steps in Journalising. Sub division of Journal - Subsidiary Books. Transactions recorded in Cash Book (all types), Sales Books and Purchase Book. UNIT - II Ledger : Meaning importance, need and format. Posting and Balancing in ledger accounts. Debit blanceand credit balance. Trial Balance : Concept, need and methods of preparation. Trading Profit and Loss account and Balance Sheet : Meaning, objectives and importance and preparation (simple). Meaning of gross profit, Gross profit, Net Profit and Net Loss.
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - I (BFC- I)

IN COM MER CE
F IR ST Y EAR PAPER - II
Marks - 50 UNIT -I Business : Meaning features, objectives and importance. Classification of business activities : Industry, Trade and Aids to Trade. Forms of business: Sole Propeieter, Partnership, Co-operative and Company. Their meaning features, merits, and limitations. factors considered for selection of a particular form of business. Office Management : Meaning importance and functions of an office. Filing and indexing. Business letter : Meaning and characteristics. Parts of a Business letter. Letters relating Enquiry, Order, claim and Complaint. UNIT - II Banking and Insurance : Meaning functions and importance of Commercial Bank. Meaning importance, objectives and types of insurance. Basic principles of Insurance. Insurance organisation in India. Tax : Definitionof Tax . Kinds of Tax. Direct Tax and Indirect Tax. Basic idea about Income Tax, Value Added Tax, Motor Vehicle Tax, Entertainment Tax, Local Taxes, Customer Duty, Central Excise Duty, Central Sales Tax.
[47]
B.C
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-II (BFC-II)

IN COM MER CE
S E CO N D Y E AR PAPER - I
Marks - 50 UNIT -I Cost Accounting : Meaning definition, objectives, scope, advantages and limitations of cost accouting Distinction between Cost Accounting and Financial Accounting. Cost : Meaning and importance. Types of cost: Fixed, Variable and Semi-variable cost. Direct cost and Indirect co s t . Element of cost : material, labour and overhead. UNIT - II Cost Sheet : Meaning, format and preparation, Prime Cost, Works Cost, Cost of Production Cost of Sales, Total Cost, Cost per unit. Types of Costing. Meaning and Use of job Costing and Contract Costing.
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-II (BFC-II)

IN COM MER CE
S E CO N D Y E AR PAPER - II
Marks - 50 UNIT -I Statistics : Meaning definition, importance, function, uses and limitations of statistics. Types of Data. Collection of Data : Primary and secondary. Methods of collection: Census and sample method. Classification of Data : meaning, objectives and types of Classification. UNIT - II Tabulation : Meaning and types of tabulation. Presentation of Data : Graph and Diagram Measurement of central tendency : Mean Median and Mode.
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-III

IN ECONO MICS
(HUMANITIES AND COMMERCE) S E CO N D Y E AR (Elementary micro Economics)
PAPER - I (Marks - 50) Unit - I Fundamental Concepts and Consumer Behaviour. (15 periods) Basic Concepts : Utility, Goods, Human Wants, Wealth, Value, Price. Laws of Consumption : Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility, Law of Equi-Marginal Utility. Demand: Its Meaning, and Law of Demand, Price Elasticity of Demand and its determinants. Unit - II Production, Cost, Revenue and Market structure. (25 periods)
[48]
B.C
Productions: Meaning, Law of Variable Proportions. Cost: Money Cost, Real Cost, Opportunity Cost, Fixed and Variable Cost, Total Cost, Average Cost and Marginal Cost. (Short run only) Revenue: Total Revenue, Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue. Supply: Meaning and Law of supply. Market Forms: Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition, Price and output Determination under Perfect competition. UNIT - III Distribution (15 periods) Rent : Contract Rent, Economic Rent, Recardian Theory of Rent. Wage : Money and Real wage, Determinats of real wage. Interat : Its definitions, Gross and Net interrest. Profit : Its Characteristics. Gross Profit and Net profit, Normal Profit and Abnormal Profit.
BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-III (BFC-III)
IN ECONOMICS
(Indian E c o n o m i c s, Mo n e y, B a n k i n g a n d S E CO N D Y E AR
PAPER - II
P u bl i c
Finance)
(Marks - 50) Unit - I Indian Economics (25 Periods) Characteristics of Indian Economicy, Structureal changes in the indian economy Agriculture : Its importance, Causes of Low productivity New Agricultural Strategy, Green Revoluation. Industry : Its Importance, Industrical Policy of 1956 and 1991. Population : Demographic Features of Indian economy Causes and effects of papulation Explosion population control measures. Poverty and Unemployment : Their causes, Poverty-unemployment alleviation Programmes. Unit - II Money and Banking : (15 periods) Money: Barter system and its inconveniences Definition and functions of money, Near money. Banking: Meaning and Functions of Commercial Bank Balance-sheet of Commercial Bank. Central Bank and its functions. UNIT - III Public Finance: (15 periods) Distriction between Public Finance and Private Finance, Sources of Government revenue, Direct and Indirect Taxes - Their merits and demerits. Public expenditure : Concepts of Revenue and Capital Expenditure, Plan and Non-Plan Expenditure, Developmental and Non-Developmental Expenditure. Budget : Meaning and Types of Budget (Balanced, Surplus and Deficit Budgets).
[49]
B.C
TRADE
SUBJECTS
ACCOUNTING AND AUDITING (Trade - I)

F IR ST Y EAR (Theory ) PAPER - I
Marks - 50 UNIT - I Accounting : Meaning, Definition, Importance, Functions, Advantages and Limitations. Types of Accounting Information. Branches of Accounting. Users of Accounting Information. Basic Accounting Terms : Transaction, Event, Voucher, Debit, Credit, Asset, Liability, Capital, Drawing, Income, Grain, Revenue, Profit, Loss, Expense, Expenditure, Stock, Goods, Depreciation, Purchase, Sale, Debtor, Cre ditor, Receivable, Payable. Accounting Concepts and Conventions. Accounting Equations. Types of Accounts : Personal, Real and Norminal. Systems of Account Keeping : Double Entry System - features, merits and demerits. Rules regarding debit and credit. Journal : Meaning features, format. Steps in Journlising. Simple and Compound Journal Entries. UNIT - II Subsidiary Books : Meaning, uses, format, advantages and recording therein, Purchase Book, Sales Books, Purchase Return Book, Sales Return Book, Bills Receivable Books, Bills Payable Book, Jurnal Proper. Cash Book - Single, Double and triple Colum Cashbook, Petty Cashbook. Bank Reconciliation Statement : Meaning Objectives and Preparation. Ledger : Meaning utility and format. Postings from Journal and Subsidiary Books. Balancing Subsudiary Books and Accounts. Trial Balance : Meaning, Types and Preparation of Trial Balance. Meaning Types, Detection, Errors disclosed and not disclosed by Trial Balance. Rectification of Errors. Suspense Account : Meaning and objectives. Rectification of errors through Suspense account. Capital and Revenue Transactions : Meaning and features. Capital and Revenue Income. Capital and Revenue Expenditure. Deferred Revenue expenditure.

F IR ST Y EAR (Theory ) PAPER - II
UNIT - I Marks - 50 Auditing : Meaning definition, objects, features, scope, advantages, and importance, Statutory equirements of Audit. Distinctions between Auditing and Accounting. Object of Audit : Primary and Secondary. Classification of Error and Fraud. Auditor : Qualification, duties and responsibilities. Types of Auditor. UNIT - II Types of audit : Continuous, Periodical, partial, interim, internal, external and statutory. Audit Technique, Audit, Procedure, test Check, Overall Checks Meaning and Importance of Audit Programme, Audit Note Book and Working paper. Internal Check and Internal Control : Meaning scope, objectives, advantages and limitations. Distnctions between internal check and internal control. Internal Check as regard to (i) Cash Transaction, (ii) Wage payment, (iii) Sale and (iv) Purchase.
[50]
B.C

S E CO N D Y E AR (Theory ) PAPER - I
Marks - 50 UNIT -I Final Accounts : Meaning use and preparation of Manufacturing Account, Trading Account, Profit and loos Account and Balance Sheet. Marshalling of assets and liabilities in the Balance sheet. Preparation of final accounts with adjustments, such as : Closing stock, Outstanding expense, Pre-paid expenses. Accrued income, Income received in advance, Depreciation, bad debt, Provision for Bad and doubleful debt, Provision for discount on debtors, Manegers commission, Interest on capital, Interest on drawings. UNIT - II Bills of Exchange and Promissory Note : Meaning, features, parties, specimen and distinctions between the two. Accunting for Trade bill and accmmodation bill, accepting, discounting endorsing, retiring renewal, dishonour and nothing. Introduction to Computer : Meaning and components of computer. Meaning of Input, Output, Storage Devices, Hardware and Software. Operating System : WINDOW XP or any advance version of WINDOW. MS Office 2003 or any advance version: Its use in creating naming editing copying deleting calculating presenting and printing documents. Use of Accounting Pakage - Tally.

S E CO N D Y E AR (Theory ) PAPER - II
Marks - 50 UNIT - I Voucher : Meaning, definition and objectives, Distinction between vouching and routine checking. Meaning and essential features of Voucher. Steps for vouching. Vouching cash book and other books of account. UNIT - II verification and valuation of assets and liabilities. Audit report : Meaning objectives and types. Company auditor : Qualification, appointment, remuneration, removal, duties. power status and responsibilities.

F IR ST Y EAR (Practical ) PAPER - I
Marks - 50 Preparation of bill, invoice, debit and credit note. Preparing subsidiary books and balancing them. Use of Ledger: Postings and balancing ledger accounts. Preparation of Bank reconciliation statement. Preparation of Trial blance.
[51]
B.C
Detection of errors and their rectification. Classifying expenditure and income into capital and revenue nature.

F IR ST Y EAR (Practical ) PAPER - II
Marks - 50 Preparation of a simple audit program. Identification and listing of errors and fraud. Classification of errors according to their nature. Preparation of audit note. Rectification through entries and with the help of suspense account. Drawing a corrected Trial balance and tallying Trial balance with the help of working papers. Suggesting internal check for different types of transactions.

S E CO N D Y E AR (Practical ) PAPER - I
Marks - 100 Preparation of Final accounts. Passing adjustment entries. Marshalling assets and liabilities in the Balance sheet. Preparation of Bills of exchange and Promissory note. Calculation of due date of the bills. Identification of components of a computer system. Operating a computer. Use of WINDOW commands. Create. modify, add, delete, edit and print file in MS Word and Excel. Preparation of Journal, Ledger and final accounts by using Tally package.

S E CO N D Y E AR (Practical ) PAPER - II
Marks -10 0 Preparation of voucher. Listing essentials of a voucher. Planning verification and valuation of assets and liabilities. Listing documents required for verification of different assets. Listing documents required for verification of different liabilities. Verification of individual assets and liabilities. Listing documents for valuation of different assets and liabilities. Valuation of individual assets and liabilities. Preparation of audit report.
[52]
B.C
Books PRESCRIBED (Accounting & Auditing) 1. 2. 3. 4. Accounting, Orissa Text Book Bureau. Double Entry Book Keeping by Juneja, Chowla & Saxena Kalyani Publisher. New Approach to Accounting by Bal, Sahoo & Das, S. Chand & Co. Principles of Auditing by B.N. Tandon, S. Chand & Co.
INSURANCE TRADE - 2
(Principle of Insurance and Life Insurance)
UNIT - I 1. Marks - 50
Meaning, nature, functions, Importance of Insurance. Insurance as a means to cover risk, Origin of Insurance and Insurance business, and its Scope in India; Concept of Re-Insurance and double Insurance. 2. Types of Insurance and their organisations in India / Objective and functions. Principles of Insurance. Insurance Contract - essentials and Classification, Principles of indemnity, and doctrine of subrogation and cause-Proxima, Insurable Interest, Mitigation of Loss. UNIT - II 1. Nature of Life Insurance, Life Insurance and other insurance comparision classification of policies, Annuities, classfication and Selection of Risks. Measurment of Risk and mortality table. Policy conditions in life Insurance - Conditions relating to Commencement of risk, Premium, Continuation of policies, Lapse Conditions and claim Conditions.
INSURANCE TRADE - 2
(Principle of Insurance and Life Insurance)
UNIT - I 1. Claculation of Premium :Types of Premium, Steps for calculation, Assumptions Underlying rate Premium. Calculation of Net Single Premium in different types of Policies - Term Insurance, whole life Policies, Pure Endowment Policy, Double Endowment, Joint life policy; Claculation of level of Premiums. 2. Surrender Value : Nature, and Meaning of Surrender Value : Bases of Calculating Surrender Value - Accumulation approach and saving approch. Forms of payment of surrender value. UNIT - II 1. Official Structure of life Insurance Corporation of India, duty of an Insurance agent, planning for life Insurance selling. Evaluation of life Insurance, Purpose of evaluation, Surplus declaration and distribution of bonus. Marks - 50
[53]
B.C
INSURANCE TRADE - 2
(Marine and Fire Insurance)
S E CO N D Y E AR (Theory ) PAPER - I
UNIT - I 1. Marine Insurance : Meaning and classification of Marine Insurance. Element of marine Insurance contract : Features of Genereal Contract, Insurable Interest, Utmost Good faith. Doctrine of Indemnity, Subrogation, warranties. Proximate cause, Assignment and nomination of the policy, Return of Premium. Description of the various clauses in a Marine Insurance Policy : Premium Calculation. Marine Losses. Payment of Claims. UNIT - II 1. Fire Insurance : Nature and Use of Fire Insurance. Fire Insurance Contract. Kinds of Policies. Policy conditions. Rate Fixation in Fire Insurance. Payment of Claim. Re-Insurance. Progress of Fire Insurance. Marks - 50
INSURANCE (Trade - 2)
S E CO N D Y E AR (Theory ) PAPER - II
UNI - I Marks - 50 Motor Insurance. Burglary Insurance Personal Accident Insurance. Employers liability Insurance : - Classification of Risk and Coverage, Policy Form. Employees State Insurance Act. Fidelity Guarantee Insurance : - Types of Policy, Application Form. Boiler explosion Insurance. UNIT - II Live stock and Poulty Insurance Crop Insurance Agricultural Pump set Insurance. Fishery Insurance. bankers indementy Insurance. Jewellers block Insurance.
[54]
B.C
F IR ST Y EAR (Practical ) PAPER - I
Marks - 50 Exposure to the forms related to Insurance and how to fill up: Whole life policy. Limited Payment whole life Policy. Convertible whole life Policy. anticipated whole life Policy. emdowment Policy. Marrage. education / an unity term assurance. various life insurance plans and Policies. existing policies and new policies from time to time. group insurance and its benefit. amount of sun insured how to pay the Premium. group super Annuation and group gratuity schemes. salary Saving Schemes. Premium Calaulation. age Calculation. agents Commission with Some examples. proposal froms and how to fill up them. general Principles to fill up proposal forms and Personal Statements. Confidential report of agents. Tax Rebate Calculation. Income Tax. Wealth Tax. Gift Tax.
FIRST YEAR (Practical) PAPER - II
Marks - 50 Difference in Rebate for different life Insurance plans. Conditions and Privileges of Insurance Policies. Policy Documents. Age Proof. Suicide / days of grace. Paid up - policy / Surrender. Assignment. Nomination. Statement of option. accident benefits. Documents to be used : Claim settlement, maturity claim Early Claim.
[55]
B.C
SECOND YEAR (Practical) PAPER - I
Marks - 100 Filling up the proposal forms for cargo, Hull, and freight Insurance. Understanding the implication of the important queries of the Proposal form. Understanding the Policy and its Various Cluases, interpretation of important Clauses with Actuarial Problems. determination of various types of Losses with mathematical Problems. Determination of the application of the doctrine of causa Proxima. drafting and filling notice of Loss. Filling up the claim forms. Settlement of claims. Acquainting the Students with Various types of documents necessary for the Claimants.
SECOND YEAR (Practical) PAPER - II
Marks - 100 Understanding the fire Policy and its Various clauses. Filling up the Proposal Form. Procedure of assignment and Insurance. Fixation of Premium. Procedure of renewal and Concellation of fire Policy. Acturial Problems in case of a Policy containing an average clause and also in case of reinsurance. Settlement of claim. Determination of Insurens liability. Drafting claim notice etc. Acquainting the students with the proposal forms for various types of Insurance. Claim procedure in each type of Insurance, Acquainting students with. Court bonds and government bonds incase of fidelity guarantee Insurance. Settlement of claims in case of important types of Insurance.
BOOK P RE SCRIBE D
(Insurance)
1.
a c _ V K cb ( c :_ : )Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
2.
a c ^ ZIR a â c Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
3.
i ] e Ya c ( i c \ KG a @ ^ a c )Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
4.
a a ]a c G a a c a K dPublished by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
[56]
B.C
5.
a c a m ^Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production Insurance - Principles and Practice By M.N. Mishra (S. Chand and Company LTD)
6.
OFFICE MANAGEMENT (Trade - 3)

UNIT - I Introduction : Meaning purposes, functions and importance of an office. Office Manager : Qualification, functions, duties and responsibilities of an office manager. Office layout and environment : Principles of lay out. Factors considered in physical layout. Office lighting. Features of an adequate lighting system. Office furniture : Types of office furniture. Factors considered for selcting office furniture. Centralised and decentralised office. Various departments of a modern office. Office Comunication : Meaning importance and medium of communication. Internal communication and Ext ernal communication. Communication. Communication Process - written, verbal and electronic. Barriers to communication steps for overcoming those barriers. factors considered for Selection of an appropriate communication system. UNIT - II Mail service : Meaning and types of mail service. Handling and disposal of mail. Organising Mailing department. Centralised mail service. Mailling arrangement with post office : Types of postal services. Mailing different types of letters. M.O and T.M.O. Electronic mail services (e-mail). Procedure for handling outward and inward mail. Supervising mailing service. Filing and Indexing : Meaning, features, advantages and importance of Filing system. Classification and arrangement of files. Methods of Filing. Indexing : Mening and types of Indexing. Marks - 50

UNIT - I Marks - 50 Office Forms and Records : Meaning purposes, advantages and types of office forms. Statements, Records and Registers, Issue Register and Diary Book. Form designing : Principles and factors of form designing. Designing different office forms, invoices, receipts and challan etc. Office Systems and Procedures : Meaning concept, characteristics, objectives of office procedure. Developing office procedures. Flow of work. Meaning and analtsis of flow of work. Problems in the flow of work. Steps for imporving effciency in office work : Aquaintance with Telephone Directory, Local Trade Directory, Railway Time Table, Flight Schedule and e-ticketing. UNIT - II Office Manual : Meaning and content of Office Manual. Information be included in Office Manual. Office Stationery and Supplies : Meaning importance and types of office stationery. Selection and purchese procedure,
[57]
B.C
Storage and Record and cost control measures for stationery and supplies. Maintenance of register of consumables and non-consumable stock. Training in Human Relations : relation with public, Relation with superiors / subordinates. Maintenance of Reception counter, Handling complains and suggestions.

SECOND YEAR (Theory ) PAPER - I
UNIT - I Marks - 50 Office Machines : Need, advantages and disadvantages of mechanisation of office work. Types office machines : Types writer, Duplicating Machine, Photo Copier, Calculating Machine, Pager, Franking Machine, Telephone, Cellular Phone, AccountingMachine, Fax Machine and Computer. Basic knowledge and operation of these office machines. Banking Operation : Types of Bank Account. Opening of an Account. ank Overdraft. Writing a cheque. Crossing a cheque. Bankers Cheque. Bank draft. Withdrawals and deposit in Bank account. Debit Card. Credit Card, Travellers cheque. Transaction through Automated Teller Machine (ATM). Core Banking Net Banking. UNIT - II Office Accounting : Maintenance of Cash Book - simple, with bank and discount column petty cash book. Preparation of Acquittance Roll of employeees and Bank Reconciliation Statement. Secretarial Work for Meeting and Conference : Meaning and types of meeting. Procedure for conducting meeting Notice, Agenda, Quorum and adjournment, Resolution, Human Resource Management : Meaning objectives, importance and functions of Human Resource Management. Meaning and importance of job Evaluation, Merit Rating and Training.

SECOND YEAR (Theory ) PAPER - II
UNIT - I Office Correspondence : Noting abd Drafting : Meaning and Importance. Business Correspondence : Style, design and drafting business letter. Parts of Business Letter - Heading Inside address, Salutation, Body of the letter, Complimentary close, Signature, Enclosure, Post script. Government Correspondence : Style, design and drafting different types of Government letters. UNIT - II Types Writing : Importance and historical development of Typing by the use of manual Typewriter to computer (word processor). Typewriter : Basic idea about various components and operation of the Typewriter. Manipulative control : Margin, Step, shift Key, Space Bar etc. insertion and removal of paper in and out of the type writer. Typing Alphabets, Numbers, Punctuations, and symbols. Computer : Basic of a Computer and Its operation. Components of computer and their use. Input and Output devices. Operating System : WINDOW. Use of WINDOW to create, access, edit, delete and print content of file. MS OFFICE : Creating editing printing, saving and exit word document. Use of various MS WORD commands. Marks - 50
[58]
B.C

FIRST YEAR (Practical ) PAPER - I
Marks - 50 Office Layout : Demonstration of an office set up in the classroom by arranging desks with emphasis on lighting ventilation and movement between inter related work seats. Preparation of a model office layout after visiting some ideal office under guidance of a teacher. Office work flow chart. Instances of bottlenecks and delay in smooth flow of office work and their removal with examples. Office communication : Use of Telephone, Cellular Phone, Internet and Intercom. Remitting and receiving messages through Telegram, Fax, Cellular phone and Internet. Developing skill in filing different postal forms like, M.O., T.M.O., Postal Order, V .P.P. Rates and Charges for different mailing services of Post Office and Courier Organisation. Mailing : Diarying and Marking Incoming Mails. Sorting numbering and addressing letters. Sealing Stamping and Booking Packets for Outward Mail. Filling : Materials required for filling : Different type of File Cover, Tag Pin, Clip, Stapler, Punching Machine, and FillingRack. Filling practies. Index : Numbering of Files. Tagging papers with relevant files. Preparation and use of Index for locating files and placing them back. Visit office for acquiring practical knowledge.

FIRST YEAR (Practical ) PAPER - II
Marks - 50 Office Forms : Filling importance forms like, T. A. Bill, Indent Form, Requisition Slip, Treasury Challan, Form for booking Railway and Flight ticket. Maintaining Dairy and despatch Register.
Office manual : Collection and study of one manual. Office Stationery : Making Tenders (Open and Close). Opening Tenders. Preparing Comparative Statement. Placing Order. Use of Bin card, Stores Ledger and Other type of Stock Register. Use of Suggestion Box and Complaint Box. Maintenance of Data cell and Record Management. Dealing with Tax related matters.
Office Relations :
[59]
B.C

SECOND YEAR (Practical ) PAPER - I
Marks - 100 Office Machines : Identification of components of various office machines. Handling and using the machines : Type writer, Photo Copier, Fax, Telephone, Cellular Phone and compoter. BankingOperation : Opening and operation procedure of different type of Bank account. Operating account through Pay-in Slip and withdrawal form. Preparation of Cheque. general and special crossing of a cheque. Developing skill on Endorsing cheque. Requesting for Bank Draft, Travellers Cheque and Bankers Cheque. Operation of Debit and Credit card. Office Accounting : Identification of cash and credit memos. Preparation of vouchers like debit note, credit notes, invoices, cash memos, bills receivable, bill payable, pay roll. Maintaining Cashbook and Petty Cash book. Secretarial Work for Meeting : Drafting of Notice, Minutes and Resolution of different meetings. Preparing Agenda for the meeting. Preliminary arrangement necessary for conducting meeting. Human Resource Management : Visit an ideal office and know about preformance appraisal methods and training procrdure adopted for skill development of the employees.

SECOND YEAR (Practical ) PAPER - II
Marks - 100 Office Correspondence : Drafting Letters for commercial and Government offices. Writing letters in different style and design to Bank, Insurance organisation, Agents and Debtors for collection of dues.
Writing Circulars letter, enquiries, reply to enquiries, complaints and claims. Type Writing : Typewriter : Identification of different components of the Typewriter. Exercise on the Typewriter. Position of fingers of home, upper and lower keys. Spacing, paragraphing centring tabular writing use of eraser, replacing ribbon. Manuscript typing. Computer : Identification of the components of a computer. Operating the computer. Use of WINDOW commands - Entering, processing creating adding, deleting, printing and renaming file and directories. Creating editing, modifying, adding, deleting and printing documents using a word work sheet. Use of various word commands. Accessing Network and sending e-mail.
[60]
B.C
BOOKS PRESCRIBED (Office Management) 1. 2. 3. Office Management and Administration by Sharma & Gupta Kalyani Publishers. Manual Office Management & Correspondence - S. Chand & Co. Office Organisation and Management by S.P. Arora (Vikash)
TAX ASSISTANT (Trade - 4)

FIRST YEAR (Theory) PAPER - I
(Marks - 50) UNIT - I Tax : Definition of tax, Kinds of tax, Direct and Indirect tax, Income tax and Sales tax. Entertainment tax. UNIT - II Draffing and Type Writing Idea of typewriting machine, use and importance operation of key board, Letter writing, Report writing, Precis writing, Office method, Filing and Indexing.
TAX ASSISTANT
(Trade - 4)
F IR ST Y EAR (Theory) PAPER - II

(Marks - 50) UNIT - I : Local Tax Municpal Law, Imposition of different types of taxes and its restriction. Computation of Annual value of holdings. Exemption of taxes, Appeal against Taxation. Grampachayat tax : Types, Appeal against tax. Motor Vehicle tax: Different authorities, licensing of drivers, Registration of motorvehicle, Penalities, Prosecution. UNIT - II : Value Added Tax (VAT) Concept, Application, Definitions of Assessees, Assessing Authority, Assessment of tax, Taxable goods, Taxable turnover Tax on Sale and Purchase Rates of tax.

SECOND YEAR (Theory) PAPER - I
(Marks - 50) UNIT - I : Custom Duty : Custom Act 1962, Meaning of Custom duty, officers appointed for customs ports, airports, Detection of illegal imported goods, Prevention and detection, Levy and Exemption. Conveyance, Clearance, Warehousing, Seizure Arrest Confiscation, Appeal and revision. UNIT - II : Central Excise Duty : Central Excise Act 1944, Study of various provisions Levy, Refunds & Exemption rules. Centrakl excise tarift, Export freetrade zone* Excise procedure.
[61]
B.C

SECOND YEAR (Theory) PAPER - II
(Marks - 50) UNIT - I : Income Tax : Concepts, Terminology, Heads of Income, Various Deduction out of Gross total income. Assessment of ncome Tax (Individual) H.U.F and non corporate assessess. UNIT - II : Wealth Tax : Concepts, exemptions, Valuation of Proper Assessment Procedure, Penalities, Calculation of Tax.

FIRST YEAR (Practical) PAPER - I
(Marks - 50) 1. 2. 3. 4. Taxation, Types of tax. Entertainment tax, Study of office Procedure, Methods of entertainment tas. Tax office and its functions. Drafting official correspondences for taxation purposes, Preparation of tax reports, Drafting of appeals. Type writing, Typing simple passage at a minimum speed of 30 W.P.M., Typing dictation within limited time.

FIRST YEAR (Practical) PAPER - II
(Marks - 50) 1. 2. 3. Local Tax, study of procedure with municipal and Grampachayat office. Its functions related to house tax, Property tax and licence Valuation of properties for tax purpose. Motorvehicle tax, drafting various documents, Identification of the forms relating to taxation. Exposure to office procedure of R.T.O. Familiarity with insurance rules, Third party & Comprehensive. Filling up of registration under different sections of different organisations. Preparation of Annual, Quarterly and Monthly Taxable turn over. Familiarity with office procedure, Uses of different types of forms and challans.

S E CO N D Y E AR (Practical) PAPER - I
(Marks - 100) 1. 2. Sales Tax (Central) : Filling up of Registration under different sections of different business organisations. Familiarity with office procedure and use of different forms and challans. Preparation of Annual sales return of different business organisation & Computation of Annual taxable turnover for central sales tax.
[62]
B.C
3. 4.
Custom duty : Drafting of various documents and related papers. Familiarity with all forms available in the office and department. Central Excise Duty : Drafting of various documents and related papers. Familiarity with all forms available in the office and department.

S E CO N D Y E AR (Practical) PAPER - II
(Marks - 100) 1. 2. 3. 4. Income Tax : Assessment of broad income sources of different categories of assessess classified on the basis of different salary group, professionals. Income Tax of small business houses, large size business houses and Industrial houses. Familiarity with different types of forms and chalans of income tax. Office procedure. Wealth Tax : Filling up of returns of wealth tax, chalan forms for payment of tax and enclosures. Familiarity with different forms available for wealth tax.
BOOK PRESCRIBED. (Tax Assistant)
1 . 2 . 3 . 4 .
K ei j d Kg l ( c :_ : )Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
K ei j d Kg l ( _ [ cb M )Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
K ei j d Kg l ( \ Z db M )Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
K ei j d Kg l ( Z Z db M )Published by ORISSA State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production
***
[63]
B.C
Printed at :
[64]
COURSES OF STUDIES IN VOCATIONAL STREAM (PART-III) SOCIAL SCIENCE, HUMANITIES ARTS & CRAFT
Rs. 20.00
C ON T E NT S
Sl.No. Subject Page No.
1. 2.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 . 11. 12. 13 . 14 . 15. 16 .
English Modern Indian Language a) Oriya b) Hindi c) Bengali d) Telugu e) Urdu f) Sanskrit g) Alternative English Environmental Education Yo ga B.F.C. SUBJECTS. (GROUP - E,F,G&H) History Political Science Economics. TRADE SUBJECTS. (GROUP - E-HOME-SCIENCE) Crech and Pre School management Catering and Restaurant Management. GROUP-F-HUMANTIES AND OTHERS Textile Designing. Tourism and Travel Technique GROUP-G-FINE ART AND CRAFT Painting Graphic Art Applied Art Modelling & Sculpture Craft
1 20 25 28 32 37 41 46 53 58 59 61 64 66 74 87 97 104 10 8 111 1 14 117
GROUP- H-PERFORMING ART 17. 18. 19 . 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. Odissi Vocal Hindustani Vocal Odissi Dance Pokhawaj Flute Violin Sitar Tabala Chhow Dance Drama. * * * 12 7 13 0 13 4 140 14 8 151 151 154 158 167
(a)
SCHEME
OF
STUDIES
FOR
VOCATIONAL SOCIAL &

CRAFT
SCIENCE ,
HUMANTITIES AND ARTS
The following combinations in Vocational Stream are allowed. Any deviation of this will not be entertained. Compulsory Subjects Compulsory subjects English and M.I.L. carry 200 marks each (100 Marks in 1st year and 100 marks in 2nd year) 1 . English 2. M.I.L. (Oriya / Telugu/ Bengali/ Urdu & Persian/ Hindi/ Sanskrit/ Alternative English) 3 . Environmental Education (Compulsory) 100 marks The Environmental Education will be assessed at the college level for 100 marks (70 marks for theory and 30 marks for project work) at the end of 1st year +2 course and the grades (A+, A, B, C, D, in order of merit) are to be awarded by the College and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificate given by the council subsequently. The grade secured in the Environmental Education (EE) will not affect the result of the candidate. 4 . Yoga : Yoga will be taught as acompulsory subject and assessed at the College level for 100 Marks (50 Marks in Theory and 50 Marks in Practical). The Theory Examination shall be conducted at the end of 1st year class (11th class) and Practical Examination shall be conducted at the time of Test Examination in 2nd Year (12th class) The grades are to be awarded by the college and the same shall be recorded in the body of the pass certificate given by the secured in Yoga will not affect the result of the candidate. Ma rk s Gra des 70% and above Gr - A+ 60% to 69% Gr - A 50% to 59% Gr - B 35% to 49% Gr - C Below 35% Gr - D GROUP-A (A student can opt any one of the following TRADE subjects from following Groups E. F. G & H) B.F.C. SUBJECT Group-E, F, G & H (i) (ii) (iii) Histroy Political Science Economics TRADE SUBJECTS GROUP - E (HOME - SCIENCE) 1. C. P. M 2. C. R. M GROUP - F (HUMANITIES & OTHERS) 3. Textile Designing. 4. Tourism and Travels Technique (GROUP - G) FINE ARTS AND CRAFT 5. Painting 6. Graphic Art 7 . Applied Art 8. Modelling Sculpture 9. Craft
(b)
SSHA
GROUP - H - (PREFORMING ART 10. Odissi Vocal 11. Hindustan Vocal12. Chhow Dance 13. Odissi Dance 14. Pokhawaj 15. Flute 16. Violin 17. Sitar 18. Tabala 19. Drama. INTRODUCTION TO NEW COURSE STRUCTURE & DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN SUBJECT, HAVING PRACTICALS With the introduction of the New Course structure from the academic session 2008-09 basically to de-stress the students joining +2 courses under the CHSE, Orissa, there will be yearly examinations at the end of 1st year and 2nd year classes. 1st year and 2nd year courses have been separated accordingly. The 1st Year examination will be conducted at the college / H.S. School level for 750 marks and the 2nd year examination will be conducted at the Council level for 650 marks. Marks secured in the 1st year examiantion shall be considered only for promotion of students to the 2nd year class and will have no bearing on the terminal examiantion, conducted by the Council at the end of the 2nd year. Pass certificates will be awarded to successful candidates basing on the performance in the Council examination at the end of the 2nd year only. DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS IN THEORY Group A Objective type - Compulsory 1. Multiple Choice (from all units) 1 x 5 = 05 marks 2. One word answer / very short - 1 x 10 = 10 marks answer/correct the sentence / fill up the blanks (from all units) Group - B 3. Short answer type bits of 2 marks each. - 7 x 2 = 14 marks (7 to be answered out of 10 from all units) Group C Long Type 4. Answer any 3 questions for all units - 3 x 7 = 21 marks (3 to be answered out of 5) 50 marks DISTRUBUTION OF MARKS IN PRACTICAL 1. Major Experiments - 40 marks (i) Theory and Procedure - 20 marks (ii) Tabulation - 10 marks (iii) Calculation & inference - 10 marks 1. Minor Experiments - 20 marks (i) Theory a - 10 marks (ii) Tabulation Calculati - 10 marks and inference
[4]
SSHA
1.
4. 5.
- 10 marks - 10 marks 100 marks External and Internal Examiners are requested to decide different experiments to be set during the course of examination.
Bit Experiments Specimen / Sample / Sporting / any other specific project / materials preparation by the students. Viva Voce Records
- 20 marks
[5]
SSHA
ENGLISH
COmpulsory
[6]
SSHA
[7]
SSHA
2.
[8]
SSHA
V. VI.
[9]
SSHA
[10]
SSHA
[11]
SSHA
M.I.L (ODIA)
_ i L - 10 0

25 ê
[12]
SSHA
[13]
SSHA
M.I.L (ODIA)
icd - 3 N
[14]
SSHA
[15]
SSHA
M.I.L. (HINDI)
Distribution of Marks for M.I.L. (Hindi) Group - A 1. 2. Multiple choice for all units One word Answer /Correct the sentences/ Very short Answers /Fill in the Blanks (Objective Type) 1x15 =15 1 x 15=15
GROUP - B (SHORT TYPE) 3. Answer wuthin two/three sentences (Out of 15 bits one has to answer 11 bits) (From unit I, II & III) Answer within six sentences (out of eight bits one has to answer six bits) (From unit I, II and III)
2x11=22
4.
3 x 6 =18
GROUP - C (LONG TYPE) 7. Out of six questions from all units one has to answer 4 questines
7.5 X 4 =30
[16]
SSHA
M.I.L. (HINDI)
+2 IInd Yr
***
[17]
SSHA
BENGALI
(C omp ul sor y)
[18]
SSHA
2 marks each
[19]
SSHA
***
[20]
SSHA
M.I.L (TELUGU)
UNIT II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. UNIT
[21]
SSHA
[22]
SSHA
M.I.L (TELUGU)
[23]
SSHA
[24]
SSHA
Arts/Sc/Com Stream
M.I.L (URDU)
7 Marks 7 Marks
[25]
SSHA
7 Marks 7 Marks
20 Classes
24 Classes
16 Classes
[26]
SSHA
i. ii. iii. iv.
Arts/Sc/Com Stream
SECOND YEAR
Q1.
[27]
SSHA
[28]
SSHA
[29]
SSHA
M.I.L. ( SANSKRIT )
[30]
SSHA
******
[31]
SSHA
M.I.L. (SANSKRIT)
FIRST YEAR
1/2
1/2
18 10
22 15
80 Classes
Total
100
Sams krta prabh a
(G adya bhag ah)
1. 2. 3. 4.
[32]
SSHA
1. 2. 3.

03.
(Stripratyaya)
( Samasa)

B )
and
Comprehension of
1.
2.
[33]
SSHA
M.I.L. ( SANSKRIT )
: DHATURUPA
[34]
SSHA
[35]
SSHA

CO UR S E
S T R UCT UR E
18 10
22 15
80 Classes
Total
100 Marks
Sams krta prabh a
(G adya bhag ah)
1. 2. 3. 4.
[36]
SSHA
1. 2. 3.

01. 02. 03.
01.
02. 03.
04

Com prehension
B)
Sanskrit.
2.
[37]
SSHA
ALTERNATIVE ENGLISH
[38]
SSHA
(b) (c)
[39]
SSHA
[40]
SSHA
[41]
SSHA
(b)
(c)
(d) 2.
3. (a) (b) (c)
(d) 4.
[42]
SSHA
( C om pu ls or y)
THEORY (70 Marks)

[43]
SSHA
2.
3.
4.
[44]
SSHA
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
[45]
SSHA
YOGA (Theory)
YOGA (Practical)
[46]
SSHA

+2 1st Year UNIT-I Computer Fundamentals : Necessity and uses of computer, what is computer?, Computer as a ystem, problem and problem solving technique, Important terminology, Input-Output levices, types of computer, (Digital, Analog, Hybrid, Super computer, Main Frame, Mini, JC, Note Book, and Laptop).Generation of Computer, Computer Memory, (Main, Secondary, /irtual. Buffer, Cache,) Computer Languages and its types. 8 Hours UNIT-II Operating System: types, software, Dos and Windows : Fundamentals and Commands , Security and Anti-virus Introduction to MS_OFFICE: MS- WORD: Creating a File, setting and typing text, page formatting, editing, printing, saving the files, creating Folders , Insertion tables and objects, Bulleting, Page Numbering, spell check, indenting , paragraph setting and mail merge, CD writing. MS-EXCEL: Spread sheet and its uses , an introduction, formatting work sheet, setting columns/Rows, range, Format, protect, sorting, types of graphs, functions and formula, printing text, copying and saving the document. MS-POWER POINT : Features, Uses, Menus, Toolbars, creating a presentation through auto context wizard, templates, manual slides show, saving, deleting, opening a presentation, Editing. MS-ACCESS: Data base, data base Management system, RDBMS, advantages and limitations of MSAccess, parts, tables, integrity constraints, relationship and designing tables. I5hours UNIT-III INTERNET AND COMPUTER SECURITY: Introduction to Internet, net browsing, Emails, Networking and its types, topology, computer crime, components required for internet, saving and printing the web files. APLLICATIONS: in Education, Medical Science, Business, Entertainment, Social services and Research etc. 7 hours For +2 1st year 50 marks theory examination and 50 marks practical examination. TOTAL HOURS: 30 (THEORY) AND 10 HOURS (PRACTICAL). PRACTICALS : DOS, Windows, MS-Office, web page, browsing, sending and creating a mail
[47]
SSHA
B.F.C. - I HISTORY OF INDIA

FIRST
UNIT - I 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. Sources of Indian History - (4 periods) Foundation of Indian Culture : Horappan Culture, urbanisition, Vedic Culture - (4 periods) Jainisim & Buddisim - (4 periods) Gupta Culture - (3 periods) UNIT - II Delhi Sultanate - State & Govt. - (3 periods) Culture of the Mughal Age : Religious ideas - Din - I- Ilahi, Architecture & Painting - (3periods) Revolt of 1857 - Causes & Consequences - (3 periods) Struggle for Swaraj - Formation of Indian National Congress, Role of Mahatma Gandhi - (4 periods) UNIT - III The cult of Jagannath - (3 periods) Formation of provience of Orissa - (3 periods) Quit India movement and its response in Orissa - (3 periods) (40 Periods) agriculture, Craft & Technology -( 3periods)
YEAR Full Marks - 50
B.F.C. - I WORLD HISTORY

SECOND YEAR Full Marks - 50
1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. UNIT - I Contribution of River Valley Civilisation - Egypt & China - 4 Age of Pericles - 2 Julius Caesar - Career and achievement - 2 Major religion - Christianity & Islam - 4 UNIT - II Renaissance in Europe - Art, Literature & Science, Geographical discoveries - 5 Industrial Revolution : Scientific & Technological developments - 2 American war of Independence : Causes - 4 Franch Revolution of 1789 : causes - 3 UNIT - III First world war - Causes - 3 Russian Revolution - Causes & Effects - 4 Second world war - Causes - 3 United Nations : Origin, Objectives & Structures - 4 (40 - Periods)
[48]
SSHA
FIRST YEAR Text Books Recommended : 1. History of India - Part I & Part II Published by Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Pustak Bhawan, BBSR. SECOND YEAR Text Books Recommended :
1 .
_ [ a A Z j i -I W g e R _ V _ K_ Y d Î_ K g î i b a ^ g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE
FOUNDATION OF POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT
FIRST YEAR Part - I Full Marks - 50
UNIT - I (A) Introducing Political Science a. b. (B) a. b. (15 periods)
Politics and Political Science : Meaning, Nature and Scope. State : Meaning, Need of the state and its elements, Distinction between :- (i) State and Society (ii) State and Government (ii) State and Association. Understanding Constitution : Constitution : Meaning and Importance Types - written and unwritten Rigid and Flexible. Constitution of India : Preamble Salient features. Machinery of State - I (10 periods)
UNIT - II a. Legislature In India (i) (ii) UNIT - III Machinary of State - II a. b. c. d. (15 periods) Executive : Functions, Types, Presidential and Parliamentary Executive in India : President, Prime Minister, Council of Ministers, Governor and Chief Minister. Judiciary : Importance and Functions. Judiciary in India : Supreme Court, High Court Judicial Review and Independence of Judiciary. periods) Bureaus Higher Secondary +2 Political Science Part - I. (Total - 40 Parliament : Composition Rajya Sabha, Lok Sabha Functions and State Legislatures : Composition, Functions. Presiding Officers.
Books Recommended : 1.
a e C y c c K( + 2 )e R ^ Z a m ^_ [ cb M
Published by Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar.
[49]
SSHA
POLITICAL SCIENCE
DEMOCRACY, NATION BUILDING AND IDEOLOGIES SECOND YEAR Part - II Full Marks - 50
UNIT - I (15 periods) (a) Democracy : Meaning, Direct and Indirect Democracy. Features of Democracy, Merits and Demerits, (b) Basic Concepts : Law : Meaning Sources and Types. Liberty : Meaning and Types. Equality : Meaning and Types. Rights : Meaning and Types. (c) Fundamental Rights, Fundamental Duties and Directive Principles of State Policy in the Constitution of India. UNIT - II (A) Dem ocra tic Process (15 Periods) (a) Party system in India : Nature and General Features. (b) Public opinion : Nature and Agencies. (c) Democratic Decentralization in India : Panchayati Raj and Urban Local Bodies. (B) Nation Build ing : a) Indian Federal system, Union - State Relations, Centralising Features. (b) Nationl Integration in India. UNIT - III (10 Periods) Major Political Ideologies (a) Liberalism (b) So cia lism (c) Gandhism Total - 40 periods Books Recommended : 1. Bureaus Higher Secondary +2 Political Science Part - II.
a e C y c c K( + 2 )e R ^ Z a m ^\ Z db M
Publishedby Orissa State Bureau of Textbook Preparation and Production, Bhubaneswar.
BFC-III-IN ECONOMICS
HUMANITIES AND COMMERCE ADMISSION BATCH 2012
UNIT - I (To be taught in 15 periods)
FIRST YEAR Part - I ELEMENTARY MICRO ECONOMICS Full Marks - 50
F und a m enta l concepts a nd consum er is behaviour. Basic concepts : Utility, Goods, Human Wants, Wealth Value and Price. Laws of Consumption : Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility Law of Equi-marginal Utility. Demand : Its meaning and Law of Demand, Price Elasticity of Demand and its determinants.
[50]
SSHA
UNIT - II Prod uction, Cost, Revenue a nd (To be taught in 25 periods) Production : Meaning and Law of Variable Proportions. Cost : Money cost, Real cost, Opportunity cost, Fixed cost and Variable cost, Total cost, Average co st and Marginal cost (Short-run only) Revenue : Total Revenue, Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue. Supply : Meaning and Law of Supply. Market forms : Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition, Price and output determination under perfect competition. UNIT - III Distribution (15 period) Rent : Contract Rent, Economic Rent, Recardian Theory of Rent. Wage : Money and Real wage, Determinats of real wage. Interat : Its definitions, Gross and Net interest. Profit : Its Characteristics, Gross Profit and Net Profit, Normal Profit and Abnormal Profit. Ma rket structure.
BFC-III-IN ECONOMICS
INDIAN ECONOMICS, MONEY, BANKING AND PUBLIC FINANCE
SECOND YEAR
Part - II Full Marks - 50

UNIT - I I nd ia n Econom ics (25 periods) Characteristics of Indian Economy, Structural changes in the Indian Economy. Agriculture : Its importance, Causes of low productivity New Agricultural Strategy, Green Revolution. Industry : Its importance, Industrial Policy 1956 and 1991. Population : Demographic features of Indian economy Causes and effects of population explosion Popul ation control measures. Poverty and Unemployment : Their causes, Poverty-unemployment alleviation programmes. UNIT - II Money and Banking (15 periods) Money : Barter system and its inconveniences, Definition and functions of money, Near money. Banking : Meaning and functions of commercial Bank Balance-sheet of Commercial Bank. Central Bank and its functions. UNIT - III Public Finance (15 pe riods) Distinction between Public Finance and Private Finance, Sources of Government revenue, Direct and Indirect Taxes : Their merits and demerits. Public Expenditure : Plan and non-plan expenditure, Developmental and Non-Developmental expenditure. Budget : Meaning and types of Budget (Balanced Surplus and Deficit budgets)
[51]
SSHA
CRECHE AND PRE-SCHOOL MANAGEMENT

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE
FIRST YEAR
(Theory) Part - I Full Marks - 50

1. 2. Early childhood Education : Its Need, Importance and scope. Child and his Behaviour : Human Behaviour : Psychology as a science of behaviour. Its meaning and scope. Methods of child study - case history abservation techniques. Child learning process. Nature of learning, Learning and maturation, Basic conditions. necessary for effective learning. 3. Child and his Education : The aims and objectives of Education. Meaning and function of informal and Non- formal Education. Role of a pre-school teacher . 4. Childs Health : Importance and condition of healthy growth. Importance of Health Education with special reference to Pre-School Child. 5. Pre -natal Development : Pre-natal and Post-natal development. Factors affecting Pre-natal Development. Mother care and some important child rearing practices. Child rearing and child Case-Roles and responsibilities of parents and teachers.
CRECHE AND PRE-SCHOOL MANAGEMENT

THEORY
FIRST YEAR
Part - II Full Marks - 50

Child Development : 1. 2. Importance of the study of child development with special Psychological Development : Social and emotional Development (Fear, Angee, Jealousy) cognitive and Language Development. 3. 4. Types of play and different factor influencing childrens play concept development (piaget method) Aesthetic development (dance, music, painting, drawing modelling etc., Exceptional children : Meaning types of exceptional children. (i) Gifted and Disabled (ii) Mentally retarded (iii) Physically handicapped : such as blind deaf and dumb reference to early childhood. Meaning of growth and development factors affecting growth and development.
[52]
SSHA
5.
Common early childhood problems (i) Thumb - sucking (ii) Nail biting (iii) Bed - Wetting (iv) Aggressian (v) Shyness.
PRACTICAL - I
Marks - 50
The student is 1.
required to prepare relevant records of activities.
abservation and recording of pre-school childs growth of height weight and arm circumference and preparing individual growth charts. (for 5 children of age group 0 - 1, 1 - 2, 2 - 3, 3 - 4, 4 - 5, each) Marks 5 x 5 = 25
2.
Preparing and using of toys made with low cost materials sensory, muscular, Language, intelectural a nd cognitive for training. Developing a toy library submission of records.
PRACTICAL - II
Marks - 50
1. Collection and recording of case histories are from each categories as given below : Important mile-stones of development (including home enviroment) 5 x 2 =10 (a) (b) a normal child (0 - 3 years and 3 - 6 years) a physically handicapped child (0 - 3 years and 3 - 6 years) 2. Organising developmental and learning activities (Through (a) Sensory and Marks - 10 play, games, story telling, field trips) for singing, painting) pasting, cutting, play, peer - group Pre-writing and Pre-reading skills) puppel - show) Observing and child before and after training activities.
mascular development (drawing, dancing,
(b) Social and emotional development (Role playing, modeling, interaction) Marks - 10 (c) Cognitive and language development (Story- telling, Marks - 10
(d) Aesthefic development - (Dramatisation, with marks, recording status of the Records should be maintained for these activities.
[53]
SSHA
2nd Year Theory - paper - I Marks - 50

Edu cati on of the Pre- Schoo l Ch ild
1. Aims and objectives of Pre-school care and Education. Innovations and Experiments in Pre-School care and early Childhood education. (i) Nursery (Montessari) (ii) kindergarten (Froeble) (iii) Pre-basic education (Gandhi) Child care and Early Childhood Education Programmes in India. (i) Creche (ii) Anganwadi (ICDS) (iii) Balwadi (iv) ECCE Centres. Methods of Pre-School Education Rappoart establishment with the child (At the time of admission and thereafter) Play way approach activity approach. Organisation and management of Pre-School centre. Physical environment. Record Keeping rappoart with parents and comunity members. Planning at daily programme and implementation. Evaluation : - Concept and need of Continuous evaluation. Tools of Evaluation : abservation record and their interpretation. Marks - 10
2.
3.
4.
5.
2nd Year Theory - paper - II Marks - 50

Health, Nutritian and child care :
1. 2. Food and Nutrition - Definition of Food and function of food importance of Nutritian. Nutritional deficiency diseases. Importance of breast feeding. (i) Advantages of Mother Milk (ii) Nutrients in Mother Milk (iii) Artifical feeding - Advantages and disadvantages of artificial feeding. (iv) Meaning - Meaning and its alternatives. Basic Principles for food preparation and administration Care of the new born baby (i) Immediate body cleaning, diet temperature regulation. (ii) Daily care of umbilicus, eye, ear, nose and mouth
3.
[54]
SSHA
4.
5.
(iii) Massaging and exercise. (iv) and Cleanring. Common childhood disease as (i) Meesles, Tetanus, Chicken Pox, Whooping Cough, Diptheria, Polio, T.B (ii) Diarrhoea and Dysentry - causes symptoms prevention and treatment (iii) Common childhood ailments First Aid -Its importance, contents of the first-aid, common home remedies. Immunisation - Need and Importance Types of vacines, immunisation Schedule
Practical - paper - I Marks - 100

(1) to observe teacher-pupil interaction. to establish rapporut with the pupils. to help adjustment of the pupils in the class room situation. to conduct games, creative activities, songs, dance etc with the children to use hand made toys and to examine their effe ct ivenes s to prepare charts, models etc as instructional aids for children To prepare records and register for pre-school management such as health record, teachers -daily, admission registers, attendance register stock register etc. Co-operation with the community A student is requested to carring out Home visits and guidance to parents Servey of the locality relating to children of creche and Pre-school age gap Organising Parents meeting Organising and Exhibiting childrens performance Celebrating festival in the centre or co-operation with the community Record should be maintained for all the above activities.
2. i) ii) iii) iv) v)
Practical - paper - II Marks - 100

(1) Observation of new born and Premature babies in hospitals Discussion with the mother and observation should be recorded (one case) (2) (3) (4) Feeding bottle sterilization and preparation of milk formula and its record. Meaning food preparation and its record 15 Marks 10 Marks 15 Marks
Maintain health and inemunisation cards of a pre-school child 15 Marks
(5)
Case study of a nutritional deficient child and its record 15 Marks
[55]
SSHA
(6) (7)
Discuss with parents regarding common ailments and Comunicable diseases their prevention and management preparation of report (0-3 one case) (3-6 one case) 15 Marks Demonstrate the oral rehydration formula to parents and community
CRM-TRADE : 1ST YEAR Theory - paper - I FOOD PRODUCTION TOTAL PERIODS= 40 Marks - 50
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Objectives of Cooking (2 Periods) Methods and Principles of Cooking Food (4 Periods) Moist heat, dry heat, microwave cooking Vegetables (2 Periods) Classification of vegetables, cuts of vegetables, methods of cooking, changes during cooking. Stocks and sauces (6 Periods) (a) Stock : Definition, ciassification, preparation & uses of stock (b) Sauce : Importance, Basic mother sauces with derivatives and uses, standard recipes, Soup (4 Periods) Classification with examples Basic recipes, Garnishes and accompaniments of different soups. Eggs (4 Periods) Structure of egg, Selection of Egg, Uses of egg, cooking of egg, different egg preparation. Fish (2 Periods) Classification, selection, cuts, cooking of fish (effect of heat) Cereal and pulse cooking (2 Periods) Varieties of cereals and pulses, cooking of cereal and pulses. Testure, consistencies, techniques used during pre preparation and preparation of food affecting texture and consistencies. (2 Periods) Kitchen Staff organization (4 Periods) Kitchen Brigade, Duties and responsibilities of different kitchen staff. Basic Culinary terms - Cookery, Bakery (4 Periods) Importance of Hygiene in food Preparation Personal Hygiene and General Hygiene. (4 Periods)
(v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) (xii)
CRM-TRADE : 1ST YEAR Theory - paper - II

FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE TOTAL PERIODS =40
Marks - 50
(i) Introduction to Catering Industry (5 Periods) (a) Types of Catering Establishment (b) Career Opportunities Staff Organisation in Restaurants (4 Periods) Hierarcny, Organistaion Chart, Duties & Responsibilities of different categories of staffs. (iii) Attributes of a Waiter (3 Periods)
(ii)
[56]
SSHA
Personal attributes - dos and Donts Personal hygiene : its importance (iv) (v) Restaurant Equipment (6 Periods) Crockery, Cutlery, Tableware, Glassware, Linen, Furniture, special equipment Restaurant Service (5 Periods) Mis-en-place, Mis-en-scene, Setting Covers, Receiving Guest Service at table, rules for laying the table, Rules to be observaed while waiting at the table. (vi) Types and styles of Service (4 Periods) English, French, Russian, American, Gueridon, Cafeteria, Snack bar. Buffet, Banquet, Fast Food service, Bar Service (vii) (viii) Types of Catering Organisations Menu (5 Periods) (8 Periods) Commercial, Welfare, Transfort (Air, Rail, Ship) Types of Menu, french Classical menu. Its courses
CRM-TRADE : 1ST YEAR Practical - paper - I FOOD PRODUCTION TOTAL PERIODS= 40 X4 =150 Marks - 50
Familiarization with the equipment, tools and utensils Cutting of vegetables. I nd ia n Prepa ra tions Rice : Different varieties (Boiled rice, Lime rice, curd rice, khichdi, poongal, pulau, biriyani) Breads : Chapatis, Parathas (plain & and stuffed), Poories, Bhaturas Dal : 6 varieties (different varieties of dal-plain masala dals, sambar, rasam dals with vegetables etc., Vegetables : 10 varieties (Dry, curry, basked, fried, kormas, paneer dishes etc) Eggs : 3 varieties (Curry, Bhujit etc) Fish : 3 varieties (Fried, curres, Regional speciality) Meat / Poultry : 6 varieties (Dry, with masala, curries, fried, cutlets, regional speciality) Snacks : 10 varieties (including pakoras, bondas, samosa, upuma, vadas dosa, idlies, chat, Regional specialty et c) Chutney, Raita : Ten varieties Sweets : 10 varieties (including halwas, kheer, burfies, ladoos, gulabjamoon, rasgulla etc.,) NB- Each practical- 4 periods 20 - Indian Menu Practical 20- Western Menu Practical with demonstrations and guided practice Each Menu consists of Indian Menu Indian Bread Rice
[57]
SSHA
Main Dish (Veg/Non Veg) Vegetable Sweet Contrental Menu Holds over/ samp Main Dish- with auompaniments vegetable Rice /Pas ta /Pa ta to /S we et Western Preparations Basic Stocks : White stock, brown stock, fish stock, chicken stock, vegetable stock Basic sauces : Bechamel, Voloute, Tamato, Espagnole, Holandaise, Mayonnaise Soups : Broths, Cream soups (5 varieties) Fish : Fried fish (orly, Colbert, meuniere, anglaise) Meat : 3 varieties for each type of meat including organ meats (ex, Stews, cutlets) Ve ge t a bl e s : 5 va rie t ies o f va get a ble s pre p arat io ns to b e s e rve d a s a ma in dish. Ve ge ta bl es S erve d a s accompaniments with meat and fish dishes (ex. Boiled, glazed, sauted gratinated etc) Potatoes : Boiled, creamed, baked, roast and fried potato, preparations Salads : 6 classical salads with basic salad dressings sandwitches : 5 types of sandwitches with different fillings Sweets : 5 varieties of hot sweets. 5 varieties of cold sweets (including trifle, fruit salad, mousse, jelly, custards etc) Eggs : Diferent types of preparing egges (ex. Boiled, poached, fried, omlets, scrambled etc.)
CRM-TRADE : 1ST YEAR Practical - paper - II FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE TOTAL PERIODS: (40 X2)=80 Marks - 50
(i) Description and Drawing of Table equipment with sizes. (5 Periods) Cutlery Crockery Furniture Special Equipment Nise-en-place (10 Periods) Cleaning and polishing restaurant equipment made of silver, glass, wood, copper, brass and steel, st ain removal and cleaning linen. Laying and arrangement of side board Laying and relaying of table cloth Laying and relaying of covers
(ii)
[58]
SSHA
(iii)
(iv) (v)
(vi)
(vii) (viii)
Different verieties and sizes of cover Serving the Meal (4 Periods) Welcomming and seating a guest Presentation of Menu How to take and record an order Service of dishes according to order Napkin folding (3 Periods) Demostration & Practice Types of service : Layout and service of (4 Periods) Classical Hordsdoeuvres National and International soups Other special dishes Ch e e s e Layout for Tray Service (6 Periods) Tray arrangement, loading and carrying for Breakfasts, Afternoon Teas, Lunch, dinner and snacks Service of Breakfast (4 Periods) table cover and service for different types of Breakfast Service of Beverages ( Periods) Hot Beverages Cold Beverage and juices Aerated waters and squashes Mineral waters
CRM-TRADE : 2ND YEAR Theory - paper - I FOOD PRODUCTION TOTAL PERIODS= 40 Marks - 50
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) Food Commodities (3 Periods) Brief knowledge of perishable and non-perishable food materials, selection, storage Salads and salad dressings Classification and types of salads, Parts of Salad, Different classical salads, Salad dressings (2 Periods) Leavening Agents (1 Periods) Different leavening agents, their uses Meat (4 Periods) Types of meat, cuts of meat (lamb, mutton, pork, poultry, game), their methods of cooking Regional cuisine of India (15 Periods) Oriya, Bengal, Awadh, Mughlai, Hyderabad, Kashmiri, Gujurati, Maharastrian, punjabi, South India, Indian Bread, Sweets and Snacks. Basic Chinese cooking (4 Periods) Accompaniments and Garnishes (2 Periods) Convenience foods (1 Periods)
(vi) (vii) (viii)
[59]
SSHA
(ix)
Basic Bakery (8 Periods) Basic principles of baking, Different types of bread and methods of preparation, faults and remedies. Different types of pastry, preparation, fault and remedies. Different types of cake, preparation, faults and remedies. Different types of Biscuits and cookies, preparation, faults and remedies.
CRM - TRADE : 2ND YEAR Theory - paper - II FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE TOTAL PERIODS=40 Marks - 50
(i) Non Alcoholic Beverages (3 Periods) Classification, Stimulating, Nourishing, Refreshing Tea - Types and preparation Coffee - Types and preparation Alcoholic Beverages (1 Periods) Introduction, Classification. W ine s (6 Periods) Types, General Manufacture, Service Spirits (8 Periods) Classification, Manufacture, Alcoholic contents, Service knowledge about different spirits Beer : Manufacture, types storage, service (2 Periods) Bar Operations (6 Periods) Main Bar, Dispense Bar, equipment required Banqu et s (2 Periods) Types, Sitting arrangements, Service in different types of banquets Buffet (2 Periods) Types of Buffet, Buffet menu, Buffet operation Outdoor Catering (2 Periods) Planning for outdoor catering, check-lists Control System (4 Periods) Necessity, KOT, Bills and procedures, standard Breakfast & High tea (4 Periods) Types of breakfast, Breakfast service in room, Table service of Breakfast, Setting of Breakfast buffet, Breakfast and high tea menus.
(ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi)
[60]
SSHA
CRM-TRADE : 2ND YEAR Practical - paper - I FOOD PRODUCTION

INDIAN TOTAL= (40 X4) = 160 PERIODS
Marks - 100
Tandoor Items : Bre a ds - Naan, rotis, roomalies Fis h - 3 varieties (including tikkas, masala stuffed fish) Meat/Poultry - 2 mughlai specialties, different types of kebabs, tandoori chicken Bakery : Bre ad - Different types of breads : plain bread, enriched bread roll (different shapes), crusty bread Cakes - Sponge, Madeira cake, angel cake, fruit cake, chocolate cake, swiss rool Icings - Butter and glaced Biscuits/Cookies - 4 varieties Pa s t ri e s - short crust, flaky / puff pastry : patties choux pastry-eclairs
WESTERN
Derivatives of basis sauces Horsd oeuvre - 3 varieties of classical horsd oeuvre Soups - Consomme - 3 varieties Chicken - 5 varieties (Maryland, kiev etc., including classical styles of preparation) S a l a ds - 3 decorative salads Sweets - 7 varieties including charlotte, souffles (hot and cold), pancakes, fritters, bavarois etc.
CHIN ES E
Soups Noodles and Rice Chicken and meat Fis h 4 4 4 4 varieties varieties varieties varieties Practical Each Class constition 4 periods 15- Indian Menu 10- Backery 10-Western Menu 5- Chiness Menu With demonstrations and guided practice.
[61]
SSHA
CRM TRADE : 2ND YEAR Practical - paper - II FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE TOTAL PERIODS= 80(40X2) Marks - 100
(i) (ii) Revision of Mise-en-place, Serving Meals, Napkin folds (5 Periods) Service of Alcoholic Drinks (10 Periods) Presentation of menus Order taking practical for alcoholic beverages Service of wine (presentation, opening wine bottle and service) Service of spirits Service of Liquors, Cocktails and Aperitifs Restaurant Organisation (4 Periods) Model sketch of staff Roasters and Restaurant diary (Drawing of plans for different types of restaurant including Bar/cocktail bar and orchestra stage etc.) Banqu et s (7Periods) Drawing of Table Plans, Banquet memorandum, arrranging place cards in order. Sitting arrangements and service for different types of banquets /function Buffets (8 Periods) Drawing of layout for different types of buffets : wedding reception, tea and dinner buffets with different s t a tio ns Planning for different outdoor catering services (6 Periods)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS (FOOD PRODUCTION)

Sl No Na m e of Book 1. Practical Cookery 2. 3. 4. 5. Theory of Catering Theory of Cookery Modern cookery for teaching & trade Vol I & II Herrings Dictionary of Classical & Mordern Cookery Chef manual of kitchen management The Professional Chif The Book of Ingredients Indian Food Oxford Author Publisher Victor Ceserani & ELBS Ronald kinton Victor Ceserani & ELBS Ronald kinton Mrs. K. Arora frank Brothers Thangam Philip Orient Longman Walter Bickel Fuller, John Le Rol A. Polsom Jane Grigson K.T. Acharya
6. 7. 8. 9.
[62]
SSHA
10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
Art of Indian Cookery Prasad-Cooking with Ma s t e rs Larousse GastronomiqueCookery Encyclopedia The complete Giude to the Art of Morden Cookery Professional Chef
Rocky Mohan, Roli J.Inder Singh Kalra Paul Hamlyn Escoffier S a ra s wa t Aller Publisher Pvt.
LIST OF REFERENCE BOOKS (FOOD & BEVERAGE SERVICE)

Sl No Na m e of Book 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Mordern Restaurant Se rvice Food & Beverage Service Training manual The waiter Wines and spirits Food and Beverage Control Food & Beverage Service Food Service Facility Planning The Waiter & Waitress Training manual Bar Service J.H. Coombs Publishers London Catering Food and Drinks Book Food & Beverage management & Service Professional Food & Master Dictionary of Food and Wines Profitable Menu Planning John Drysale Running your restaurant Running your own Pub R.H. Johnson Stanley Wright Hutchinson Hutchinson Institute of American Hotel and Hotel Association Brain Varghese Joyee Rubash Mcdonald & Evans Sudir Andrews A.C. Curry & John Fuller A.L. Simon Richard Kotas Benard Davis D.R. Lillicrap Eward Kazarian Co. west port Connecticut Dahmer Van Nostrand, Reinhold Newyork Barrie and Jenki The Mande IIand Tata Megraw Hill Stering book House Mumbai Charles Skilton International Text Book Co Edward Arnold The AVI Publishers John Fuller Hutchinson Author Publisher
Beverage Service Management
[63]
SSHA
17.
Principles of Food, Food & Beverage & Labour costs in Food Service Organisation
Paul R.Dittmer
18.
Controling & Analysing cost in Food & services Operations
Elmer Kalio
Sons Inc
19.
Food Service Institutions
West, word & Harger
John Willy & So ns Sydney Shilendral Nath
20 . 21.
Hotel Feasibility Report Catering Management an Integrated Approach
Pandit Hotel Publ. New Delhi Surjeet Malhan
TEXTILE DESIGNING (T.D) COURSE STRUCTURE

1st Year (XI class) Theory - I Theory - II Testile Science Testile Science & Dyeing Full Marks - 50 Full Marks - 50 Full Marks - 50 Full Marks - 50 Total Marks - 200 2nd Year (XI class) Theory - I Theory - II Basic Testile Designing Enterpreurship & Testile Management Practical - I Dyeing & Printing Practical - II Fabric Designing Full Marks - 50 Full Marks - 100 Full Marks - 100 Total Marks - 300 Full Marks - 50
Practical - I Fibre and Fabric Practical - II Textikles
CLASS - XI
Paper - I Te x t i l e S c i e n c e Theory 50 Marks Unit - I Classification and identification of Testile fibres. Natural Cellulosic Fibres Natural Protein Fibres 10 cla ses
[64]
SSHA
Unit - II Loom
Man made fibres Mineral and Miscellaneous fibres Simple, Fancy or Complex yarns Spinning methords Yarn making Twist in yarn, yarn strength and yarn count (8 cla ses) History, Types, Parts Shedding, Picking, Battening
Classification of yarns
Primary motions Secondary motions Count of the cloth Preparation of warp W e ave s Basic Knitting Unit - III Finis he s
- Taking up and letting off - Warp and weft Basic and fancy weave Fa nc y Jacguard, dobby, Lano etc.
- Plain, Twill, Satin and Sateen weave - PurI, Knit and their variation
(12 cla ses)
Preliminary treatment (Basic) Bleaching, Scouring, singeing Mechanical finishes Brushing and shearing Chemical finish Beetling Calendaring, Tentering, Moireing, Embossing, Glazing, Napping, Weighting, Sizing, Sanforizing. Mercerizing, Crease resistant repellant, flame proof. finish, Water proof and water
CLASS - XI
Paper - II Textile Scie nce & Dye ing Theory 50 Marks 1 0 cla ses Unit - I D ye s Classification - Vegetable, animal and mineral dyes Artificial dyes synthtic dyes (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) Direct dyes or salt dyes Ba s ic dye s Acid dyes Sulphur Mordant
[65]
SSHA
(vi) (vii) Unit - II
Va t Developed colour 8 cla ses
Chemical constitution and theory of dyeing Chemistry of dyeing Dyeing of different textile libres and fabrics Stages of dyeing (stock, top, Yarn, piece, union, cross and dope) Resist Dyeing (i) (ii) Unit - III Printing General theories & printing Types Hard printing Machine printing Block and Screen Direct roller, Printing, discharge printing, resist printing, pigment printing. Tie and Dye Bat ik 12 cla ses
Method of printing Auxiliaries used in printing Stains - Classification : Animal, Vegetable, Oil based and mineral Removal of staine Precautionary measures.
CLASS - XI
Paper - I Te x t i l e s Pract ical 20 Clase s p e r we e k 0 1 clases = 3 p er iod s 50 Marks Unit - I Unit - II Unit - III Count and Balance of cloth of various types of fabrics Knitting and Knotting Basic Ribbing 4 types of Designs Knitting Booties / Socks for Baby Knitting of Bonnet for Baby Carpet making by knotting 2 cla ses Parts of Handloom & their functions 8 cla ses 2 cla ses
[66]
SSHA
Unit - IV Finishing Sizing Bleaching
8 cla ses
Preparation of stiffening agents and their application.
CLASS - XI
Paper - II Fib r e and Fab ric Pract ical 50 Marks Unit - I Unit - II Unit - III Unit - IV Stain Removal Method of stain Removal Animal stain - Blood, perspiration Vegetable - Grass, Fruits juice, curry Oil based - Grease, paint, Lipstic Mineral - Iodine, Rust, Ink red / Blue Miscellaneous - Nail polish, Scorch W ea vs Samples of plain, Twill and Satin weave and its variation to be prepared Collection of sample of weaves 4 cla ses Study of yarns Simple - Single, Ply, Cord, core Complex - Slub, Flock Twist type - Z and S twist 6 cla ses Identification of Different Textile Fibre (Cotton, Silk, Wool) Visual Inspection Microscopic test Burning test Solubility test 4 cla ses 6 cla ses
[67]
SSHA
CLASS - XI
Paper - I B a si c Te xt il e De si g n in g Theory 30 Clases per week 1 clases = 3 periods 50 Marks Unit - I Indian Traditional Textiles 1 2 c ls es Woven - Patola, Pochampalli, Bandha, Bomkei, Brocades, Chanderi, Paithani, Himru, Maheswari, Jamdhani etc. Printed Sanganeri, block, Khadi, Embroidered : Kasida, Chikankari, Kantha, Chamba,Kasuti, Applique. Kutch and Kathiawar, phulkari, Manipur, embroidery Printed Kalamkari, Madhubani Plain woven fabrics - Dacca Muslin, Calico & chintz, Tassar, Kota, Doria Design types : Placement, motif and its classification Unit - II 1. 2. 3. Design perspective Perspective, Rendering Techniques of composition, interpretation of design, filling of simple shapes Relation of craft technique to drawing & designing on textile artcles understanding the repeats in terms of basic fabric structure. Placement of design : all over,scattered, corner, central border etc. Arrangement of figure and patt ern. Unit - III 1. 2. Origin, histroy & technique of the following traditional and creative crafts :Batik, Tie & Dye, Stencil, Hard painting (Fabric), Flock transfer Use of computer in Textile Designing. Layout of different articles
CLASS - XII
Paper - II En t r e p r e n e ur sh ip an d Te xt il e u ni t M an age me nt Theory 50 Marks Unit - I Terminology and concept of Retailing and Merchandising Meaning and scope of Business Definition of Business Activities (Trade, Industry, Commerce and Direct Service) Characteristics of Market Creation of utility, Enterprise, Profit, calsulation, Risk,factors and future success, Exchange of money and sale 12clases
[68]
SSHA
Unit - II Definition and Types of Business Individual, Partnership Co-operative Private and Public Limited Unit - III Production Management 12clases (Handloom and power loom sector) Location of Unit. Land Communication Factors for selection Availability of Raw Materials Proximity of market Availability of Technical Services Cheap and skilled labourer Power and Fuel. 6cla ses
CLASS - XII
Paper - I Dye ing and P rint ing Pra ctic al 30 Clases per w eek 1 c lase s= 3 peri ods
100 Marks Unit - I Unit - II Unit - III Unit - IV 6 cla ses Dying with Indegeneous Dyes Preparation of cloth Application of dyePomergranate, Henna, Turmeric and other flower andVegetables (4 types) 10 cla ses Batik Dyeing Preparation of Cloth and Design Wax throwing and splashing Single colour / Multi Colour Cra cks De waxing and Ironing 6 cla ses Tie and Dye Preparation of sample Folding and knotting Stiching and Bandha Dyeing 4 cla ses Stencil Painting Preparation of Stencils
[69]
SSHA
Unit - V -
Printing by spraying Printing by Drybrush, sponge 4cla ses Block Printing Preparation of Dye Application of Block on gabric Hand printing
CLASS - XII
Paper - II F eb ric De s ig n in g Practical
100 Marks Unit - I Unit - II Unit - III Unit - IV Unit - V (4 clases) Elements of Design and their application (Line, Form, Shape, Texture, Value, Pattern) Principles of Design (Harmony, Emphasis, Proportion, Balance and Rhythm) Design types - Strctural and Decorative Colour Schemes and their application (8 clases) Hand Embroidery Samples of Basic stitches (Running, Back, Herring bore, Fly, cable, Knot, French knot, Feather, Filling and chikankari) Make an album of Indian Embroidery (8 clases) Woven Designs Selection of Warp and weft Development of step pattern Development of stripped Design Development of checked Design (6 clases) Preparation of suggested themes for designing Natural Floral Birds and Animals Traditionsl Tribal / Folk art Geometric (4 clases) Apparel Designing For Children - 2 types For Adolescents - 2 types.
[70]
SSHA
TOURISM AND TRAVEL TECHNIQUE 1ST YEAR ELEMENTS OF TOURISM

(Theory) Paper - I
50 - Marks
Concept of Tourism : Concept and meaning of Tourism, Brief Histroy of Travel & Tourism, Definition of Domestic and International Tourists, Inbound and Outbound Tourists, Benefits of Tourism, Motivation for Travel and tourism. Tourism I nd ustry : Nature and Characteristics; Constituents of Tourism (i) Tourism Attraction, (ii) Accommodation, (iii) Catering (iv) Shopping (v) Entertainment, (vi) Transport, (vii) Guiding Tourism Orga niz ation : Role and Function of National Tourist Organisations, ITDC, State Tourism Departments and Corporations, National Trade Associations (IATO, TAAI, FHRAI), International Organizations : (WTO, WTTC, PATA) Com puter Applications in Tourism Basic of Computers : Components of Computers, Operating Systems DOS, WINDOWS, M.S. Office, Types of Languages and Packages. Application of omputers : Word Processing, Spread Sheet, Website & E.mail.
1ST YEAR TRAVEL TRADE

(Theory) Paper - II
50 - Marks
Role & F unctions of Travel Tra d e Definition of Travel Agency, Different between Travel Agency & Tour Opertor, Organisation of package Tours, Special Interest Tours like Incentive Tours, Adventure Tours, Conducted Tours. Passport, Visa, Entry formalities & Cargo Handling Conferences and Conventions, Preparation of Itineraries ACCOMMODATION AND HOSPITALITY OPERATIONS Hotel Industry : Classification & Type of Hotels, Components of Hotel, Alternatives Hotel. F ront Office Opera tions : Organization of Front office, Manpower Development, Functions, Reservation and Reception, Cash and Billing Corddinatiom with other Departments, Guest Handling Procedure, Check-in and check-out. House Keeping : Meaning and Objectives, Organizational Structure, Duties and Responsibilities of Housekeeping Staff. F ood a nd Bevera g e Services : Meaning Manpower Structure, Menu, Restaurant Layout, Kitchen Layout
[71]
SSHA
2ND YEAR TOURISM PRODUCTS

(Theory) Paper - I part -I
50 - Marks
I ntrod uction : Meaning and Concept of Tourism Attractions & Products, Types of Products- Natural Man-made and OtherProducts. Na tura l : Beaches - Kovalam, Calangute, Puri, Gopalpur, Marina, Chandipur; Lakes & Lagoons - Chilika, Dal, Udayapur Rivers : Mahandhi, The Ganga, Godavari, Narmada, Yamuna, Brahmaputra Forest & Wildlife - Kaziranga, Bhitarkanika, Jim Corbett, Similipal; Hill Station - Shimla, Manali, Kodaikanal, Ooty, Darjiling, Shillong, Mahabaleswar Land and landscapes, Is la nds. Ma n-m a d e : Buddist Resources : Bodhagaya, Sarnath, Udayagiri, Lalitgiri, Ratnagiri, Dhauli, Sanchi, Ajanta, Hindu : Four Dhams - Badrinath, Ramesnwaram, Puri, Dwarka, 12 Jyotirilingas, Vaishnoodevi & Tirupati, Temple Khajuraho, Ellora, Bhubaneswar, Madurai, mamallapuram ; Sikhism : Amritsar, Islamic - Ajmer, Delhi (Red Fort & Qutaminar) Agra & Fatehpur Sikri, Jain - Srabanbelgola & Khandagiri. Other : Amusement Parks : Essel World, water Kingdom, Nicco Park; Museum & Art Galleries : National Museum, Kolkata, Salarjung Museum, Hydarabad, State Museum, Bhubaneswar, Prince of Wales, Mumbai; Fair & Festivals - Rath Yatra, Kumbh Mela,Pushkar, Konark Festival, Taj Mohotsav, Surajkund, Omam, Pongal, Bihu & Baisakhi, Khajuraho Festival; Shopping : Handicrafts & Handloom Products,Souvenir Shops & Shooping Arcades, Sports and Adventure Events; Planetariums.
2ND YEAR TOURISM PROMOTION & MARKETING

(Theory) Paper - II I n tr o d u c ti o n Definition of Marketing, Understanding Tourism Market, Difference between Selling and Marketing; Special feature of Tourism Marketing; Marketing Concepts, Elements of Marketing. Ma rket Seg m entation a nd Ta rget Ma rketing Market Segmentation, Identifying Target Market, Profile of Tourists and Tourism Generating Markets Ma rketing Mix : Concept and Elements of Marketing Mix - Product, Price, Place, Promotion; Participation in Tourism Fairs and Travel Marts. Tourism Com munication
Meaning & Importance of Tourism Communication, Forms of Communication : Advertising, Publicity, Travel Literature, Personal Selling, Press and Media and Public Relations.
[72]
SSHA
1ST YEAR ELEMENTS OF TOURISM

Paper - I PRACTICAL
50 - Marks
Pract ical 1. 2. 3. 4. Visit to the local Tourism Office of your State to know their duties and functions, demand, infrastructural facilities, types of tourists visiting different places and prepare a report. Make a survey of any10 tourist visiting your State, to know their perceptions about vailability of accommodation, transportation and other infrastructural facilities and prepare a report. Visit of Travel Agency / TourOperator to know about the motivation of different types of tourists visiting different places & prepare a report. Preparation of a consolidated Project Report &Presentation.
COMPUTER APPLICATION IN TOURISM 1. 2. 3. 4. Practical on PC awareness and usability Typing Letters, knowledge of Fax, Internet and E.mail Preparation of Mailing List of Customers Storage and Retrieval of information of cusromers and creation of data base.
1ST YEAR TRAVEL TRADE

Paper - II PRACTICAL
50 - Marks
Pra ctica l : 1. Visit to the Office of an Airline / Travel Agency to study its functions and working patterns (Especially relating to Tour Packages / Marketing Strategy, Passport & Visa Formalities, Entry / Exit Formalities, Currency Regulations, etc.) 2. 3. 4. 5. Reading the Airlinee and Railway Time Table to know the types of aircraft and trains, class of travel, types of fares, etc. Preparation of Itineraries Practical exercise to study check-in / check - out procedures of hotels. Preparation of Project Report and Presentation.
[73]
SSHA
2ND YEAR TOURISM PRODUCTS

(Practical) Paper - I
100 - Marks
Prca tica l : 1. 2. 3. 4. To locate major tourist destinations of india map and indicate adjoining places of tourist interest. Prepare a report by identifying motivation of 10 tourist vistiting a destination. Visit a place of interest in your region and prepare a write-up. Witness a festival of your locality and prepare a write - up.
2ND YEAR TOURISM PROMOTIONS & MARKETING

100 - Marks
Practical : II 1. 2. 3. 4. Make a Survey of tourists at a tourist centre. To conduct sightseeing tours for local boys and girls to a tourist place. Collection of brochure from Touristoffices, hotels, etc. to understand how promotional activities of tourism are being undertaken and analyze their utility. Collection of advertisements from newspapers, magazines and making an analysis of the same.
1ST YEAR ART & CRAFT VOC

Theory - I (PAINTING) Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs 3 PM to 4 PM: MONDAY, WEDNESDAY, FRIDAY 3 PM to 4 PM 1. (a) Pre Historic Cave Art. (b) Arts of Indus Valley Civilisation. (c) Udayagiri and Khandgiri.
1ST YEAR ART & CRAFT VOC

Theory - II (PAINTING) Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs 3 PM to 4 PM: TUESDAY, THURSDAY, SATURDAY 3 PM to 4 PM (a) Mauryan Art (Symbolic Art) (b) Sunga Period (sanchi and Bharht Art)
[74]
SSHA
1ST YEAR
(PAINTING) Practical I Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 3 PM 1. Study indoor (a) Still life and Antique study in pencil and Drawing media. (b) (c) (d) (e) Drawing from human figure based on general forms and gestures. Study (out door) Nature study Animal. Birds, Flower and flowers and foliages in pencil and drawing me dia. Composition. Academic and creative Composition on geometric forms. Natural forms subject of every d a y life in pencil, Crayon pestal and water colour. Introduction of elements of prospective study of Basic solid plan and elevation.
1S T YEAR PAINTING
Practical - II Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 3 PM 1. (a) (b) (c) (d) Drawing from old master copy. Still life and Artique study in pestal and water colour. Study (out door) Study from nature. Human figure Animal, Birds, Flower and foliages in Pestal and colour. Composition, Creative Composition based on geometrical, forms natural forms, subjects from every day life in pencil, Cryon, pestal and water colour. Drawing and sketches from nature and everyday lives.
2ND YEAR PAINTING

Theory - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs 10.A.M to 11 A.M : MONDAY, WEDNESDAY, FRIDAY (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Kusan Art (Mathura and Gadhar) Ravanchhaya of Sitavinji and Art of Amaravati. Art of Gupta Sculpture Ajanta Painting Preparation of oil Canvas painting & water Colour.Painting, India Art ground and Colour application
[75]
SSHA
2ND YEAR PAINTING

Theory - II Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs 10.A.M to 11 A.M : TUESDAY, THURSDAY, SATURDAY (a) (b) (c) Biranchi Narayan temple & Buguda. Patta Painting of Orissa. Painting of India and foriegn painting.
2ND YEAR PAINTING

Practical - I Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 11 AM to 4 PM 1. (a) (b) (c) (d) Drawing from old master, Still life and Antique study in pestal and water colour. Study from nature. Composition, Animal, Birds, Flower and foliages in Pestal Colour. Creative Composition in oil colour study of indoor articles water colour. Indian painting of Orissan Art and Culture, with water colour. Lake Colour.
2ND YEAR PAINTING

Practical - II Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 11 AM to 4 PM 1. (a) (b) (c) Oil colour composition of Temple study, nature study. Water colour Composition Antique modes. Historical monuments. Drawing and Sketches from out door and indoor. Geometrical forms.
1S T YEAR GRAPHIC ART

Theory - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. (a) (b) (c) Pre Historic cave Art of Orissa. Arts of Indus Valley & Civilisation. Khanda Giri and Udayagiri.
[76]
SSHA

Theory - II Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. (a) (b) (c) Art of Gupta Period. Ajanta Painting. Biranchi Naryan Temple of Buguda.

Practical - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. (a) (b) (c) Study (indoor) Still life , Antique study in Pencil and pen & ink. Nature study Human, Animal, Birds Flower, foliges etc. Drawing from nature in paper cut B/W.

Practical - II Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. Study Still life , Antique study in Pencil monocromic water colour drawing. Out door study from nature, Human, Animal Birds Flower, foliges and mix media monocromic water colour s t u dy. Creative Composition in paper cut B/W with light and shade.
2ND YEAR GRAPHIC ART

Theory - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. Kedar Gauri Rajarani Temple and Temples of Orissa. Mauryan Art Symbolic. Sunga Period (Sanchi and Barahut Art). Kusan Art.
[77]
SSHA

Theory - II Marks - 50 Time - 2 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Westen Art Pre Historic Cave Art. Egyption Art Summerian Art Gothic Art.

Practical - I Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs 1. 2. 3. Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM Paper cut B/W in light and shade. Pen and ink study in out door and indoor. Wood engraving B/W simple from of Human and nature land scape.

Practical - II Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. Paper cut in B/W with light shade of verious forms of Human & animal. Paper cut of landscape and Nature study. Wood cut of two colour drawing. Composition of daily life in wood cut in B/W colour.
1S T YEAR COMMERCIAL ART / APPLIED ART

Theory - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Pre Historic Cave Art of Orissa. Art of Indus Valley Civilisation. Khandagiri & udayagiri. Ravanchhaya of Sitavingi and Art of Amaravati. Art of Gupta Periods.
[78]
SSHA
1S T YEAR COMMERCIAL ART

Theory - II Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Birenchi narayana temple of Buguda. Ajanta Painting. kushan Art. Bryzantine Art. Renaissance Art.

Practical - I Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Study of two dimensional and its organisational space and its organisational possiblities, still life and Antique study in pencil and Drawing media. drawing from old master. Nature study Human figure Animal figure, Birds and monocrimic media. Creative Composition by Collected materials and pesting from News paper, magazines copy from the magazine with Captions in monocromic colour letter, Design. lettering of various types of English, Oriya,, Hindi and Other language.

Practical - II Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Drawing from old master, still life Antique monocromic, study of verious types of object. Nature study land scape, different types of action and expression of Human and Animal figure in multi Colour or transparent and opeque. Composition on two dimensional in monocromic Design in three dimensional Colour Collage Design and Calligraphy. Book Cover, magazine Cover , Book let and illustration. Painting and lettering of poster design in simplification.
[79]
SSHA

(Theory) Paper - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Western Art Pre Histroric Art Cave Art of Lascaus and Astemaria. Egyptian Art. Assyrian Art. Summerian Art.

(Theory) Paper - II Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs 1.Pre 2. 3. 4. 5. Columbian Art. Grech Art Life History Life History of Gopal Kanungo. Life History of eminent Artist of Orissa.

(Practical) Paper - I Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. Lettering and colour in multi colour of English and Oriya in verious forms. Illustration of story in pen & ink. Book Cover and magazine Cover in Multi Colour. Simple Catalogue Cover design.

(Practical) Paper - II Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. Poster design in multi colour. Advertisement of Companies of their Production with slogan and thoughts. Multi colour Advertisement copies form old master. Copy from oldmaster Painting design.
[80]
SSHA
1S T YEAR MODELLING & SCULPTURE

(Theory) Paper - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM Indian Sculpture from Indus Vally Civilisation to Gupta Period. Temple Sculpture of lord Jagannatha Temple and Lord Lingraj Temple. Temple Sculpture of Konark Temple. Temple Sculpture of Orrisan Art.

(Theory) Paper - II Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Pre Hisoric Cave Art. Arts of Indus Valley Civilisation. Khandagiri UdayaGiri Temple. Rajarani & Kedar Gouri. Orissa Art and Temple Sculpture.

(Practical) Paper - I Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM Study indoor. Still life, Geometrical forms antique study in pencil and clay. Simple objects of Animal, Birds, Flower foliges and fruits in pencil. Temple Sculpture Copy from old master. Animal and Birds drawing in clay.

(Practical) Paper - II Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM Composition of human figure Composition Animal figure Various types of fruits and foliges Flowers in clay. Copy from Temple Sculpture in drawing with pencil and clay.
[81]
SSHA
2ND YEAR MODELLING & SCULPTURE

(Theory) Paper - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Gothic Art Renaissance Art Armchair Fixation of modelling work. Knowledge of making Sculpture in clay. Knowldge of making idols and folk models.

(Theory) Paper - II Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Armchair fixation of modelling bust size. Knowledge apply plaster parish, Cement Knowledge about l make piece mold and mold Greek Sculpture and foreign Sculpture. Knowledge about design of flower and foliges pice-mold .

(Practical) Paper - I Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. Drawing in clay of model drawing from memory. Clay drawing of Human face in Bust size. Drawing of Simple objects in Plaster Parish. Drawing of birds and Animal in cement.

(Practical) Paper - II Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. Composition in clay relief. Composition plaster of parish in relief work. Copy drawing from old master in cement and plaster. High relief work of land scape, Composition in plaster, cement. etc.
[82]
SSHA
1S T YEAR TRADITIONAL ART AND CRAFT

(Theory) Paper - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Pre Historic Cave Art of Orissa. Arts of indus Valley Civilisation. Khandagir Udayagiri Cave Art. Art of gupta Period. Ajanta Ellora Painting

(Theory) Paper - II Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. Pattapainting in lod Jagannath temple of Orissa. Design and Bandha of Surya Temple. Door Design and Stone Design in temples of Orissa. Palm leaf painting of Orissa.

(Practical) Paper - I Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM Hand Curchif marking in fabiric colour. Door curton, window curton, soffa cover making in Embrodary. Tailoring work simple objects like saya, Blouse, Ganjee etc. Tailoring Embrodary work of Flower foliages and birds, animals in Clothes. knowledge about drawing of Flowers foliages, Birds. Animals in pencil to tress out upon the clothes.

(Practical) Paper - II Marks - 50 Time - 4 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM Pillow Cover in thrades embrodary. Patta painting of Orissa in simplification. Copy of patta painting of Orissa. Composition of patta painting. Folk Art painting of Orissa. Indian painting drawing in multi colour in simple subject.
[83]
SSHA
2ND YEAR TRADITIONAL ART AND CRAFT

(Theory) Paper - I Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs 1. 2. 3. 4. Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM Pre Historic Cave Art of matenjdarro Harrappa. Egyptian Art. Assyrian Art Summerian Art

(Theory) Paper - II Marks - 50 Time - 2.30 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Gothic Art Byzantine Art Greek Art Pre Colombian Art Preparation patta ground and other craft knowledge Student.

(Practical) Paper - I Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Terracotta Art 4 nos Dhokra craft - 4 nos Palm leaf painting - 2 nos Tailoring work needle sewing work. Wool knitting and Embrodary work.

(Practical) Paper - II Marks - 100 Time - 4 hrs Every Working days 10 AM to 4 PM 1. Tailoring & Embrodary work 5 nos 2. Chandua Aplique work 5 nos 3. Terracotta works 5 nos 4. Patta painting - 2 nos 5. paper may work - 2 nos All practical subject teachers are directed to obtain 20% marks for class works and sketch works to include in the Annual Examination out of 100 marks.
[84]
SSHA
HINDUSTANI VOCAL MUSIC

+2 Course F ir st Ye a r Cla ses required - Per unit-20 cla ses/yea r M ar k-50 Theory Paper - I (Applied Theory) 1. Shastriya Parichaya (Characteristic Features) of all the prescribed Raagas of this year. 2. Shastriya Parichaya (Characteristic Features) of all the prescribed Taalas. 3. Knowledge of writing notations of all the forms taught during this year. 4. Knowledge of writing notations of all the prescribed Taalas taught during this year. 5. General knowledge of the following forms a. Dhrupad b. Dhamaar c. Khayal. d. Sargam Geet. e. Lakhayana Geet Theroy Pa per - I I (Genera l Theory) Marks - 50 Unit 1.Simple Definition - Sangeet, Dhwani, Nada, Sruti, Swar, Saptak, Alankar, Aroh, Abaroh, Vadi, Sambadi, Anubadi, Bibadi, Barjya, Jati, Thhat, Raaga, Alaap, Taan, Pakad, Boltaan, Sthayee, Antara, Taala, Laya, Matra, Bibhaga, Abartan, Sam, Tali & Khali, Unit 2.Elementary knowledge about Pandit Bhatkhande and Pandit Paluskars notation systems. Unit 3(a).Physical Descriptions & Tuning system of Tanpura. b. Comparative study of the followings - a. Raaga and Thaat, b. Swara - Sruti, c. Taala - Laya Unit4. Writing Essays on General Topics on music (i) Classical music & light music (ii) Role of Taala Laya in music Unit 5. Life Sketch a. Pandit Vishnu Digamber Paluskar b. Pandit Vishnu Narayan Bhatkhande
HINDUSTANI VOCAL PRACTICAL COURSE OF

1ST YEAR (One cla ss two consecutive period s d a ily) Practical Paper I & II (Paper - I - 50 and Paper - II - 50) Full Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Ragas Desh Bhupali, Durga, Khamaj, Kafi, Brundabani Sarang, Kalyan, Ashavari, Bhairav, Alheiya Bilawal and
Elementary Knowledge of the vilambit khayals of the following Raagas - Bhupali, Kalyan, Alheiya Bilawal and Bhairav. Drut Khayals of the following Raagas with Nibadha Alaap, Taan and Boltaan etc. Durga, Khamaj, Kafi, Brundabani Saranga, Ashavari and Desh. The students will be taught One Dhrupad and one Dhamaar based on any two Raagas of this year course. The students will be taught one Lakhayan geet and one Sargam Geet based on any prescribed Raagas. Three Bhajans including Jaya Jagadish Hare of Pt. B.D. Paluskar. Knowledge about the following Taalas - Teentaal, Ektaal, Jhamptaal, Chautaal, Dhamaar, Dadra and Kaharwa. The students will be taught Theka, Tali and Khali in each of the above prescribed taalas with Dugun Layakary. Identification of Raagas, Taalas and Notes (Sudda and Vikruta). The students will be taught different types of Alankars.
[85]
SSHA
PRACTICAL EXAMINATION (Marking System)

Marks - 50 Practical Paper - I 1. 2. Demonstration Demonstration One Dhamaar year Raagas Demonstration based on any of Choice Raaga of One Dhrupad or based on this 15 minutes 5 minutes 25 marks 15 marks
3.
of One Bhajan 5 minutes Raaga Total Time 25 minutes
10 marks Total Marks 50 Marks - 50
Practical Paper - II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Test of Raagas Test of Dhrupad / Dhamaar Identification of Raagas Test of Taalas Test of theory (applied & general) To t a l 10 marks 10 marks 10 marks 10 ma r ks 10 marks 5 0 m a rks
HINDUSTANI VOCAL MUSIC 2 nd Year

Class Req uire d- Per Unit 20 clase s/ ye ar Marks - 50 Theory Paper - I (Applied Theory) 1. Shastriya Parichaya (characteristic features) of all the prescribed Raagas. 2. Comparative studies of the prescribed Raagas of this year and previous year. 3. Shastriya Parichaya (characteristic features) of all the prescribed Taalas. 4. Comparative studies of the prescribed Taalas of this year and previous year. 5. Knowledge of writing of Layakaries such as - Ekgun, Dugun, Tigun & Chaugun of the Prescribed Taalas. 6. Knowledge of writing notations of all forms taught during this year. 7. General knowledge of the following forms : Dhrupad, Dhamaar, Khayal, Tarana & Bhajan. Theory pa per - II (Genera l Theory) Marks - 50 1. Definitions : Grama, jati, Moorchhana, Graha, Amsa, Nyasa, Apanyasa, Sanyas, Binyas, Varna, Layakari, meend, Kana & Gamak. 2. Comparative study of the following - a. Alpatwa - Bahutwa b. Abirbhawa - Tirobhawa c. Purbanga - Uttaranga. 3. Physical Description of Duggi - Tabla. 4. Essays on General topics on music : (i) Importance of music in the society. (ii) A classical music evening. 5. Life Sketch - Pandit Omkarnath Thakur, Pandit Vinayak Rao Patawardhan. 6. Comparative studies about Pandit Bhatkhande and Pandit Paluskars notation systems.
[86]
SSHA
HINDUSTANI VOCAL PRACTICAL COURSE OF 2 ND YEAR Practical Paper - I & II (Paper - I - 100 and Paper - II - 100) One class of two Consecutive period daily
Full Marks - 200 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Raagas : Bageshree, Bihag, Kedar, Hameer, Bhimpalasi, Tilak- Kamod, Gauda Saranga, Shankara, Pattadeep & Bhairavi. Vilambit Khayal (Badakhayal) of the following Raagas - Bageshree, Bihag, Kedar, Hameer, Bhimpalasi. Drut Khayal (Chhota Khayal) of the following Raagas - Tilak Kamod, Gaudasarang, Shankara, Pattadeep and Bhairavi. Knowledge of one Dhrupad and one Dhaamar with Dugun, Tigun and Chaugun Layakaries out of the prescribed Raagas of this year. Knowledge of two Taranas from the Prescribed Raagas. Knowledge of two Bhajans based on raagas. Knowledge of the following Taalas : Vilambit Ektaal, Tilwada, Jhumra, Sultaal, Tewora and Rupak. Knowledge of Dugun, Tigun and Chaugun Layakaries in the prescribed Taalas. Elementary Knowledge of tuning process of Tanpura. Identification and comparative study of the prescribed raags of this year and previous year. (Previous raagas - Bhupali, Durga, Khamaj, kafi, Brundabani Sarang, Kalyan, Ashavari, Bhairav, Alheiya bilawal and Desh). 11. Identification and comparative study of the prescribed Taalas of this year and previousyear. (Previous Taalas - Teentaal, Ektaal, Jhamptaal, Chautaal, Dhamaar, Dadra and Kaharwa)
PRACTICAL EXAMINATION (Marking System)

Marks - 100 Practical Paper - I 1. 2. Demonstration of Choice Raaga Demonstration of One Dhrupad or One Dhamaar with Layakaries based on this year Raags Demonstration of One Bhajan based on any Raaga Total Time 25 minutes 15 minutes 5 minutes 50 marks 30 marks
3.
5 minutes Total Marks 100
20 marks
Marks - 100 Practical Paper - II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Test of Raagas Test of Dhrupad / Dhamaar Identification of Raagas Test of Taalas Test of theory (applied & general) To t a l 20 marks 20 marks 20 marks 20 marks 20 marks 100 m a rks
[87]
SSHA
REFERENCE BOOK LIST

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20 . 21. Kramik Pustaka Malika, Part - I, II, III and IV - by Pandit V. N. Bhatkhande. Raga Vigyan - Part - I, II, III and IV - by Pandit V.N. Pattawardhan Raga Bodha - Part - I, II, III & IV - by Dr. B.R. Deodhar. Sangeetanjali - Part - I, II, III & IV by Pandit Omkarnath Thakur. Bhawaranga Lahari - Part - I, II, III by Pandit B.R. Bhatta Hindustani Sangeet - Part - I, II, III by Dr. Damodar Hota. Raga Sangeet - Part - I, II, III by Dr. M.C. Senapati. Sangeet Bal Prakash - Part- I, II, III by Pandit V.D. Paluskar. Vyasa Kruti - Part - I, II & III and IV by S. Vyas. Raga Parichaya - Part - I, II, III & IV by H. N. Srivastav. Sangeet Visharad - by Vasant. Bhatkhande Sangeet Shastra - Part - I, II, III & IV by - Pandit V. N. Bhatkhande. Hamare Sangeet Ratna by - P.L. Garg. Sangeet Nibandha Mala. Sangeet Nibandha Sangraha Sangeet Sudhakara - by Shri Dhaneswar Das, Bhadrak Raga Pravesh - by - Shri Ramhari Mohanty, Bhadrak. Raga Shastra Siddhanta - by Shri Rajanikanta Padhi Sangeet Sastra by - Dr. Damodar Hota. Bharatiya Sangeetara Itihasa by Dr. Damodar hota. Raaga Darshan - part - 1 by Sri Chandas kumar Jena
ODISSI VOCAL
FIRST YEAR
Theory Paper- I (Applied T heory)

Marks - 50 Unit - I (25 Clases per year) 1. Characteristic feature of prescribed Raagas and Taalas : (i) (ii) Raagas are : (Sankarabharana, Malavagouda, Kafi, Khamaj and Kedara) Taalsa are : (Ekataali, Rupaka and Tripata) Unit - II (25 Clases per year) 2. 3. 4. 5. Knowledge of writing notation of all the prabandhas of the prescribed Raagas. Knowledge to write layakari in Eka, Dui and Charigunaguna laya of the prescribed Taalas. Unit - III (25 Clases per year) Ability to identify swara (suddha/vikruta), Raaga (out of swarakhanda) and Taala(out of taalakhanda) Ability to write Alamkaras in Eka, Dui and Chariguna
[88]
SSHA
Unit - IV (25 Clases per year) 6. 7. Structural description of Taanpura (Angavarnana) Structural description of Mardala.
ODISSI VOCAL
FIRST YEAR
The ory Paper - II (Gen eral Theo ry)

Marks - 50 Unit - I ( 2 5 C l a s es p er y e a r ) 1. Definition : (i) Sangeeta, Nada, Sruti, Swara, Saptaka, Raaga, Aroha - Abaroha Jaati, Alapa and Taana. (ii) (iii) 2. Taala, Laya, Matra, Bhaga, Sasabda -Nisabda Kriya and Layakriya. Badi, Sambadi, Anubadi, Bibadi and Barjitaswara.
(2 5 C l a s es p er y ea r )
Unit - I I Knowledge of the following Prabandha : (i) (ii) (iii) Lakshyanageeta and Swaramalika. Odissi, Champu and Chhaanda. Bhajana and Janaana. Unit - I II
(2 5 C l a s es p er y ea r )
4.
Knowledge about Mela : (i) Principles of Mela, Name and Swara. (ii) Comparative study between Mela and Raaga. Unit - I V (2 5 C l a s es p er y ea r )
6.
Biography : (i) Jaya deva . (ii) (iii) Kabi Samrat Upendra Bhanja. Singhari Shyam Sundar Kar
ODISSI VOCAL
FIRST YEAR
Pra ctical Paper - I

Marks - 50
(On e class of tw o Co nsec utiv e per iods dai ly)

Unit - I 1. Odissi Prabandha in following Raaga and Taala. (i) Raaga : Sankarabharaana, Malavagouda, Khamaja, Kafi and Kedara. (ii) Taala : Ekataali, Rupaka and Tripata. Swaramalika in each of the above Raagas. Laksyanageeta in Raaga Sankarabharana. 20 Alamkara of different variety in Eka, Dui and Chari guna layakriya. Notation reading and demonstration of the layakriyas.
2. 3. 4. 5.
[89]
SSHA
Practical Paper - II
Marks - 50
( On e c la ss o f tw o c o nsec u ti v e pe r io ds da i ly )
1. 2. 3.
Two traditional Odissi Prabandha. Two champus (Kharapa tu helu re in Kedara and Atasi kusuma sama in Khamaja). Two Chhaandas in following Bani : (i) (ii) Kalsaa. Chokhi. Banamali. Kabi Surya Baladeba Ratha. Gopalakrushna. Bhimabhoi.
4.
Two Janaanas of following poets : (i) (ii)
5.
Two Bhajans of following poets : (i) (ii)
ODISSI VOCAL
SECOND YEAR
Theory Paper- I (Applied T heory)

Marks - 50 Unit - I (25 Clases per year) 1. Characteristic feature of prescribed Raagas and Taalas : (i) (ii) Raagas are : Kalyana, Mohana, Bhairabi, Mukhari, Bihaga and Kuntalaklyana. Taalsa are : Aadi Tala, Ekatali, Jhampa, Yati and Khemata. Unit - II (25 Clases per year) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Writing Notation of all the prabandhas of the prescribed Raagas. Writing Notation of Champu, Chanda, Janaana and Bhajana. Unit - III (25 Clases per year) Writing of layakaris in Eka, Dedha, Dui, Tini and Chari guna laya of the prescribed taalas. Identification of Swara, Raaga and Taala. Unit - IV (25 Clases per year) Principles of tuning the Taanpura and Mardala. Knowledge about the Symbols used in writing Natation.
[90]
SSHA
ODISSI VOCAL
SECOND YEAR
The ory Paper - II (Gen eral Theo ry)

Marks - 50 Unit - I (25 Clases per year) 1. Detailed knowledge of Naada : (i) (ii) (iii) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Ahata - Anahata Apa Naada - Sangeetika Naada. Three qualities of Naada. Unit - II (25 Clases per year) Name of all Sruti. Detailed knowledge on Swara : Chala - Achala, Suddha - Bikruta and Komala - Tivra. Principle of distributing Swaras among Sruti. Saptaka : Mandra, Madhya and Taara. Unit - III (25 Clases per year) Preliminary knowledge of the Bistaara krama : Alaapa (Anibaddha - Nibaddha), Padavinyasa, Swaravinyasa and Taana. 7. 8. Knoledge of Purbanga and Uttaranga. Unit - IV (25 Clases per year) Biography : (i) (ii) (iii) Kabi Surya Baladeba Ratha. Kabi Chandra Kali Charan Patnaik. Sangeeta Sudhakara Balakrushna dash.
ODISSI VOCAL
SECOND YEAR

M ar ks - 10 0 (One cla ss of two Consecutive period d a ily) 1. Odissi Raganga Prabandha with full elaboration in following prescribed Raagas : Raagas are : Kalyana, Mohana, Bhairabi, Mukhari, Bihaga and Kuntala kalyana. 2. 3. 4. 5. Prescribed Taala : Adi Taala, Ekatali, Jhampa, Yati and Khemata. Swaramalika in each prescribed Raaga. Ability to identify Swara, Raaga and Taala. Ability to demonstrate the layakaris in Eka, Dedha, Dui, Tini and Chari guna laya of the Prescribed Ta a l a s.
[91]
SSHA
Practical Paper - II
Marks - 100 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. (One cla ss of two consecutive period s d a ily) Two traditional Odissi Bhabanga Prabandha. Two traditional Odissi Natyanga Prabandha. Two Champu (Chhalabahinisa he in Mukhari and Na bhangare subhangi in Bihaga.) Two Chhaanda (Rasakulya and Ashadhasukla Bani) Two traditional Bhajana with simple Anibaddha alapa and Padavinyasa.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Utktala Sangeeta Paddhati-Shyma Sundar Dhira. Bharatiys Sangeeta - Nilamdhaba Panigrahi. Sangeeta Sangya - Ramhari das. Sangeeta Markandeya - Markandeya Mohaoatra. Odissi Raga Sangeeta (Part - I, II, III) Loka nath Pala. Almkara Ratnavali - Ramhari Das. Champu Swaralipi - Odissi Research Centre. Sa ngeet a Sagara. Chhanda Ratnakara. Odia Bhajan - Department of culture.
1ST YEAR ODISSI DANCE +2 COURSE

Marks - 50
Theory Paper- I
1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 1.
(App lied Th eo ry) Unit - I
Different Type of Foot position (pada Sthiti) Knowledge of pada Veda (Mandala, Utplabana,Bhramani Pada Charika) Knowledge of Bhangi. Unit - II Knowledge of Sira Veda, Greeba Veda, Drusti Veda. Knowledge of Sanjukta, Asanjukta and Nrutta Hasta Mudra. Unit - III Sastriya Parichaya of the prescribed Talas. (a) Ekatali (b) Rupaka (c) Triputa (f) Jati tal. (d) Jhampa (e) Khemata (Jhula)
[92]
SSHA
2. 3. 1. 2.
Knowledge of simple laya Karis Eka guna, Do guna, Chari guna Knowledge of Khandi, Gadi, Arasa and Mana. Unit - IV Definations of Tala, Laya, Bhaga, Tali, Khali, Tandab, Lasya, Mudra, Abhinaya, natya, Nrutya, nrutta. Knowledge about Namaskriya, patra Lakhyana, Barjaniya Patrini, Natya Utpati, Puspanjali, Natya Karma. (According to Abhinaya Daepana)
1ST YEAR ODISSI DANCE +2 COURSE

Marks - 50
Theory Paper- II
1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 1.
(General Theory) Unit - I
Anga Veda (Anga, Pratyanga, Upanga) (According to Abhinaya Darpana) Brief History ofOdissi Dance. Brief History of Debadasi, Mahari, Gotipua. Unit - II Knowledge of Abhinaya (Angika, Bachika, Aharjya, Satwika) Knowledge of Bhaba and Rasa. Unit - III Knowledge of following Folk Dances of Orissa (a) Chadheya Chadheyani (b) Rasarkeli (d) Ghumura (e) Kela Keluni (c) Dal Khai
2. 1. 2.
Knowledge of All Classical Dance of India Unit - IV Life sketch of traditional dance Gurus - Late Mohan Mohapatra, Chandra Sekhar Pattnaik, Mani Mohapatra. Life sketch of Sri Jayadev, Upendra Bhanja, Kavisurya baladev Rath, Gopal Krushna, Banamali.
ODISSI DANCE First Year

Marks - 50 (One cla ss of two consecutive period s d a ily)
P ra c t ic a l P ap e r - I
1. 2. 3. Demonstration of Sanjukta and Asanjukta Hastas and Usages. Demonstration of Sirabeda, Greeba Veda, Drusti Veda and Usage. Knowledge of Bhangis and their demonstration Asanaa, Mardala, Akunchana, Uttolika, Shibakara, Nivedana, Potala, Biraja, Parswamardal, Sala Bhanjika, Gabakhya.
[93]
SSHA
4. 5. 6.
Demonstration of foot Postion (Padaveda) Mandala, Chari, bhramari, Utplabana Exercises and Stepping (pada Sadhana) for Anga Sudha. Practice of Bakhya Chalana (Chest movements)
Pr ac ti ca l Pa pe r - II
Marks - 50 (One cla ss of two consecutive period s d a ily) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Performance of Mangala Charan - One Sthayee of Batu Brutya Pallavi - One Abhinaya - One Tala - putting beast with Ekgun, Du-gun, Chargun Simple demonstration of a Rasas.
ODISSI DANCE +2 Se c ond Ye ar

Marks - 50
Theory Paper- I
1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2.
(App lied Th eo ry) Unit - I (25 clases per year)
Natya Utpati according to Abhinaya Darpana. Definition of the Bolly - Utha, Baitha, Thia, Chali, Buda, Vasa, Bhaunrri, paali Describe all Bibhag (division) of Odissi dance Like - Mangala Charan, Sthai or Batu, Pallavi, Abhinaya and Mokhya Nruya. Recitation of the Ukuts of the items. Unit - II (25 clases per year) Identification of the Rag and Tala of the composed item. Definition of the various division of the mangala charan. Like - Manch Prabesh, Bhumi Pranam, Guru Bandana, Sava Pranam. Unit - III (25 clases per year) Definition of the Sapta Tala. Like Dhruba, Matha, Rupak, Jhampa, Tripata, rkatali and Attatala. Tala lipi of the various Odissi Items. Unit - IV (25 clases per year) Knowledge of Gati Veda according to Abhinaya Darpana and their Uses. Knowledge of three types of Folk Dances of ORISSA.
1. 2. 1. 2.
[94]
SSHA
ODISSI DANCE +2 Se c ond Ye ar

Marks - 50
Theory Paper- II
1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 1. 2.
(General Th eo ry) Unit - I (25 clases per year)
Write about Sankar Padhati according to Abhinaya darpana and its relivance with Abhinaya. What is the Importance of Rythim in Dance. Definition of Various Instruments used in Odissi dance. Unit - II (25 clases per year) Introduction of various types of Instruments of India. Those are Tatbadya, Susur Badya, Nibadha Vadya and Ghana Vadya. What is the importance of Music in the Odissi dance. Unit - III (25 clases per year) Knowledge of some mythology stories. The birth story of Elephant headed ganesh. The fight between Durga and Mahisasura and about Nataraj shiva and his dance. Knowledge of some Folk and traditional dance of Orissa (Palla, Daskathia, Prahllada Natak, Dhuduki, naga dance, Sahi Jatra. Unit - IV (25 clases per year) like - Abhinaya darpan, Natya, Sastra, Natya Monorama. Detail knowledge of different books on dance Life Sketch of main Gurus of Odissi Dance Late Guru Padmasri Pankaj Charan Das. Late Padma Bibhusan Guru Shree Kelu Charan Mohapatra Late Guru Shri Deba Prasad Das.
1. 2. 3. 4.
ODISSI DANCE +2 Se cond Ye ar

Marks - 100

1. 2. 3. 4. (One cla ss of two consecutive period s d a ily) To teach ten types of soundless exercises stepping (Ten Nos Chauka and Ten No Trivanga). Knowledge of all Types of Bhramari. To teach one Pallavi Knowledge of Bhangis and their demonstration Asana, Mardala, Akunchana, Utalika, Shivakara, Nibedana , potala, Biraja, Parswamardala,Alasa, Darpani, Srutikula.
Pra ctical Paper - I I Marks - 100 (One cla ss of two consecutive period s d a ily) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Performance (Mangala Charan - One) Demonstration of Batu Nrutya. Identification of Hastas, Padas and Vangi of Batu Nrutya. Recitation of the items yau have learnt describing the Ukutas with Tal. Demonstration of one Pallavi and one Abhinaya.
[95]
SSHA
MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ) +2 First Year

A pp li ed The o ry P ap e r - I
Marks - 50 Unit - I (25 class per year) 1. (A) (B) DEFINATION : Vani, Ukuta, Khandi, Gadi, Ragada, Chaugati Ragada, Arasa, Bhaunri Arasa. Mana, Biram Mana, Abirama Mana, Lagan Mana and Bhaunri Mana. Unit - II (25 class per year) 2.(A) Knowledge about the Characteristic feature of following prescribed Talas : Ekatali, Rupak, Kshemta and Adital. (B) Knowledge to write Ekgun, Duigun, Charigun layakaries of all the prescribed talas. Unit - III (25 class per year) 3.(A) Knowledge about the tuning system of mardal (B) Ability to identify the Vanies from badya khand (Khandi, Arasa, Ragada and Mana) Unit - IV (B) Knowledge about making system of kiran. (25 class per year)
4.(A) Construction system of Mardal (Mardal Nirmana Bidhi)

The or y P ap e r- I I
Marks - 50 Unit - I 1. (A) (B) DEFINATION : Sangeeta, Nada, Swara, Sruti, Saptaka and Rag. Som, Tali, Khali, Chhanda, Bibhaga, Abartana, Tal, Laya, Sasabdakriya, Nisabdakriya and Layakriya. Unit - II (25 class per year) (25 class per year)
2.(A) Knowledge about the following prescribed terms : Oddissi, Champu, Chhanda, Natyangi, Bhajan, Janana & Geetagobinda. (B) Classification of Musical Instruments. (Badya Bibhagi Karan)
[96]
SSHA
Unit - III 3.(A) Historical Study of Mardal (B) Dasprana of Tala. Unit - IV 4. (A) (B) (C) (D) BIOGRAPHY Singhari Shyam Sundar Kar Padmabibhusan Guru Kelucharan Mohapatra Guru Sri Mahadev Rout Guru Sri Chakradhar Sahoo
(25 class per year)
(25 class per year)

Marks - 50 1. (A) (B) 2. VANI (One cla ss of two consecutive period d aily) Ka, Ga, Gha, Jha, Ti, Da, Dha, Dhi, Na, Ni, Ta, Re. Tarikita, Kadataka, Takatari, Ti-ngana, Ti-nda, Tatinda, Dha-dha ti-nda, Gadigana etc. TAAL Eka Tali, Rupak, Kshemta, Tripata, Jhampa, and Adi Taal. 3. LAYAKRIYA Ekgun, Duigun, Tinigun, and Chaugun of all prescribed Taala. 4. 5. (A) (B) Dharan of Taal and its 4nos. variations in each taal.
Ragada and its four variations Two to four nos. of simple manas.

P ra c t ic a l P a pe r - I I
Marks - 50 (One cla ss of two consecutive period d a ily) 1. (A) (B) 2 nos. of Khandi in each Taal. 2 nos. of Gadi in each Taal.
[97]
SSHA
2. 3. 4.
One Ragada and its four variations in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal. One Chaugati Ragada in Adi Taal. (A) (B) 2nos. of Arasa in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal. 2nos. of Bhaunri Arasa in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal.
5. (A) (B) (C) 2nos. of Biram-Mana in each Taal 2nos. of Abiram - Man in each Taal. 2nos. of Bhaunri Mana in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal.
MARDAL (ODISSI PAKHAWAJ) +2 Se cond Ye ar

A p pli e d
Theory Paper - 1 1. (A) (B) Knowledge about the Characteristic feature of following prescribed Talas : Tripata, Jhampa, Kuduk, Yati and Adatali Ability to write the following layakriyas :2/3, 3/2, 3/2, 4/3, 4/6, 6/4 Unit - II (B) (25 class per year) Unit - I
Th eo r y
Marks - 50
(25 class per year)
2.(A) Knowledge to write the notation (tal lipi) of Ragada, Chaugati Ragada and Arasa. Knowledge to compose the different types of Manas like, Biram Mana, Abirama Mana, Lagan Mana, Bhaunri Mana and Chhaka Mana. Unit - III (B) Principles of Making Bhaunri Arasa. Unit - IV 4. (A) (B) COMPOSITION Mana in two, three, four up to sixteen matra. Khandi in two, three, four uo to twelve matra. (25 class per year) (25 class per year)
3.(A) Knowledge about Ragadas in three different Vanies in Different prescribed Talas.
[98]
SSHA

G e ne r a l Theory Paper - II
Unit - I 1. (A) (B) (C) Differentia te between the following s :Mardala with Hindustani Pakhawaj Mardala with. Hindustani Tabla Mardala with Karnataki Mrudangam. Unit - II 2. (A) (B) DESCRIOTION All abanadha-badyas of Orissa like - Khola, Khanjani, Jodinagara, Dhuduki, Changu and Dhol. Nadia Kirtan and Ranifhat Kirtan Unit - III 3.(A) Qualities of Mardalika (Mardalika Lakhyana) (B) 4. (A) (B) (C) Principles of Solo-Mardal recital. BIOGRAPHY Unit - IV (25 clases per year) (25 clases per year) (25 clases per year) (25 clases per year)
Th eo r y
Marks - 50
Guru Sri Padmanav Panda Guru Sri Markandaya Mohapatra. Guru Sri Balakrishna Das.

Marks - 100 (One cla ss of two consecutive period d a ily) 1. (A) HASTASADHANA (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Dhinigita Terekete Dhina Dhini dhina kita dhini dhini dhini taka Dhini tathini thinaka Tagede gede dhi naka dhini Terekete gadigana Ti-ngana etc
[99]
SSHA
2.
(A) (B)
TAAL Kuduka, yati, Adatali. LAYAKRIYA Ekgun, Dedhagun, Duigun, Tinigun, and Chaugun of all prescribed Taals.
3. 4. 5.
Dharan of Taal and its 4nos. variations in above prescribed Taals. PLAYING CAPABILITY 15 minites solo-playing in Adital or Jhampa Taal. DEMONSTRATION Layakriya, Composition of Mana, Composition of Khandi, Identification of different Vanies, Writing of Talalipi or Notation.

P ra c t ic a l P a pe r - I I
Marks - 100 (One cla ss of two consecutive period d a ily) 1. (A) (B) 2. One jaman in Adital and One in Jhampa Taal. 2nos. of Bhaunri Arasa in Adi Taal and Jhampa Taal.
APPLICATION (A) (B) (C) Rupaktal in Ekatali Ekatali in Rupak taal Yatitaal chhanda in Adital 6/4 4/6 14 /16
3.
COMPOSITION 2nos. of biram-mana, 2nos. of Abiram mana, 2nos. of bhaunri mana, one nos. of Lagana mana in each Taals.
4. 5.
ACCOMPANIMENT WITH VOCAL MUSIC Ekatali, Rupak, Khemta, Tripata, Jhampa, Kuduk, yati, Adatali and Adital. PERFORMANCE Mardal Tuning
[100]
SSHA
FLUTE / VIOLIN / SETAR (FLUIS) +2 COURSE

F ir s t Yea r To p ic s The o r y P ap e r - I ( A pp li ed Th e o ry )
Marks - 50 Unit - I 1. (a) Allheya Bilawal (d) Khamaj (g) Tilang 2. 1. (b) Bhupali (e) Kafi (25 clases per year) (c) Kalyan (f) Durga Characteristic feature of all the prescribed Ragas.
(h) Brindabani Sarang Unit - II (25 clases per year)
Comparative study of all the prescribed Ragas. Shastriya Parichaya of all the prescribed Talas. (a) Trital (d) Ektal (b) Jhamptal (e) Kaharwa (c) Roopak
2. 3. 1. 2. 3.
Knowledge of simple layakaries Do gun, Tin gun, Chow gun, Adilayas. Ability to write the Thekas with Tali and Khali of the above prescribed Talas. Unit - III Knowledge of masitkhani and Rajakhani Gat. Ability to write simple Notations. Identification of Swara (Sudha and Bikruta) (25 clases per year)
GENERAL THEORY
F i rs t The or y P ap e r- I I
Marks - 50 Unit - I (25 clases per year) 1. Elementary knowledge of accoustics applied of music. (a) (b) (c) (d) 1. Dhwani - Its varities Nada - Its varities. Three qualities of Nada (Pitch, Timber, magnitude) Genetic specific of Nada Unit - II Definitions :Sangeet, Thaat, Raga, Tala, Saptak, Badi, Sambadi, Aroha, Abaroha, Jati, Pakar. (25 clases per year)
Ye a r
[101]
SSHA
Unit - III 1. 2. 1. Physical description of your own instrument. Knowledge of various Jaties of Raga. Unit - IV Life History of the following musicians. (a) (b) (c) (d) M. Hamed Ahed Gajanan Nandi Mohini Mohan Pattnaik Tans en.
(25 clases per year)
(25 clases per year)
F i rs t
Ye a r
PRACTICAL PAPER - I
Marks - 50 (One class of two consecutive period daily) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Demonstration of choice Raga. Ten Alankaras in Bilawal Thaat in various Jaties. Aroha in Ten thaata. Rajakhani Gat with simple tans of all the Ragas mention in the applied theory paper - I. One masitkhani Gat with alap Tan in the following Tagas. (a) Bhupali (b) kalyan (c) Allheya Bilawal Ability play one Dhun or Bhajan based on any Raga.
PRACTICAL PAPER - II
Marks - 50 (One cla ss of two consecutive period d a ily) 1. 2. 3. Sastriya Parichaya of all the prescribed Ragas mentioned in Practical Paper - I Identify the Ragas by hearing the simple notation. Knowledge of the following talas, (a) Trital 4. 5. (b) Jhamptal (c) Roopak (d) Ektal (e) Kaharawa Show the Thekas of the tala by clapping. Oral Test of theory (Applied and General)
2ND YEAR TOPIC

Th eo ry P ap er - I (A pp li ed The or y)
Marks - 50 1. Unit - I (25 clases per year) Characteristic features of all the prescribed Ragas. (a) Bhairav (b) Bhairavi (c) Ashavari
[102]
SSHA
2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 1.
2. 3.
1. 2.
(d) Desh (e) Tilok Kamod (f) Kedar (g) Hamir (h) Janpuri (i) Bhimpalashree Comparative study of all the prescribed Ragas of this year and previous year. (Previous Ragas) : Allheya Bilawal, Bhupali, Kalyan, khamaj, Kafi, Durga, Tilang, Brindabani Sarang. Ability to write the notation of Masitkhani and Rajakhani gat in Pandit Bhatkhande Notation system. Ability to play gats in Jhamptal, Ektal and Roopak Tal. Unit - II (25 clases per year) Knowledge of Pandit Bhatkhande and Pandit paluskar Notation system. Knowledge of different varities of Tans. Unit - III (25 clases per year) Knowledge of following Talas. (a) Dadra (b) Sultal (c) Teora (d) Choutal (e) Dipchandi (f) Dhamar Comparative study of all the prescribed talas of this year and previous year. (Previous Talas) : Trital, Jhamptal, Roopak, Ektal, Kaharawa. Ability to write the thekas with different layakaries. Do gun, Tin gun, Chou gun 3/2, 2/3, 3/4, 4/3 Unit - IV (25 clases per year) General knowledge of the following forms Dhrupad, Dhamar, Khayal, Lakhyan Geet, Raagmala, Lokgeet, Dhun. Priliminary knowledge of Sadaj-Madhyam and Sadaj-Pancham Bhabas.
GENERAL THEORY
The or y P ap e r- I I
Marks - 50 Unit - I 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. (25 clases per year) Definition : - Alap, Jodh, Jhala, Tan, Laya, Layakari, Sruti, Swara, Nada, Dhoni, Matra, Mind, Sut, Ghasit, Sthayee, Antara, Gamak, kana Swara. Knowledge of Badi, Samnadi, Anubadi, Bibabi, Nyasa Swara and Barnna. Unit - II (25 clases per year) Physical description of own instrument. Clasification of Indian Instruments. Essay on general topic on music. (a) Importance of music in the Society. (b) Shastriya Sangeet and Bhaba Sangeet. (c) A classical music evening. Unit - III (25 clases per year) Comparative study of Sruti, Swara and Saptaka. Comparative study of Thaat and Raga. Knowledge of Sandhi Prakash Ragas.
1. 2. 2.
[103]
SSHA
1.
Life (a) (c) (e) (g) (i)
Unit - IV (25 clases per year) History of the following musicians. Pt. V.D. Palluskar (b) Pr V.N. Bhatkhande Swami Haridas (d) Pt. Rabi Shankar Pt. Manilal Nag (f) Pt. Bhubaneswar Mishra Pt. V.G. Jog (h) Pt Hari Prasad Chawrasia Pt. Pannalla Ghosh
PRACTICAL PAPER - I
Marks - 100 (One cla ss of two consecutive period s d a ily) 1. 2. 3. Demonstration of choice Raga. Rajakhani Gat with alap and Tans of all the (a) Bhairav 4. 5. 6. (b) Desh (c) Hamir prescribed Ragas mentioned in the applied theory (Paper -I) Masitkhani Gat with alap tan in the following Ragas. (d) Janpuri (e) Bhimpalashree Ability to play gats in various talas. (a) Jhamptal (b) Roopak (c) Ektal Comparative study of all theprescribed Ragas of this year and previous year. Ability to play Dhun or Bhajan based on any Raga.
PRACTICAL PAPER - II
Marks - 100 (One cla ss of two consecutive period s d a ily) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sastriya Parichaya of all the prescribed Ragas mentioned in the applied Theory (Paper - I) Identify the Ragas by hearing the simple notation. Sastriya Parichaya of all the prescribed Talas mentioned in the applied Theory Unit - III Show the Thekas of the tala by clapping. Oral Test of theory (Applied and General)
UTKAL SANGEET MAHAVIDAYALAYA

+ 2 F i rs t Ye a r TA B L A
Theory Paper - I Marks - 50 1. 2. 1. Unit - I (25 clases per year) Study about different parts of Tabla and Bayan. Comparsion between Mardal and Pakhawaj Unit - II (25 clases per year) Knowledge to produce the following banis : Te, Dha, Ta, Dhin and Tin,
[104]
SSHA
2. 1. 2. 1. 2.
Study about both Tal leepi Unit - III (25 clases per year) Ability to write the Tal & in Practical Papers with their characterstics. Knowledge about importance of Tal in Music. Unit-IV Defination of the following terms Bani, laya, Abartan, Bibhag, Matra Writing of Tekhas in Bhatkhande Tala lipi Padhati Theory Paper - II Marks - 50 Unit - I (25 clases per year)
1. 2.
Comperative study about the classical Tala Systems of India. Knowledge about the following terms : Tal, Matra, Theka, Mukhuda Tali and Khali. Unit - II (25 clases per year) Study about the Gharans Study of Indian Music.(Classical, light classical, Karnataki & Hindiusthani lightmusic Intrumentalmusic) Unit - III (25 clases per year) Study about terms used in Indian music like - Music, Geeta, Rag, Classical Music and Light music Folkmusic. Knowledge about Laya and Kriya and Anga. Unit - IV (25 clases per year) Physical description of tabla and ayan with drawing Good and Bad qualities of Tabla Student Practical Paper - I Marks - 50 (One class of two consecutive period daily) Practice of the following Basix unit EkGUN & DuiGUN Dhete Tete, Terekete Tak, Ketetak, Dha Dha, Tete, Tata Tete. Tunna, Dhina Tunna Kete tak, Dhina Ketetak Dhati Ghene Tati kene Practical Paper - II Marks - 50 (One cla ss of two consecutive period d a ily)
1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2.
1.
Practice of the Thika in : Teental, Jhaptal, Roopak, Datra, Kaharwa, Ektal, Teora.
2.
Kayada, Reta & Tukuda in Teental
[105]
SSHA
+ 2 S e c on d
Ta b l a
Ye a r
Applied Theory Paper - I Marks - 50 Unit - I (25 clases per year) 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. Study about different Baj in Tabla. Study of Tal Das (10) pran Unit - II Importance of Tabla in Music Study about - Kayada, Tukuda, Khoili mudi and Tyati Unit - III Knowledge about palot and Vistar in Kayada Unit - III (25 clases per year) Writing of Chakradar, Damdar and Bedamdar Tyahai in Bhathkhande Padhati Writing of Tukuda, Kayada and Reta in Jhamptal and Rupak Theory Paper - II Marks - 50 Unit - I 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. (25 clases per year) Ability to write the different Boles in Ek Gun, DeeGun, ChouGun. Knowledge about practice and discipline to learn Talda. Unit - II Knowledge about the following terms Sam, Fank chakradrar, Peskar, Theka Detail study about laya and Tyahi. Unit - III Study about the life History of the following Tabla players - Khetra Mohan Kar. Naba Kumar Pand Utstav Karamatwlla Khan Kishan Maharaj S amt a Pra sa d Unit - IV 1. Eassay i) Importance of Music in life ii) Importance of Guru sysya Parampara in Music. (25 clases per year) (25 clases per year) (25 clases per year) (25 clases per year) Ability to write different Boles with both tal Tal Leepi Padhati (25 clases per year)
[106]
SSHA
+ 2 F i rs t Ye a r
Practical Paper - I Marks - 100 (One cla ss of two consecutive period d a ily) Unit - I It is choice Tal for the students. They will have to prepare two simple Kayadas to play 15 minutes in any one Tal from the following - Trital, Jhamp Tal, with Kayada, Bistar and palat Tukuda Chakradar in Bilambit Madhya and Drut. Practical Paper - II Marks - 100 (One cla ss of two consecutive period d a ily) 1. 2. 3. Book 1. 2. 3. 4. Practice of the Theka in Dadara, Kahara, Teora, Dhumali and Ek-Tal Rocitation of differant boles with Ek-Gun, Di-gun Viva with the term s link with Ta bla Prescribed Tabala Sha stra Part - I , Tala Binod I & II Ta l Pra ka sh Tal Sapan - Part I & II
CHHOW DANCE FOR +2 COURSES

F i rs t Ye a r
Marks - 50 A. (i) (ii) (iii) B. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) C. (a) (c) (e) Basic Knowledge of construction of body to be a dancer : Danda - Five categories baithaki - Two types Nuana or bending - Three types Dehamaja Khuaa Pitaa Khua Majaa. Peta Majaa. Chatiaa Gadaa Nuna Taulaa Pithi Chhataa Chhati Pitaa Knowled ge of Yoga sa na Sarbaangaasan Karnspioasan (b) (d) Halaasan Bachhasan Paschimotanasan (25 class) (25 class) (25 class) Theory Paper - I (Applied Theory)
Bhujangaasan 1, 2, 3, (f)
[107]
SSHA
(g) D. (a) (b)
Shirasasan CHAUKA DHARANA
(h)
Garudasan (25 class)
Ba sic sta nce of Chhow Da nce :

F i rs t Ye a r
Marks - 50 A. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) B. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) C. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Basic Knowledge of ritusla of Chhow dancer : (25 class) Naadaa Bandha Bhairav & Bhairavi rituals S a l a mi Different rhythm (Tal) used in this rituals Knowledge about Jarjara or Shubhabadi used at the time of performance. Ba sic Knowledge about Orig in of Chhow Dance : Ruk - Mar (Fari - Khanda) Amdadia - Jamdadia Kaji - Paji Ch ha ya Chhauni Chhaichhatak Chhadma Knowledg e of Saivism & Shaktism a nd its relation to Chhow Dance : Chaitra Prava, Bhakta Prava, Paata Prava, Gha ta S yste m, Rtythmic Pattern used in this rituals. ( 25 cla ss ) ( 25 cl a ss ) Theory Paper - II (General Theory)
(viii) Chheuka

F i rs t Ye a r
Marks - 50 A. (i) (ii) (iii) Basic Knowledge of construction of body to be a dancer : (One cla ss & two consecutive period s) Danda - Sadhadanda, Pitadanda, Gala danda, Chakra danda, Dehenkia danda. Baithaki - Sadha Baithaki, Jhula Baithaki Nuana : Aga Nuana, Pachha Nuana, Parshwa Nuana Practical Paper - I
[108]
SSHA
B. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) C. (a) (c) (e) (g) D. (a)
Deha m a j a : (One class & two consecutive period s) Khuaa Pitaa Khua Majaa. Peta Majaa. Chatiaa Gadaa Nuna Taulaa Pithi Chhataa Chhati Pitaa Knowled ge of Yogasa na (One cla ss & two consecutive period s) Sarbaangaasan (b) Halaasan Karnspioasan (d) Bachhasan Bhujangaasan 1, 2, 3, (f) Paschimotanasan Shirasasan (h) Garudasan Pra ctical of Ba sic stance of Chhow Dance : (One class & two consecutive periods) CHAUKA (b) DHARANA CHHOW DANCE Pra ctica l Exa m ina tion (Ma rking System ) Demonstration of Basic exercise 15 Min - 25 Marks Demonstration ofDehamaja System 5 Min - 15 Marks Demonstration of Yogasan & Basic stance - 5 Min - 10 Marks Total Time 25 Min - 50 Marks
A. B. C.

F i rs t Ye a r
Marks - 50 A. Pra ctice of Six Topka s : (One cla ss & two consecutive period s) (a) Sadha Topka (b) Lahara Topka, (c) Dhev Topka, (d) Moda Topka, (e) Duba Topka, (f) Uska Topka Practice of Uffilis : (One cla ss & two consecutive period s) (1) Gobar Utha, (2) Gobar Gola, (3) Chhada dia, (4) Kharaka, (5) Chhunchadia (6) Basana Maja, (7) Haldi Bata (8) Jhuntia Maajaa (9) Gadhua (10) Munhapochha, (11) Mathajhada (12) Sinthafada, (13) Sindura Pindha, (14) Udhanichhata, (15) Dhankuta (16) Dhanpadihuda (17) Jhunti dia, (18) Dahimunha. Pa la ta : (One cla ss & two consecutive period s) (a) Sadha Palat a, (b) Adha Palata, (c) Ada Palata, (d) Ghura Palata, (e) Thukkar Palata, (f) Patia Guda Practical Paper - II
B.
C.
[109]
SSHA
A. B. C.
Test of Topkas Test of Uffilis Test of Palatas Total
CHHOW DANCE Pra ctica l Exa m ina tion (Ma rking System ) 20 Marks 20 Marks 10 Marks 50 Marks

S ec o n d Yea r
Theory Paper - I (Applied Theory) Marks - 50 A. (i) B. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) C. (a) (b) D. (a) (b) The Knowled ge of Ba sic locom otions or ga ita (Topka s): Sadha Topka, Lahara Topka, Dhev Topka, Moda Topka, Bhra m a ri or Ghura : Eka bhuda Dui Bhuda. Tinibhuda Panch Bhuda S a at a b hu da Finga Ghura God Chhanda Ghura Chakra Ghura Pitaa Ghuraa Knowled ge of Yoga sa na Ghoda Dhumukaa, Bagha Dunukaa Cha m a k : Khua Chamak, Chhati Chamak, (25 class) (25 class) Duba Topka, Uska Topka. (25 class) (25 class)

S ec o n d Yea r
Theory Paper - II (General Theory) Marks - 50 A. B. C. D. E. F. The knowledge of different parts of the body. ANGA / PRAYANG and UPANGA : (25 class) (25 class) (25 class)
The basic knowledge of Abhinaya or expression. ANGIKA, VACHIKA, AHARYA and SATWIKA. (25 class) Natanbheda : extracted from four types of Abhinayas - NRITYA, NRITTA and NATYA. Natyopati - According to Natyashastra. (25 class)
Comparative study of different schools of Chhow dance. (Seraikella, Pueulia and Mayaurbhanj) The role of the Maharajs of Mayurbhanj to Chhow Dance. (25 class)
[110]
SSHA

S e co n d Ye a r
Marks - 100 A. Pra ctice of previous yea r Topka s and Uffilis a nd rest of 18 Uffilis as follow : (One cla ss consecutive 2 period ) (19) Kantakata, (20) Kantanika, (21) Kantafinga, (22) Antamoda, (23) Batachira, (24) Chingudi chhitika, (25) Hapsa, (26) Uskaajaankaa, (27) Bagadiaan, (28) bagamachhakhaja, (29) Chinchra, (30) Chhalka, (31) Thamka, (32) Chhelidian, (33) Harinadian, (34) Seuladiaan, (35) Baghapanikhia, (36) Hanuman Panikhia, Mankadachiti. B. Pa la ta (Pra ctice) (a) Sadha Palata, (d) Chakara palata, C. (a) (c) (e) (g) D. (a) Khanda hana Paitasandhia haanaa Kaincha haanaa Jhinta haanaa. GALAA : (One cla ss consecutive 2 period ) Sadhagalaa (b) Thukkar Galaa, (c) Ushka galaa, (d) Taanaa galaa, (e) Finga galaa, (f) Finga lettagalaa, (g) fadka galaa, (h) Chinchra galaa, (i) Chhalkagalaa along with upa or sub-uffilis. CHHOW DANCE Pra ctica l Exa m ina tion (Ma rking System ) A. B. C. Demonstration test of uffilis Demonstration of palatas 15 Min 5 Min 5 Min 50 Marks 30 Marks 20 Marks 100 Marks (b) (One cla ss consecutive 2 period ) Adhapalata, (c) Ada Palata, (One cla ss consecutive 2 period) (e) Ghura Palata (b) Haanaa Maathaa, Practical Paper - I
The Practice of ha anaa & Matha :
(d) Udaana Khandahaanaa (f) Pa nda h a a na a
Demonstration of hana & Galaa -
Total Time 25 Min

S e co n d Ye a r
Marks - 100 A. Pra ctice of Chita g ha nta to Brund a ba ni : 1. Udamchhandi and 2. Potal Mani for Ladies Character 3. Nabarasika (Solo) 4. Ranga Panda (dwet) 5. MATRU PUJA, OR KEOUT KEOUTUNI (group) Practical Paper - II
[111]
SSHA
CHHOW DANCE Pra ctica l Exa m ina tion (Ma rking System ) A. B. C. D. E. Test of chitaghanta to Brundabani Test of Nabarasikaa Test of Ranga Pandaa Test of Dhojatal Total 20 Marks 20 Marks 20 Marks 20 Marks 20 Marks 100 Marks Test of Udamchhandi & Potal Mani -
REF EREN CE B OOKS PRE SCRIB ED F OR + 2 ST UDEN TS. (CHHOW DANCE OF MAYURBHANJ)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Chhow Dance of Mayurbhanj by Sitakant Mohapatra Mayurbhanj Chhow Dance, Origin growth & Grammar by radhamohan Mohanty Mayurbhanj Chhow Nritya by Durgacharan Kuanr. Chhow Dance Number marg Publication, New Delhi Mayurbhanj Chhow by Kanhu Charan Biswal Mayurbhanj Choow Nritya by Dhirendranath Pattnaik Mask Dance of Seraikella by Jugabhanu Singh Deo Chhow Dance of Purulia by Dr. Ashutosh Bhattacharya Rabindra Bharati University, kolkata.
VOCATIONAL DRAMA +2 First Y ea r

Theory Paper - I : Indian Drama Marks - 50
Unit-I A. (i) (ii) Naty sashtra Introductory study of Natyasastra. Natyotpatti - Presentation of first play. ( 25 clases per year)
[112]
SSHA
Unit-II B. (i) (ii) Traditional theatre of Odissa. Defination of traditional Theatre. Major traditional theatre forms of Odissa. Unit-III C. (i) (ii) (iii) Abhinaya - The acting. Defination,
( 25 clases per year)
( 25 clases per year)
Types of Acting - Basic study of Angika and Aharya Abhinaya. Abhinaya yantra - The body as the actors instrument. Unit-IV ( 25 clases per year)
(i) (ii)
Actors preparation - movement, body movement and Gesture - Posture of the actor. Aharya Abhinaya - Defination and Classification of Aharya Abhinaya.

Theory Paper - II : Theatre Architecture Marks - 50
Unit-I (25 clases per year)
A. (i) (ii) B. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) C. (i) (ii) History and evolution of theatre craft. Origin and evolution of set design in theatre. Natya Mandap - According to Natyasashtra, Seenic Design, Defination of stage and Auditorium. Stage division Stage terms - Their meaning, description, position and function. Different types of Curtains Chapter - 2.
Unit-II (25 clases per year)
Unit-III (25 clases per year)

Stage lighting History and development of stage lighting.
Unit-IV (25 clases per year)

General electricity (a) (b) (c) (d) OHMs - Law Phase and natural. Generation of electricity and its movement. Pre-Cautionary measures of electricity.
[113]
SSHA

Practical Paper - I : Theatre Craft. Marks - 50
(On e class of t wo c onsec utiv e pe riod dai ly)
A. B. Preparation of Ground plan of Bikrusta Madhyama Natya - sashtra with scale-measurement. Seenic Design : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) C. (i) (ii) (iii) Sketch of a Set. Ground plan. Cross section. Front elevation with scale measurement of the said Sketch of (i)
Symbols used while drawing a set (ground plan.)
Stage lighting : Connection and disconnection of electrical equipments. Dissection of stage lighting equipments (lights) (Lence, Reflector, Projection lamp, holders etc) Practice as an assistant to the dimmer board operator with all precautionary measures.

Practical Paper - II : Acting and Production Marks - 50
(One class of two consecutive period daily)
A. Expressions through Body Language. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) B. Exercise of face muscles and organs. Tip to toe exercise. Mirror and Rope exercise. Tension and Relaxation of body.
Improvisation : (i) (ii) (iii) Practice of 5 ws Feeling the things around. Imagining and story falling exercise. Breathing exercises. Practice of simple and complex notation. Throwing of voice.
C.
Voice and Speech : (i) (ii) (iii)
[114]
SSHA
(iv) D.
Imitating of animals, birds sound and other environmental sounds of definite recognition.
Participation in Production and Viva - voice. [Each and every student of the year must participate in a Drama Production, to access the involvement and potential of the student]
VOCATIONAL DRAMA +2 Second Y ea r

Theory Paper - I : Indian Drama Marks - 50
A. (i) (ii) Detailed study of Karmas in Purbaranga. Detailed study of Natya Shashtra Ch - 2
Emphasing the parts of Natya Mandap and their special uses.

B. (i) (ii) Origine and development of Modern Orissa theatre.

Study of some oriya playwrites and their works. (a) Jaganmohan Lala. (b) Anand Sankar. (c) Kali Charan Pattnayak (d) Ramchandra Mishra. (e) Manoranjan Das.

C. Detailed study of one oriya play : Bhata By Kabichandra Kalicharan Pattnayak The text will be tought keeping production style and acting methods in view :(i) (ii) (iii) Preparing Characters. using voice and mind. Developing stage mannerism.
VOCATIONAL DRAMA +2 Se con d Y ea r

Theory Paper - II : Theatre Achitecture Marks - 50
A. Evolution of western theatre. (From passion play to Roman Comedy)
[115]
SSHA

B. Seenic Design : (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) C. (i) (ii) Types of Sets. 8 essential Measurements. 12 esse ntial Measurements. Sight lines.

Stage lighting : Good Conductor, Bad Conductor, Insulator.

Terms used in stage lightings. (fade in, fade out, Working light, F.O.H,. Foot light, streep light, Bridge, Fuse, Switch Board etc)
VOCATIONAL DRAMA +2 Second Y ea r

Practical Paper - I : Theatre Craft. Marks - 100
A. Ground plan of a common proscenium stage and auditorium with description. (with equipments) B. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) C. (i) (ii) Perspective drawing of a set. Working drawing (Details of flats) of the same set. Model making. Colouring the model. Arrangement of lighting equipments for a production. Planning and controlling all the lighting equipments through the dimmer board. (iii) Preparation of lighting Design documents of the said (Play produced at the time of +2 CHSE examination) p la y.
VOCATIONAL DRAMA +2 Sec ond Yea r

Practical Paper - II : Acting and Production Marks - 100
A. Yoga : (i) (ii) (iii) Su rya nama s ka r. P a dm a s a n a . Karnapidasan.
[116]
SSHA
(iv) (v) (vi) (vii) B. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) C. (i) (ii) D.
Bh ujanga sa na . Dhanurasana. Ma yu ra sa na . S a nb a s a n a . various exercises of : Coughing, Laughing, Crying, Walking, falling and Rising. Reating to a perticular Music. Practice od steping with rythem. Fundamental Practice of some, Pantomimic moving walking, walking against wind and water still Running and moving running Questioning, calling. Individual Imporvisation of a character keeping 5 ws in view, Immitating upto perfection slogans, Commands,Hawking. Delivering dialouge Cleorrly and in different rythem.
Improvisation :
Voice and Speech :
Praticipation in production and Viva - Voice. [Each and every student of the year must participate in an examination drama production to access th e involvement and potential by examiner deputed by CHSE, Student must deposite various production connected designs and practical records.]
+2 CHSE, DRAMA ( VOCATIONAL ) +2 1st Y ear & + 2nd. Year

For All Theory Papers. Marks - 50 Group - A (Objective Type) - Compulsory
Q. 1. Multiple Choice (From all Units) - 1 mark each x 7 bits = 7 marks. Q. 2. One word answer / very short answers / correct The sentence / filling up the blanks - 1 marks each x 7 bits = 7 marks.
Group - B (Short Type)

Q. 3. Short answer type bits of 2 marks each. (8 to be answered out of 12) - 2 marks each x8bits = 16 marks.
Group - A (Objective Type) - Compulsory

Q. 4. to 8 . Five long answer type Quiestions Unit wise out of - 10 marks each x 2bits = 20 marks which two to be answers. *****
[117]
***
SSHA
Printed at :
[118]

CHSE Vocational Syllabus 2014

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

CHSE Vocational Syllabus 2014

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

COUNCIL OF HIGHER SECONDARY EDUCATION ODISHA, BHUBANESWAR

FOR THE HIGHER SECONDARY VOCATIONAL EXAMINATION 2014 AD

Ph ys ics Chemistry Mathematics Biology TRADE SUBJECTS GROUP - A (AGRICULTURE)

9. 10 . 11. 12. 13 . 14 . 15. 16 . 17. 18. 19 . 20.

76 80 84 91 10 3 111 124 158 166 173 183 200

B.F.C. SUBJECT (i) Ph ys ics (ii) Chemistry (iii) Mathematics

B.F.C. SUBJECT I. Ph ys ics 2. Chemistry 3 . Biology

B.F.C. SUBJECT (i) Ph ys ics (ii) Chemistry (iii) Mathematics

B.F.C. SUBJECT I. Ph ys ics 2. Chemistry 3 . Biology

For Extensive Reading:

@ ] ^ Kb e Z db h ( a Z c k K )-I W @ _[c a h - ijZ ieY - 1 c bM icd - 3 N

_ e @ Wi L -i j K-5( a h K-8 0 ) _[c GKK - M\ (20 _e@W) 1 .@ i e \ N - ` K ec j ^ i^ _Z 2 . c i c d eb e ZII W g -W .K P _ Y M j 3 .@ c e K ea g a \ k d c ^ -j \ ^ e d 4 . R ab ~ e@ ^ _ ca Y R ^ - g k g e^

\Zd GKK - _\ (20 _e@W) 1 .i Z @ K [ -i e k \ i 2 .Q U_ K A K fP -RM ^ [ \ i 3. i eie e RK^ - Ka ic U C_ b 4 . Mf Y Z M f K[ -K a i ~ a k \a e [ 5 .i Z ec e a i Z eZ e a ,b c b A

PZ[ GKK - aKeY (20 _e@W) 1 ._ a ]e P ^ / b ai _ i e Y 2 .e X _ d M 3 ._ \^ d

Gje cf 1x5=5 ^e ZZd GKK - M (20 _e@W) 1 .G ac a P - M \ a e gc j _ Z 2 .a U N eI e k M W -K k P e Y_ Y M j 3. @ ^K iZ ji - c^ R \i 4 .\ g ^-a Y _ Y c j 25 ^e

6 x2=12 Marks 5x2= 10 marks 3x3=9marks 3x3=9marks Total- 18 marks 30 marks

i. ii. iii. iv.

1x5=5 marks 1x5=5 marks 1x5=5 marks Total:15 marks

7x2=14 marks 4 x 2 =8 marks

3x3=9 marks 3x3=9 marks Total = 18 marks

QUESTION PATTERN AND MARK-DIVISION

N. B. Answers in Sanskrit are to be written either in Odia Script or in Devanagari Script.

PORTIONS TO BE STUDIED Unit - I Pro se-

Sams krta prabh a

(G adya bhag ah)

c e v e g c e l m e e K e e v e c e d (Manumatsyakhyanam) e l e g j M e = i e e u e ( Caturasrgalah) m e b m k e = l e se E k e v e e e f m l e (Samskrtekimnasti) p e e y e e u e :m e l e k e e c e : (JabalahSatyakamah)

UNIT-II Poe try- Sams krta Prab ha (P adya Bhag ah)

m e g Y e e e f < e l e e J e u e e r (Subhasitavali) Y e e e f l ec e sY e e j l e c e d (BhatimeBharatam) J e m e v l e : (V asantah)

(Sandhi) Sandhi Viccheda Karaka-Vibhakti Prakrti Pratyaya

(B) Gra mmar fro m ou tsid e th e te xt / Gene ral 01. 02 .

Unit - IV Tra nslat ion A)

Translation of unseen Sanskrit sentences into Odia/English

QUESTION PATTERN AND MARK-DIVISION

M.I.L. (SANSKRIT) SECOND YEAR

CLA SSES REQUI RED 20 20 12

PORTIONS TO BE STUDIED Unit - I Pro se-

Sams krta prabh a

(G adya bhag ah)

UNIT-II Poe try- Sam skrta prab ha (P adya bhag ah)

o M e e J e l e e j m l e g e f l e : (Dasavatarastutih) i e e r l e e m e e w j Y e c e d (Gitasaurabhavam). j I e g J e b M e c e d ( Raghuvamsam)

Unit - III (A) Grammar from the text

Karaka-Vibhakti S a nd hi Sandhi Viccheda

(B) Gra m m a r from outsid e the text/Genera l

Unit - IV Tra nslation a nd

Translation of Odia/English sentences into

3. (a) (b) (c)

THEORY (70 Marks)

Unit - II Environmental Pollution : 6 Periods

BASIC COMPUTER EDUCATION

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - 1

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE - 1

BASIC FOUNDATION COURSE-I CHEMISTRY THEIRY

(vi) (a) (b) UNIT - III (i) (i)

(iii) (iv) (v) (vi)

Exa minat ion

B.F.C. Cour se BIOLOGY

B.F.C. Cour se BIOLOGY

SYLLABUS FOR DAIRYING 1st - YEAR THEORY ( Paper - I)

Recognisation of animal in health and diseases. Visit to Veterinary clinics.

POULTRY FARMING 1 st Year Theory (Paper-I)

1 st Year Theory (Paper-II)

Second Year Theory (Paper-I)

SECOND YEAR THEORY Paper-II

FIRST YEAR Paper - I (Theory) BASIC HORTICULTURE AND FRUIT CULTIVATION